, /PRNewswire/ -- Illumina, Inc. (Nasdaq: ILMN) ("Illumina" or the "company") today announced its financial results for the third quarter of fiscal year 2026.
Third quarter 2026 results
Reported revenue was $1.13 billion for Q3 2026, up 4.2% from Q3 2025. Revenue excluding tariff refunds was $1.17 billion, up 4.7% after also excluding the impacts of currency, acquisitions, and the Greater China region ("ROW[1] organic revenue growth").GAAP operating margin was 27.0% and non‑GAAP operating margin, excluding tariff refunds, was 25.0%.GAAP diluted EPS was $1.43 and non‑GAAP diluted EPS, excluding tariff refunds, was $1.44."In the third quarter, healthy clinical demand and robust NovaSeq X placements drove results above our guidance. Based on continued momentum, we are raising our full year revenue and earnings guidance," said Jacob Thaysen, Chief Executive Officer of Illumina. "As we continue to execute our strategy, our innovation is broadening the value of the Illumina ecosystem. Together with our customers, we are laying the foundation for AI to transform our understanding of human biology and improve patient outcomes."
Fiscal year 2026 guidance
For fiscal year 2026 and excluding tariff refunds, Illumina now expects:
Total revenue of $4.64-$4.66 billion versus prior guidance of $4.60-$4.64 billion.Organic revenue growth greater than 4% and ROW organic revenue growth greater than 5%, both unchanged versus prior guidance.Non-GAAP operating margin of 23.6% versus prior guidance of 23.4%-23.6%.Non-GAAP diluted EPS of $5.40-$5.45 versus prior guidance of $5.30-$5.40. Third quarter results
GAAP
Non-GAAP (a)
Non-GAAP
Excluding
Tariff Refunds (b)
Dollars in millions, except per share amounts
Q3 2026
Q3 2025
Q3 2026
Q3 2025
Q3 2026
Revenue
$ 1,129
$ 1,084
$ 1,129
$ 1,084
$ 1,166
Gross margin
73.5 %
67.6 %
75.3 %
69.2 %
69.4 %
Operating profit
$ 305
$ 227
$ 325
$ 265
$ 292
Operating margin
27.0 %
21.0 %
28.8 %
24.5 %
25.0 %
Diluted EPS
$ 1.43
$ 0.98
$ 1.62
$ 1.34
$ 1.44
(a)
See tables in "Results of Operations - Non-GAAP" section below for GAAP and non-GAAP reconciliations.
(b)
Excludes the impacts of International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA) tariff refunds expected to be recovered, consisting primarily of a $79 million benefit recognized as a reduction to cost of revenue in Q3 2026 and a reduction to revenue of $37 million for the portion of tariff refunds that we expect to credit to customers.
Capital expenditures for free cash flow purposes were $41 million for Q3 2026. Cash flow provided by operations was $419 million, compared to $284 million in the prior year period. Free cash flow (cash flow provided by operations less capital expenditures) was $378 million for the quarter, compared to $253 million in the prior year period. Depreciation and amortization expense was $71 million for Q3 2026. At the close of the quarter, the company held $1.34 billion in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments.
1 ROW = rest-of-world, excluding Greater China region due to our inclusion on China's Unreliable Entities List
Conference call information
The conference call will begin at 1:30 pm Pacific Time (4:30 pm Eastern Time) on Thursday, October 29, 2026. Interested parties may access the live webcast via the Investor Info section of Illumina's website or directly through the following link - https://illumina-earnings-call-q3-2026.open-exchange.net/. To ensure timely connection, please join at least ten minutes before the scheduled start of the call. A replay of the conference call will be posted on Illumina's website after the event and will be available for at least 30 days following.
Statement regarding use of non-GAAP financial measures
The company reports non-GAAP results for diluted earnings per share, gross margin, operating margin, and free cash flow, among others, in addition to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. The company's financial measures under GAAP include substantial charges such as amortization of acquired intangible assets, among others, that are listed in the reconciliations of GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures included in this press release. Management has excluded the effects of these items in non-GAAP measures to assist investors in analyzing and assessing past and future operating performance. Non-GAAP operating margin and diluted earnings per share are key components of the financial metrics utilized by the company's board of directors to measure, in part, management's performance and determine significant elements of management's compensation. The company encourages investors to carefully consider its results under GAAP, as well as its supplemental non-GAAP information and the reconciliation between these presentations, to more fully understand its business. Reconciliations between GAAP and non-GAAP results are presented in this release.
The company provides forward-looking guidance on a non-GAAP basis. The company is unable to provide a reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP reported financial measures because it is unable to predict with reasonable certainty the impact of items such as acquisition-related costs, fair value adjustments to contingent consideration, gains and losses from strategic investments, asset impairments, restructuring activities, and the ultimate outcome of pending litigation, among others, without unreasonable effort. These items are uncertain, inherently difficult to predict, depend on various factors, and could have a material impact on GAAP reported results for the guidance period. For the same reasons, the company is unable to address the significance of the unavailable information, which could be material to future results.
Use of forward-looking statements
This release contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Among the important factors to which our business is subject that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements are: (i) changes in the rate of growth in the markets we serve; (ii) the volume, timing and mix of customer orders among our products and services; (iii) our ability to adjust our operating expenses to align with our revenue expectations; (iv) uncertainty regarding the impact of our inclusion on the "unreliable entities list" by regulatory authorities in China; (v) uncertainty regarding tariffs imposed or threatened by the U.S. government and its trading partners, related court proceedings or administrative actions (including potential additional refund or relief programs), and other possible tariffs or trade protection measures and our efforts to mitigate the impact of such tariffs; (vi) our ability to manufacture robust instrumentation and consumables; (vii) the success of products and services competitive with our own; (viii) challenges inherent in developing, manufacturing, and launching new products and services, including expanding or modifying manufacturing operations and reliance on third-party suppliers for critical components; (ix) the impact of recently launched or pre-announced products and services on existing products and services; (x) our ability to modify our business strategies to accomplish our desired operational goals; (xi) our ability to realize the anticipated benefits from prior or future actions to streamline and improve our R&D processes, reduce our operating expenses and maximize our revenue growth; (xii) our ability to further develop and commercialize our instruments, consumables, and products; (xiii) our ability to deploy new products, services, and applications, and to expand the markets for our technology platforms; (xiv) the risk of additional litigation or other liabilities arising against us in connection with previous acquisitions, including the GRAIL acquisition; (xv) our ability to obtain approval by third-party payors to reimburse patients for our products; (xvi) changes in the regulatory landscape and our ability to obtain regulatory clearance for our products from government agencies; (xvii) our ability to successfully partner with other companies and organizations to develop new products, expand markets, and grow our business; (xviii) uncertainty, or adverse economic and business conditions, including as a result of slowing or uncertain economic growth or armed conflict; (xix) the application of generally accepted accounting principles, which are highly complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates, and judgments; and (xx) legislative, regulatory and economic developments, together with other factors detailed in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our most recent filings on Forms 10-K and 10-Q, or in information disclosed in public conference calls, the date and time of which are released beforehand. We undertake no obligation, and do not intend, to update these forward-looking statements, to review or confirm analysts' expectations, or to provide interim reports or updates on the progress of the current quarter.
About Illumina
Illumina is improving human health by unlocking the power of the genome. Our focus on innovation has established us as a global leader in DNA sequencing and array-based technologies, serving customers in the research, clinical, and applied markets. Our products are used for applications in the life sciences, oncology, reproductive health, agriculture, and other emerging segments. To learn more, visit www.illumina.com and connect with us on X, Facebook, LinkedIn, Instagram, TikTok, and YouTube.
Illumina, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions)
September 27,
2026
December 28,
2025
ASSETS
(unaudited)
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 1,289
$ 1,418
Short-term investments
48
215
Accounts receivable, net
738
854
Inventory, net
667
564
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
293
238
Total current assets
3,035
3,289
Property and equipment, net
731
759
Operating lease right-of-use assets
356
370
Goodwill
1,284
1,113
Intangible assets, net
391
210
Deferred tax assets, net
454
454
Other assets
561
449
Total assets
$ 6,812
$ 6,644
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
$ 241
$ 240
Accrued liabilities
915
846
Term debt, current portion
—
499
Total current liabilities
1,156
1,585
Operating lease liabilities
439
486
Term debt
1,789
1,490
Other long-term liabilities
283
360
Stockholders' equity
3,145
2,723
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$ 6,812
$ 6,644
Illumina, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In millions, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
September 27,
2026
September 28,
2025
September 27,
2026
September 28,
2025
Revenue:
Product revenue
$ 946
$ 927
$ 2,845
$ 2,719
Service and other revenue
183
157
535
465
Total revenue
1,129
1,084
3,380
3,184
Cost of revenue:
Cost of product revenue
199
267
763
795
Cost of service and other revenue
82
68
243
228
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
18
16
53
50
Total cost of revenue
299
351
1,059
1,073
Gross profit
830
733
2,321
2,111
Operating expense:
Research and development
244
229
736
728
Selling, general and administrative
281
277
826
777
Total operating expense
525
506
1,562
1,505
Income from operations
305
227
759
606
Other (expense) income, net
(41)
(7)
(78)
103
Income before income taxes
264
220
681
709
Provision for income taxes
44
70
120
193
Net income
$ 220
$ 150
$ 561
$ 516
Earnings per share:
Basic
$ 1.46
$ 0.98
$ 3.70
$ 3.30
Diluted
$ 1.43
$ 0.98
$ 3.65
$ 3.29
Shares used in computing earnings per share:
Basic
151
153
152
156
Diluted
154
154
154
157
Illumina, Inc.
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions)
(unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
September 27,
2026
September 28,
2025
September 27,
2026
September 28,
2025
Net cash provided by operating activities
$ 419
$ 284
$ 909
$ 758
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
50
(51)
(438)
(163)
Net cash used in financing activities
(223)
(115)
(602)
(681)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
3
(2)
2
9
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
249
116
(129)
(77)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
1,040
934
1,418
1,127
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$ 1,289
$ 1,050
$ 1,289
$ 1,050
Calculation of free cash flow:
Net cash provided by operating activities
$ 419
$ 284
$ 909
$ 758
Purchases of property and equipment
(41)
(31)
(118)
(93)
Free cash flow (a)
$ 378
$ 253
$ 791
$ 665
(a)
Free cash flow, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, is calculated as net cash provided by operating activities reduced by purchases of property and equipment. Free cash flow is useful to management as it is one of the metrics used to evaluate our performance and to compare us with other companies in our industry. However, our calculation of free cash flow may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies.
Revenue growth, excluding tariff refunds adjusts for the tariff refund to customers. Organic revenue growth adjusts for the impact from the tariff refund to customers, acquisitions and currency movements, which is calculated using comparative prior period foreign exchange rates to translate current period revenue, net of the effects of hedges. Rest of World (ROW) organic revenue growth also adjusts for the impact from our China region.
(b)
Non-GAAP gross profit, included within non-GAAP operating profit, is a key measure of the effectiveness and efficiency of manufacturing processes, product mix and the average selling prices of our products and services. Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share and non-GAAP operating profit exclude the effects of the pro forma adjustments as detailed above. Non-GAAP operating margin and diluted earnings per share are key components of the financial metrics utilized by the company's board of directors to measure, in part, management's performance and determine significant elements of management's compensation. Management has excluded the effects of these items in these measures to assist investors in analyzing and assessing past and future operating performance.
(c)
Reconciling amounts are recorded in cost of revenue.
(d)
Amounts for Q3 2026 and YTD 2026 consist primarily of:
•
Amortization of intangible assets of $18 million and $53 million (cost of revenue)
•
Amortization of inventory fair value step-up for SomaLogic of $2 million and $10 million (cost of revenue)
•
Expenses for the SomaLogic and GRAIL acquisitions of $5 million and $26 million (operating expense)
•
Net gains on contingent consideration liabilities of ($11) million and ($43) million (operating expense)
Amounts for Q3 2025 and YTD 2025 consist primarily of:
•
Amortization of intangible assets of $16 million and $50 million (cost of revenue)
•
Expenses for the SomaLogic and GRAIL acquisitions of $4 million and $19 million (operating expense)
•
Net losses (gains) on contingent consideration liabilities of $3 million and ($29) million (operating expense)
•
Lease impairment of $4 million (operating expense)
(e)
Amounts for Q3 2026 and YTD 2026 consist primarily of implementation costs to upgrade our ERP system. Amounts for Q3 2025 consist primarily of implementation costs to upgrade our ERP system. Amounts for YTD 2025 consist primarily of employee severance costs from restructuring activities and costs related to the ERP upgrade.
(f)
Amounts consist of realized and unrealized gains and losses and impairments on our investments.
(g)
Amount consists of $3 million for costs related to board membership changes and $2 million for a legal accrual.
(h)
Amounts represent the aggregate of the difference between book and tax accounting related to stock-based compensation cost and the tax impact related to non-GAAP adjustments. Amounts for Q3 2025 and YTD 2025 also include a one-time $42 million valuation allowance adjustment recorded in Q3 2025 against deferred tax assets associated with certain U.S. foreign tax credits as a result of the U.S. tax legislation that was signed on July 4, 2025.
(i)
Amounts represent the impacts of IEEPA tariff refunds, consisting primarily of the $79 million benefit recognized as a reduction to cost of revenue in Q3 2026 and the related reduction to revenue of $37 million for the portion of tariff refunds that we expect to credit to customers.
Illumina (NASDAQ:ILMN) reported third-quarter financial results on Thursday. The transcript from the company’s third-quarter earnings call has been provided below.
This transcript is brought to you by Benzinga APIs. For real-time access to our entire catalog, please visit https://www.benzinga.com/apis/ for a consultation.
View the webcast at https://illumina-earnings-call-q3-2026.open-exchange.net/
SummaryIllumina reported strong financial performance in Q3 2026, with revenue of $1.17 billion, up 4.7% year over year on a rest of world organic basis. Operating margin was 25%, and diluted EPS was $1.44, a 7% increase from the previous year.
The company raised its full-year guidance, expecting revenue between $4.64 and $4.66 billion, driven by increased sequencing consumable sales and strong NovaSeq X placements.
Strategically, Illumina highlighted the Billion Cell Atlas and the BioInsight platform as key initiatives, focusing on AI-ready datasets and multi-omics capabilities to enhance drug discovery and clinical applications.
Operational highlights included elevated demand for NovaSeq X, with over 80 instruments placed in Q3, and significant traction in the clinical sequencing market, which grew 14% year over year.
Management expressed confidence in achieving long-term financial targets, citing strong market conditions, particularly in the clinical sector, and ongoing innovation in AI and multi-omics as future growth drivers.
Full TranscriptOPERATOR
Good day, ladies and gentlemen. Welcome to the third quarter 2026 Illumina earnings conference call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. After the speaker’s presentation, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please be advised that today’s conference is being recorded. I would now like to hand the call over to Head of Investor Relations, Conor McNamara.
Conor McNamara (Head of Investor Relations)
Hello everyone, and welcome to Illumina’s third quarter 2026 earnings call. Today we will review our financial results released after the market closed and provide prepared remarks before opening the line for Q&A. Our earnings release is available in the Investor Relations section of Illumina.com. Joining me today are Jacob Thaysen, Chief Executive Officer, and Ankur Dhingra, Chief Financial Officer. Jacob will begin with an update on Illumina’s business, followed by Ankur’s review of our financials.
As you may have seen in our press release, we recognized certain tariff refunds in the third quarter, which had a positive impact on GAAP and non-GAAP operating income margins and EPS, and a negative impact on revenue. These refunds were not contemplated in our previous guidance, and all financial measures discussed today will be on an adjusted non-GAAP basis excluding the impact of tariff refunds. Reconciliations to non-GAAP and GAAP can be found in today’s release and in the supplementary data on our website.
All revenue and revenue growth rates are presented excluding tariff refunds. Organic revenue growth also adjusts for the impact of currency and acquisitions, and Rest of World organic growth further excludes our Greater China region. This call is being recorded, and the replay will be available on our website. As a reminder, the information provided and discussed today will include forward-looking statements, including statements about Illumina’s future events, product outlook, and financial expectations. Actual results may differ materially. To better understand the risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ, we refer you to the documents that Illumina files with the SEC, including our most recent Forms 10-Q and 10-K. With that, I will now turn the call over to Jacob.
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Thank you, Conor, and good afternoon, everyone. We had a great third quarter with strong clinical sequencing demand and elevated NovaSeq X placements driving revenue, margin, and EPS above our guidance range. Our strategy is working, and I’m proud of what our team delivered for our customers and shareholders. Our continued disciplined execution and business momentum allow us to raise our fiscal year guidance, and we remain on track to achieve our long-range financial targets.
Before I go into details on our results, I want to highlight a few ways our innovation is helping customers answer new questions about biology. Early in 2026, we introduced the Billion Cell Atlas to address one of the biggest bottlenecks in applying AI to biology: the lack of functional datasets. AI models need large amounts of data to learn from, and in biology those models only work if the data is accurate, standardized, and reproducible. But these datasets don’t exist at scale.
There is no Internet of Biology. Our Billion Cell Atlas was designed to help address these limitations. Now over halfway complete, the Atlas is advancing toward an unprecedented AI-ready perturbation dataset that helps biopharma partners connect genetic signals to cellular mechanisms, strengthening target validation, improving disease understanding, and enabling accelerated drug discovery. By working directly with biopharma, we are integrating their input to ensure the proprietary dataset is relevant and built to maximize value for both our partners and Illumina.
GSK is the latest biopharmaceutical company to join the Billion Cell Atlas consortium to accelerate drug discovery, and we are seeing growing interest from other companies seeking access to the completed Atlas. We’ve learned a lot from our partners about how to build these datasets for AI, and we see multiple opportunities to address additional bottlenecks across drug discovery and development. We see this as a large, long-term opportunity and look forward to sharing more about our strategy in the coming quarters.
Earlier this month at ASHG, we brought together our assays, sequencing platforms, and software to show how customers can benefit using the Illumina Insight ecosystem. The most compelling examples came from customers themselves, who showed how combining genomics, transcriptomics, methylation, and proteomics is helping them see biology they could not see before, with work spanning bulk, single-cell, and spatial approaches. What is resonating with customers is that we are looking at their work from start to finish, making it easier to obtain all the components they need to drive high-quality insights while bringing down the total cost of the workflow.
On the analysis side, we launched the BioInsight platform, which brings our analysis applications, AI models, and curated biological data together in one place, reducing the need for customers to assemble and manage separate software tools. Through the platform, customers can also access SpliceAI 2, our new AI model that predicts how genetic changes affect RNA splicing. In rare disease research datasets, it identified 17% more disease-relevant splice variants than other splicing models.
I’m proud of the innovation our teams continue to deliver. Our view is that the next era of life sciences innovation will be powered not only by sequencing, but also by the software, AI, and differentiated data that unlock the power of the genome. Through BioInsight, Illumina is building the base for AI biology, enabling more powerful foundational models and virtual cell models with the potential to improve our ability to understand and predict biology.
As we move nearer to predicting biology, we see a path to using those insights to move healthcare toward a more proactive future, identifying risks sooner, preventing disease where possible, and intervening earlier. Now let me expand on our financial results, starting with our performance in the quarter. Customer demand for the NovaSeq X platform remains at very high levels. In the quarter we placed over 80 instruments. This equates to approximately 360 X placements over the last four quarters, more than in our first year of launch. This demand is being fueled by broader adoption of sequencing-based diagnostics and more sequencing-intense assays. As these instruments go live, they will support additional consumables revenue for years to come.
End-market growth rates for Rest of World sequencing consumables were similar in Q3 and Q2, with clinical growth of 14% and research and applied declines of 6%. We continue to expect mid-teens clinical growth and mid- to high-single-digit declines in research and applied sequencing consumables for Rest of World for 2026. Let me now turn to our outlook for the rest of the year. We are raising our full-year revenue outlook to reflect Q3 outperformance and a stronger Q4 driven by an increase in sequencing consumable revenue on a larger NovaSeq X installed base. We are also raising our full-year margin and EPS outlooks, and now expect operating margins of approximately 25% in the second half of 2026, up about 400 basis points versus 2024. I’m extremely proud of how our teams have managed investments through a challenging environment.
With each quarter that passes, it becomes more clear our strategy is working. We are achieving what we set out to do in 2024 and capitalizing on emerging opportunities to drive growth for the years to come. I want to thank our teams for the hard work and commitment to Illumina, and our customers for the trust they place in us. I look forward to sharing our 2027 guidance during the fourth quarter earnings call, and with that I’ll turn it over to Ankur to walk through our results and updated outlook.
Ankur Dhingra (Chief Financial Officer)
Thank you, Jacob, and good afternoon, everyone. I will walk through our third quarter financial results, provide additional color on revenue, earnings, and cash flow, and then discuss our updated outlook. As Conor mentioned earlier, all of our financial metrics will be on a non-GAAP basis, excluding tariff refunds. The reconciliations are provided in our financial disclosures. On a high level, our Q3 revenue and earnings came in ahead of our expectations and guidance. Rest of world organic revenue grew 5%, operating margin was 25%, 100 basis points above our guidance, and diluted EPS of $1.44 grew 7% year over year.
Now turning to the details, during the third quarter Illumina’s revenue was $1.17 billion, up 4.7% year over year on a rest of world organic basis, with currency and acquired revenue together contributing just under 3 percentage points to our reported growth. Sequencing consumables revenue of $792 million was up 6% year over year and up 5% on an organic rest of world basis. High-throughput volume drove most of the revenue growth as the NovaSeq X install base continues to expand and clinical customers continue to bring their instruments online.
Sales in clinical markets grew 14% on rest of the world, and we continue to expect mid-teens growth for clinical consumables in 2026. Sequencing consumable sales in research and applied markets declined 6% for rest of the world, and year to date, trends have remained consistent with our outlook entering the year. Revenue has grown sequentially each of the last two quarters, and we are seeing signs research activity is stabilizing. We continue to expect mid- to high-single-digit declines for research and applied consumables in 2026.
Moving to the NovaSeq X transition, approximately 84% of high-throughput volume and 60% of revenue is now on the X. In research and applied markets, 90% or greater volume has been on the X for each of the last five quarters, signaling the conversion to X is largely complete. Thus, we expect minimal transition pricing headwinds from these customers going forward. In clinical, 78% of volume is currently on the X, and we have seen the pace of conversion slow in recent quarters.
This is the dynamic you’ve heard us talk about: certain clinical customers are keeping current on-market assays on the 6000 while adding X capacity for new tests. We anticipate clinical conversion to reach 80% to 85% in the coming quarters, and as such, we expect the year-over-year pricing headwinds from the X transition to be lower in 2027 than in 2026 as the X conversion is nearly complete. We believe these charts are becoming less relevant in showing the price and volume dynamics impacting our revenue growth.
As such, we plan to discontinue showing this slide in our quarterly earnings presentations after Q4 2026 as it relates to sequencing activity. Gigabase output growth on our connected high and mid-throughput instruments remained above 30%, showing that demand remained strong. Sequencing instruments revenue of $106 million was down 2% year over year in Q3 on a rest of world organic basis. Higher NovaSeq X placements were offset by weaker instrument sales in our Europe, Middle East, Latin America region. X placements were up year over year in both clinical and research markets. Instrument sales still account for over 90% of our X placements, though we are seeing an increasing level of interest in lease-type arrangements with certain research customers.
Demand for the NovaSeq X remains elevated, especially among some of our largest clinical customers, where we saw several multi-unit capacity expansion orders. This is a testament to the value our customers place on the Illumina ecosystem today and for years into the future. Sequencing service and other revenue of $158 million was up 8% on a rest of world organic basis. As Jacob mentioned in his prepared remarks, we are gaining traction in our Billion Cell Atlas program as we continue to deliver data, converting more of our backlog to revenue. The pipeline and interest in our programs is very strong. Microarrays and other revenue of $110 million was up 2% on a rest of world organic basis and included SomaLogic revenue that outperformed our initial deal model.
Moving to the rest of the P&L, gross margin of 69.4% was up 20 basis points year over year. Operating margin was 25% for the quarter, 100 basis points above our guidance, driven by higher revenue and disciplined investments. EPS of $1.44 per diluted share came in above the high end of our guidance range and was up 7% versus Q3 of last year. Year to date, EPS is up 12% versus 2025. Moving to cash flow and the balance sheet, our cash flow from operations was $419 million, and we generated $378 million of free cash flow in the quarter. We repurchased $9 million worth of stock in the quarter, and at quarter end we had approximately $1.8 billion remaining under our current share repurchase authorizations, and we intend to continue to repurchase shares opportunistically. We ended the quarter with approximately $1.34 billion in cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments, $1.79 billion in total debt, and a leverage ratio of approximately 1.4 times gross debt/last 12 months EBITDA.
Overall, we had a great third quarter, allowing us to raise our full-year guidance and reinforce our confidence in the progress we are making towards our financial targets. Now turning to our full-year 2026 guidance, starting with revenue, we are raising our revenue guidance by $30 million at the midpoint to $4.64 to $4.66 billion. This reflects our Q3 outperformance and increased expectations for sequencing consumable sales in the fourth quarter.
We still expect rest of world organic growth greater than 5%. Product revenue guidance ranges are unchanged, and we expect rest of world organic sequencing consumable growth of mid-single digits and low single-digit instrument growth in 2026. We now expect operating margins of approximately 23.6%, at the high end of our previous guidance with our higher revenue expectations for the year. This equates to diluted EPS guidance of $5.40 to $5.45, an increase of $0.08 at the midpoint versus our prior guide, and represents year-over-year growth of 12% to 13%.
For our fourth quarter of 2026, we expect revenue of $1.22 to $1.24 billion and rest of the world organic growth of approximately 4.5%, similar to Q3, and we expect EPS of $1.51 to $1.56 and an operating margin of approximately 25%. We have made tremendous progress this year. Adoption of sequencing across a wide range of clinical applications continues to grow, and our rapidly growing X install base provides for a strong consumables revenue stream for years to come. Revenue and customer interest in our Billion Cell Atlas are both expanding, and we’re just getting started on the large AI-based predictive biology opportunity that lies ahead. And our strong balance sheet and cash flows give us the flexibility to invest in areas of strategic growth that complement our innovative tool set.
We are excited about our long-term outlook. In closing, I want to thank the Illumina team for their continued focus and disciplined execution throughout the year. Thank you for joining our call today. I now invite the operator to open the line for Q&A.
OPERATOR
Thank you. At this time, if you would like to ask a question, please click on the raised hand button which can be found on the black bar at the bottom of your screen. To give as many analysts as possible the opportunity to ask a question, please limit yourself to one question. If you have additional questions, please raise your hand again to be put back into the queue. We will now pause a moment to assemble the queue. Thank you. Our first question is from Tycho Peterson from Jefferies.
Please unmute your line and ask your question.
Tycho Peterson (Analyst)
Hey, thanks, guys. Want to probe a little bit on the clinical consumable numbers? So first of all, any stocking orders to call out? You had that last quarter, obviously. And then 4Q implies, I think, low double-digit clinical growth. Is that the right jumping off point as we think about next year?
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Thanks, Tycho. And first and foremost, we continue to be pleased with the overall clinical performance. We see ourselves the full year in the mid-teens. We had here Q3 looked very much like Q2 with a 14%, 15% growth in clinical. And we continue this to expect that to continue. We will serve our customers, continue to serve them. There are always puts and takes in the quarter. But we feel good about how we see also Q4 coming along.
Tycho Peterson (Analyst)
Okay, and then if I go to—
Ankur Dhingra (Chief Financial Officer)
Go ahead, Tycho, to your question on the Q4. So overall, let’s say I’m raising the guidance for Q4 consumables. Our expectations that are going up given the strong placements that we continue to have. In terms of your growth rate question, I’ll recall last year Q4 was an 11% growth rate order on the sequencing consumables. So we’re still expecting a pretty good 5%, 6% growth in Q4 overall for the consumables. So that’s still a good growth on top of one of the more unique compares throughout last year.
So that would be one of the factors there. But our expectations are improving for Q4.
OPERATOR
Thank you. Our next question is from Vijay Kumar from Evercore ISI. Please unmute your line and ask your question.
Vijay Kumar (Analyst at Evercore ISI)
Hi Jacob and Ankur, thank you for taking my question. I guess I had a two-parter, if you will, Q4 jump-off here. I think it implies something like close, like 6% for rest of the world. And my question is, with that being the jump-off, what’s the right framework for ’27? Are the LRP targets still intact, and just given the strong instrument placements so far, could instruments become a headwind next year? How do you offset it?
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Thank you, Vijay. Thanks for that. And I can’t believe we had to go into question number two before we had a question about ’27 here. But let me share a few points here. I mean, first and foremost, we will come out with a full guide in our Q4 earnings call. So you gotta wait with the details. But we are still operating in very healthy market environments, especially the clinical market is strong. And we anticipate that clinical will be a growth driver for the company for the foreseeable future.
On top of that, there is now also opportunities in what we are seeing with our multi-omics capabilities, especially when the research market is coming back. We’re very well positioned for taking advantage of that. And on top of that, the AI market is just—we’re just scratching the surface on that. But there’s no doubt there is a substantial requirement or need for large data set to really train models. We can talk more about that later also. So that’s the overall framing for how we see the future. What I will leave you with is that, and how I think about the next year, is that we have, over the last quarters in this year, each quarter we have been growing our consumables above 5%. So we think that’s a good starting point here. We also see ourselves, of course, with what we talked about when we put the strategy in place in ’24, is that we see ourselves starting to move ourselves into growth.
And the main driver was that we would make the X transition, thereby also lapse the price impact of that. We are definitely on the latter end of that, as Ankur spoke to in the prepared remarks. And then what we are seeing with the elevated placements of X is that that will, of course, continue to be a driver also for the growth. So that’s how we think about it right now. I’ll leave you with that.
OPERATOR
Thank you. Our next question is from Doug Shenkel from UBS. Please unmute your line and ask your question.
Doug Schenkel (Analyst)
Good afternoon, and thank you for taking my questions regarding NovaSeq X demand. You’ve had several quarters of solid X placements now, you know, above 80 this quarter. Are you seeing any indication that recent strength reflects, you know, pull-forward, you know, in terms of what you might have expected in the future versus your last quarter and this quarter? Or is the sustainability of the purchasing cycle still pretty strong right now? And building off of that, how would you characterize the mix of demand this quarter between capacity expansion tied to clinical volume growth versus transitions and replacements? Thank you very much.
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Thanks, Doug. First and foremost, I don’t think there was any pull-forward. I think this is the normal course of business. But overall, you know, as also mentioned, we are very pleased with the placements we have done over the last four quarters, which have outperformed the first year of X placements when we launched. And it really speaks to a few things. It speaks to that, as I mentioned, the market conditions we are in and the opportunity, especially in the clinical space, are very healthy, and the new assays being put in place are very sequencing-intensive, and I think we haven’t even seen what is coming.
There’s a lot more coming here. The intensity will continue to increase. So I think we will continue to see a strong demand for the Xs going forward. Secondly, as you probably recall, at AGBT we were showcasing the innovations that we’re bringing to the X platform. So I also think that our customers are seeing that this is the platform to bet on for the future, with much more innovation coming out both in terms of quality of sequencing, turnaround times, and capacity of sequencing, plus all the multi-omics assays that are coming on. So we feel good about where we sit and also for the future.
OPERATOR
Thank you. Our next question is from Puneet Sudha from Leerink. Please unmute your line and ask your question.
Puneet Sudha (Analyst at Leerink Partners)
Yeah, hi Jacob, thanks for the question here. So just wanted to understand the dynamic on the sequencing consumables side. Is this a function of placing a number of instruments in the clinical space and applied, and obviously research, that is driving sort of a shift—lower cost per gigabase elasticity—and that seems to be… Is that what’s playing out here in the quarter? And then I just wanted to understand on ’27, is the high single-digit framework still intact? Just want to get your thoughts there. Thank you.
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Yes, I’m not sure I fully understood the first question on how the dynamics of sequencing consumables play out.
Puneet Sudha (Analyst at Leerink Partners)
Yeah, just in terms of are you seeing sort of a, you know, lower cost per gigabase from the labs coming to you essentially, you know, just because you’re placing a new instrument that is providing them, you know, more, you know, cheaper sequencing essentially right away in the first six months.
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Well, I think how we think about it, obviously, is that with the transition from the 6000 to the X there was a price step down, obviously, but it also generated substantially more volume, and that volume continues. So it’s not only a six-month volume gain we are seeing in the logic of a fixed budget, but we actually do see, especially in the clinical space, that our customers, as we’ve talked about before, are building bigger assays, also getting a better competitive positioning, and continuing to drive growth and introduction, or further advancement, especially in the oncology space of testing.
So I think that is playing out and it will continue to play out. We feel good about how our growth is sitting with consumables, and we think that’s going to continue. I will say, of course, as with many other companies, if you come to Illumina and are willing to sign up for large volume, we are very willing to also talk about what the right price point is for that. So that’s a conversation I like to have with customers. If they come with new assays they would like to put in place that require substantially more sequencing, we are absolutely more than willing to have that conversation and find how both companies can be successful.
That works well for ’27. As we mentioned all the way back in 2024, our strategy is to walk ourselves into growth. And we were predicting mid-single-digit for ’25, and we still are on track to deliver in ’27 a high single-digit range.
OPERATOR
Thank you. Our next question is from Sabu Nambi from Guggenheim. Please unmute your line and ask your question.
Sabu Nambi (Analyst at Guggenheim Securities)
Hey guys, thank you for taking my question. I have a question. Thinking ahead to 2027, I have two questions. First, do you still believe that new products have the potential to contribute one to two points of growth? Second, recognizing that you’re going to exit 2026 at an operating margin of 25%, is that the right launch point, keeping in mind more progress towards operating improvement and improving mix as you move past pricing headwinds? Thank you.
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Yeah, so let me start with the first one, and just a reminder: we are still very much in Illumina operating in Q4, and we want to deliver Q4 before we go into details of ’27. But I will say that what we talked about in ’24—that we would add new growth drivers through both our new assays that will come out and obviously also data—is playing out well. We have come out over the last 18 months with a very, very significant multi-omics portfolio, and with the acquisition of SomaLogic we are very well positioned in that space, and that has momentum, obviously from a low base.
But this will start to actually reflect in our numbers both here in ’26, but particularly in ’27 and beyond. So we feel good about that. I think, related to our operating margin, again, if you look over the last few years we have increased or improved our margins by 400 basis points, and we feel really good about what the team has achieved over the past years. We have had a lot of headwinds that we didn’t anticipate, and I think the team have shown that we can deliver this year. Electronic component pricing, shipping costs, and obviously also some tariffs have been big headwinds, and we have been able to deliver expansion on margins.
So I feel good about where we are, and I think there is more to come in the years to come—and also in 2027.
OPERATOR
Thank you. Our next question is from Luke Sergot from Barclays. Please unmute your line and ask a question.
Luke Sergot (Analyst at Barclays)
Great, thanks. Sorry, I was muted. I just wanted to follow up on the implied growth here of, you know, the exit rate on the clinical sequencing and how to think about next year. You’ve got all the liquid biopsy players; you’re seeing strong growth in their samples, and then you have the conversion there from a lot of them converting to the X. And so, like, how does that play out with initial reagent concordance studies and then when that starts to flip on back onto the X?
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Well, I think it is playing out as we expect. I mean, what we’ve been very pleased with over the last four quarters is the elevated placements of the X. And as you know, we are in a razor–razor blade logic in the company. So the more instruments we place—nobody buys an instrument to put in the corner—they all put it there to generate more revenue. So obviously every time you place an X, that is a revenue generator for the years to come. And so with that, and with the elevated placement, we feel good about the growth opportunity in the consumables also for the years to come.
As I mentioned before, the clinical market is very healthy. I know many of you want to sit and have a conversation about whether we grow 14, 15, or 16% in clinical. The takeaway is that this is a strong market. There are still a lot of applications that are just coming online. So we feel good about that, and we see that that has legs. If you just look at a great point here, the U.S. cancer business has continued to grow very, very strongly over the last four quarters in clinical, and we don’t think that will stop.
Ankur Dhingra (Chief Financial Officer)
Yeah, that’s well covered on the clinical growth side. Luke, to your point about clinical, the only thing I would add is: still look at the number of tests that have recently come on market, the volume growth of on‑market tests, and the number of clinical trials that are still expected to read out over the next one year, implying the new tests that would be coming to the market. And that’s a very rich pipeline.
OPERATOR
Thank you. Our next question is from Dan Arias from Stifel. Please unmute your line and ask your question.
Dan Arias (Analyst at Stifel)
Yeah, hi guys. Thanks for the question here. Jacob. You hear me? Okay, thanks, Jacob. As you guys try to tap into this training‑model virtual cell AI opportunity, can you just talk about how you see genome pricing playing into that? I mean, obviously you think that the X is the box to bet on, but there are some pretty cheap genomes that are being talked about out there, pushing down to 50 bucks. So to what extent do you think that you might need to revisit the price elasticity discussion in order to make sure that you really take those large projects?
Can you win those with the current pricing scheme, or do you think it takes whatever the new 35D flow cell might bring on genome cost?
OPERATOR
Yes, go ahead.
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Yep. Well, first and foremost we feel really good where we are. I think AI models are way beyond just whole‑genome pricing. There’s a lot going into this. So let me just try to frame this a little bit. First and foremost, I think we see a big opportunity in what I would call predictive biology. But if you want to step into that new logic or world, which could have a substantial impact on everything we do in our space—and if you think about life science as a whole—this could revolutionize our understanding of biology, and it could definitely also have big disruption overall in the healthcare industry, where Illumina is very well positioned.
Because it’s not only about the price of sequencing here, it’s about the ability to develop and create large datasets that go across both the genome, the transcriptome, the methylome, and of course also the proteome. Combine that together, look at that from a bulk, single‑cell, and also a spatial context. There’s no other company in this industry that has the broad portfolio and also has the ability to create those datasets. We started with the 1‑billion‑cell—it’s a great example of a functional dataset that is not only looking at something in time, but when you try to see what is happening to a cell when you change or up‑ or down‑regulate a gene. So I think these are the types of datasets that you want to look for. So we feel good about where we are. Look, Illumina has been in a world for many years to deal with elasticity. We love elasticity. We can address any opportunity that we need to, and we see this market could be much, much bigger.
And we have both the capabilities and the innovation pipeline to be a very strong player in that—both developing the datasets ourselves, but also looking at a flywheel where, together with our customers, we create datasets, our customers can add on to those datasets, and we can create bigger and bigger datasets for training those models. So we’re excited about that, and I’m not super concerned about what others are doing right now.
OPERATOR
Thank you. Our next question is Carl Mixon from Canaccord Genuity. Please unmute your line and ask your question. Carl Mixon from Canaccord Genuity. Please unmute your line and ask your question. We’ll go to our next question, which is Dave Westenberg from Piper Sandler. Please unmute your line and ask your question.
Dave Westenberg (Analyst at Piper Sandler)
Hey, thanks, guys. Sorry to belabor the same clinical sequencing question, but I think we’re all kind of trying to get at the same thing: clinical 70% of consumables and how fast can it grow to kind of get you into that long-term high single-digit kind of growth rate. So as we’re looking at the Signatera, the Shield, etc., we want to know, even in the X transition, what kind of pricing—like discounts or kind of growth—that you can get from these customers net of that discount as we get into the ’27s, ’28s, ’29s, because we know you are kind of stuck on this X, but we also want to know, like, when we’re looking at that 20, 25, 30% volume kind of growth rate on that, you know, how much can Illumina continue to grow?
Because we are confident that you’re going to get participate. We just want to know kind of the magnitude of that participation. Thank you.
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
No, thanks, Dave. That’s very specific into where we could go pricing-wise. I would leave you that is that, as I mentioned before, we work very closely with our customers. I think many of our customers are seeing, of course, opportunities to build bigger and bigger assays. That goes for therapy selection, MRD, and also, of course, now MCED coming alive. So what we are seeing is that obviously we will continue to have conversations. We will continue to make sure that both we can grow in alignment with our customers. There might always be some certain difference between the different growth rates, but what we are taking away is that when our customers are growing, we are also growing very healthy. So we believe there are more opportunities in that space. We think there are more growth opportunities for Illumina.
So I think we have proven over the last few quarters or a few years that we can step back into growth. The conversation 18 months ago was very, very different. I think all of you were questioning whether we could grow at all. Now we sit with mid-single growth in consumables. Now you’re questioning how much we can take that. I think you should see that we have a track record that shows that we can continue to expand our growth rate in those regions or consumables.
Ankur Dhingra (Chief Financial Officer)
Yeah, one thing I would add there is that last quarter we added about the overall consumables growth rate in U.S.-Canada, which is a proxy of some of the customers that you’re talking about. And within our U.S. business the growth rate within that clinical is well above the 14% that you’re talking about. So we’re reasonably well indexed that way. And always remember the big customers make up a reasonable part of our business. But Illumina’s business is global, and it both benefits and otherwise from the clinical activity across the world.
Within our U.S. business that growth rate on the clinical is well above that 14%.
OPERATOR
Thank you. Our next question is Kyle Mikson from Canaccord Genuity. Please unmute your line.
Kyle Mikson (Analyst at Canaccord Genuity)
Thanks, guys. Sorry about that before. Congrats on the quarter. Wanted to ask about—different, different way to ask about the ’27 beyond. I guess, you know, congratulations on kind of executing on the strategy day from 2024 sort of numbers and the framework and all that. But I mean, is there upside to the high single-digit growth going forward? I think, obviously, as was discussed before, you got AI, multi-omics, maybe a research inflection, clinical. I feel like that could be kind of longer term as well. So could you approach double-digit growth, perhaps while expanding operating margins to the high 20s, and what could that take really?
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Yeah, look, Kyle, I think this is absolutely not impossible. I mean, there’s definitely upside to a high single-digit growth. But remember a few things here. When we were laying out our strategy in ’24 we were in a negative growth arena, and now we have stepped ourselves into mid-single-digit growth. I think we want to also show we can do high single-digit before we go beyond that. But I do, I mean—and you can also see over the last few years—there’s been a lot of headwinds that this industry and Illumina specifically had to deal with. You can pick the one you want to talk about, but there’s been plenty. So we think that we are operating in a significant market opportunity space, particularly in clinical, and we think that is going to continue to expand over the years. We are very well positioned when the research segment is coming back with our multi-omics portfolio, where we see a lot of grants moving in that direction right now.
And then, of course, the whole AI space where there will be substantial data sets generated and looked for. And I think that is something that, with our 1 billion cell atlas, shows that we are very well committed. It’s not about just selling sequencers anymore in that space. Our customers—and the broad spectrum of customers—is looking for companies like Illumina that can actually generate those data sets. They’re much more interested in what those data sets can generate and, obviously, the models—how they can perform—rather than the sequencing itself.
So we are very well positioned, and there are certainly opportunities to grow beyond that.
OPERATOR
Thank you. Our next question is from Dan Leonard from RBC. Please unmute your line and ask a question.
Dan Leonard (Analyst at RBC Capital Markets)
Thank you. Jacob and Ankur, you talked a bunch about BioInsight. When would BioInsight become more visible in the P&L? Would that be as soon as next year, or is that a farther out event?
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Yeah. So I think, first of all, we actually established BioInsight approximately a year ago, which was a combination of our software part, which is actually doing extremely well also. And I think for those of you who visited our booth and at our symposiums at ASHG, we really presented how important software is for the ecosystem. So very excited about that. But we combined that with the data because there’s a lot of synergies between the two. You have to generate data, but you also have to develop models on top of that.
So as we mentioned in ’24 also, the data and, of course, the multi-omics business would start to generate 1% to 2% in the latter part—so here in ’27 of our strategic period—when we look into, and that is playing out very well. But I think, depending on how that AI opportunity plays out, which actually looks very, very promising, this could be substantially bigger. But maybe, Anko, you have comments on that also?
Ankur Dhingra (Chief Financial Officer)
Yeah, I think our view right now is somewhere in 2027 there should be some sort of color. We should be able to begin to add the billion cell atlas, and then the second gen—we’ve talked about it—expanding to 5 billion cells certainly would be one of the first drivers within that. Jacob mentioned we actually have a very broad spectrum of customers in discussion about the Cell Atlas and several other new bio AI-based applications that they are working on.
But we anticipate that somewhere in 2027 it does become more visible, and the whole point around the new products and BioInsight adding 1 to 2 points of growth for 2027 would certainly be an area.
OPERATOR
Thank you. Our next question is from Casey Woodring from J.P. Morgan. Please unmute your line and ask your question.
Casey Woodring (Analyst at J.P. Morgan)
Great. Thank you for taking my questions. I guess two just quick cleanups on 4Q. Could you quantify what the extra selling week means in terms of a tailwind to the quarter, and then are you expecting a budget flush? So that’s the first part. And then just there’s been some noise this week on U.S. trade restrictions on some of your Chinese competitors. Meanwhile, you know, you guys are still dealing with China regarding the unreliable entities list.
So just curious, has there been any change in your position with the Chinese authorities? And now that you’ve returned to growth year on year in the region in 3Q, you know, what are you seeing on the ground with customer comfort given geopolitical concerns? Thank you.
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Yeah, thanks, Casey. And first and foremost, we are, of course, very pleased to be back to growth in China. Our focus has been all the way through this time to work closely with our Chinese customers, continue to drive innovation, and obviously also work with the regulators in-country to make sure that we have a path for the future. We feel good. We are very committed to China and to serve our customers. We believe there’s a huge opportunity there.
We learned about this situation, as many of you did, yesterday morning, and, of course, we are trying to better understand what the impact is. That’s what I know at this point. From a budget flush perspective, we are not anticipating any specific budget flush besides what’s normal for Q4. Anko, maybe you take—
Ankur Dhingra (Chief Financial Officer)
Yeah, let me cover the Q4 question there, Casey. So Jacob covered the budget flush side, so we haven’t assumed anything meaningful there. So if there is indeed a stronger budget flush, that would be a potential upside into Q4. Now, regarding your question about the extra week, let me contextualize that for everyone. Illumina reports on a fixed number of weeks per quarter basis, usually, which means that once every four years we end up with an extra week to complete the cycle and come back into a consistent 13-week cycle.
The extra week in Q4 has always been part of our guidance throughout this year. That extra week falls during the holidays and very early part of January, so the actual impact on revenue is quite minimal. That’s not the window where we see a lot of top-line activity. So, fairly minimal impact on revenue. On the expenses side, of course, we have the cost of our people cost for one extra week. But both of those have been part of our guidance and thinking all throughout the year.
And just to be clear, our raise of consumables expectations for Q4 is entirely from the strong placements and the customer demand that we’ve seen so far.
OPERATOR
Thank you. Our next question is from Dan Brennan from TD Cowen. Please unmute your line and ask your question.
Dan Brennan (Analyst at TD Cowen)
Great. Thank you. Maybe just one on AI. I know there’s been a lot of discussion there so far, but if we think about the next, say, three-plus years or so, is the opportunity more on the service side for Illumina through BioInsight, or is it going to be substantial opportunity on the placing boxes and traditional flow cells? I’m just wondering how that splits out. And then related to that, you talk about the billion cell atlas, so is the way to think about it right now, from what you’re seeing in your pipeline and backlog, is it more going to be on single-cell and multi-omics versus traditional whole genome?
And then a quick follow-up just on Nova X pricing in the quarter—just if you can give any color on that, that’d be helpful. Thank you.
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Okay, so good question, Dan. I think how we think about the AI opportunity, as I mentioned, the industry, right, huge data set that is both reproducible and standardized. And the problem is when you have individual PIs or individual postdocs or others that are sitting and building small data sets, these are quite noisy and it’s very difficult for models to actually train well on those. We have seen many times that they are better in predicting where the data is coming from rather than predicting the biology that is what the experiments were actually telling you.
So that’s why we’re seeing a big demand and a big ask for customers that would like us to help generate large data sets that can help build those. Because we can. When we do those large data sets, obviously we also spend time on ensuring they’re reproducible, standardized, and so on. And I think there’s a big demand for that. So there’s certainly a huge opportunity for Illumina in what you can call a service business format. At the same time, we are of course in the business of placing instruments. So you could imagine there’s a lot of customers saying we can get access to the Illumina data sets. Can we augment that with our own data that we might want to keep to ourselves because of various reasons? So I think we will see a lot of demand for that also. So it’ll be a blend.
But versus how we traditionally think about it, we also think there’s a big service opportunity. This plays extremely well to where Illumina is sitting today. The capabilities we built up over the last few years in this space are probably not fully understood, but we have really become experts in how to think about or how to do perturbation for different cell lines and what it takes to build that quality. And that’s what some of our customers are really seeing a lot of benefits in.
Ankur Dhingra (Chief Financial Officer)
Yeah. Let me add just a couple more things on the BCA and the way you think about it. Jacob covered it extensively. The power of our portfolio, by having significant part of the multiomic workflows, is that the pathway where we stand today looks like combination of whole genome and proteomics, combination of single cell and transcriptomics, combination of spatial and transcriptomics. All of those combinations, based on either specific organs where the research is or specific disease pathways where the research is happening.
That combination of different multiomics would vary, but that’s what different types of data sets could be. As we’ve said, our billion cell atlas is a starting point which is helping prove causality in many areas already. But we do see a pathway for multiple combinations, as I was describing, of additional data sets that can be very meaningful and powerful going forward.
OPERATOR
Thank you. Our next question is from Dave Westenberg from Piper Sandler. Please unmute your line and ask your question.
Dave Westenberg (Analyst at Piper Sandler)
Oh, whoops. I didn’t even know I was going to be back on. Maybe I’ll just ask a quick one on China. Did I see that right? That was growth in the quarter. One was reported and one was Re Annix 7 and double digits. You know what happened there, I guess? And then secondly, you know, how should we think about China on a go-forward basis? You know, we obviously had the unreliable entity list but, you know, we also didn’t kind of expect that. And again, I’m sorry for that. It’s a bad question. I didn’t even know I was going to be back on.
Jacob Thaysen (Chief Executive Officer)
Thank you, Dave. We always like to hear from you. So thank you for the question. I think, as I mentioned before, how to think about China is that we have been committed, shown that we are committed, to find a path forward in China. I think we have good relationships there and first and foremost we are focusing on what we can control, and what we can control is to continue to support our customers, continue to drive innovations. You see a lot of interest for a lot of our innovations in China and we believe the opportunity in China is big.
I think the Chinese customers want to see Illumina playing in the market space and we will continue to do our best to have a future in China.
OPERATOR
Thank you. Our final question is from Tycho Peterson, from Jefferies. Please unmute your line and ask your question.
Tycho Peterson (Analyst)
Hey, thanks for taking the follow-up. Ankur, you called out operating leases, more operating leases. Understand that was in context of the research market, but can you maybe elaborate there and any chance it spills over to clinical?
Ankur Dhingra (Chief Financial Officer)
Yeah, so great question, Tycho. Both the entire operating leases as well as reagent rental models, we have had them on the offer for a fairly long period of time. But the demand there has been growing both in the research as well as for clinical customers as well. We haven’t seen that a whole lot with our largest clinical customers who have been in extensive capacity expansion. But when you look at the mid-sized clinical laboratories all over the world, including in the US and in Europe, that’s where we’ve seen interesting demand pick up in that space.
But that offering is available to all our customers globally.
Tycho Peterson (Analyst)
Thank you.
OPERATOR
Thank you. This concludes the Q and A section of the call. I would now like to turn the call back to Conor McNamara for closing remarks.
Conor McNamara (Head of Investor Relations)
Thank you for joining us today. A replay of this call will be available in the Investor section of our website. This concludes our call and we look forward to seeing you at upcoming events.
Disclaimer: This transcript is provided for informational purposes only. While we strive for accuracy, there may be errors or omissions in this automated transcription. For official company statements and financial information, please refer to the company’s SEC filings and official press releases. Corporate participants’ and analysts’ statements reflect their views as of the date of this call and are subject to change without notice.
, /PRNewswire/ -- Vistra (NYSE: VST) announced today that its board of directors has declared a quarterly dividend of $0.231 per share of Vistra's common stock, reflecting an estimated aggregate payment of approximately $75 million this quarter. The common dividend is payable on Dec. 31, 2026, to common stockholders of record as of Dec. 22, 2026. The ex-dividend date for the common dividend will be Dec. 22, 2026.
The board of directors also declared a semi-annual dividend on the company's 7.0% Series B Fixed-Rate Reset Cumulative Green Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock. The Series B dividend is $35.00 per preferred share, or $70.00 per share of Series B preferred stock on an annualized basis. The Series B dividend is payable on Dec. 15, 2026, to Series B preferred stockholders of record as of Dec. 1, 2026.
Additionally, the board of directors declared a semi-annual dividend on the company's 8.875% Series C Fixed-Rate Reset Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock. The Series C dividend is $44.375 per preferred share, or $88.75 per share of Series C preferred stock on an annualized basis. The Series C dividend is payable on Jan. 15, 2027, to Series C preferred stockholders of record as of Jan. 1, 2027.
About Vistra
Vistra (NYSE: VST) is a leading Fortune 500 integrated retail electricity and power generation company based in Irving, Texas, that provides essential resources to customers, businesses, and communities from California to Maine. Vistra is a leader in transforming the energy landscape, with an unyielding focus on reliability, affordability, and sustainability. The company safely operates a reliable, efficient power generation fleet of natural gas, nuclear, coal, solar, and battery energy storage facilities while taking an innovative, customer-centric approach to its retail business. Learn more at vistracorp.com.
Collaboration brings together Schneider's asset-based expertise with Norfolk Southern's eastern U.S. intermodal network to deliver greater efficiency and more flexible capacity for shippers
Key Takeaways
Norfolk Southern and Schneider are partnering to advance domestic intermodal growth by combining Norfolk Southern's eastern U.S. rail network and infrastructure investments with Schneider's asset-based intermodal services.The partnership gives shippers a more scalable alternative to over-the-road transportation, with improved efficiency, flexible capacity and greater supply chain resilience.Schneider brings 35 years of intermodal expertise, professional company drivers, company-owned tractors, approximately 23,900 chassis and 26,800 containers and more than 60 North American intermodal rail hubs.Norfolk Southern is investing ahead of customer demand across its 22-state intermodal network, including gateway capacity, terminal expansions, double-stack clearance improvements, reliability upgrades and enhanced security., /PRNewswire/ -- Norfolk Southern Corporation (NYSE: NSC) and Schneider National, Inc. (NYSE: SNDR), a premier multimodal provider of transportation, intermodal and logistics services, today announced a strategic agreement that combines Schneider's 35 years of intermodal expertise, professional company drivers, company-owned assets and logistics capabilities with Norfolk Southern's extensive eastern U.S. intermodal network and ongoing infrastructure investments.
Norfolk Southern Corporation
The partnership brings together two networks built around breadth, consistency and customer growth at a time when demand for intermodal solutions continues to build. Schneider's Intermodal Service is backed by company-owned tractors, approximately 23,900 chassis and 26,800 containers, more than 60 intermodal rail hubs across North America, and professional company dray drivers who complete more than 90% of Schneider's domestic dray moves. Norfolk Southern's intermodal volumes grew 3% in the third quarter of 2026, supported by steady consumer demand, favorable truck-market dynamics and network improvements.
"Schneider's Intermodal network is built on a strong asset-based foundation that gives customers the control, consistency and reliability they depend on," said Michael Baumgardt, Executive Vice President of Intermodal and Logistics at Schneider. "As we transition our primary eastern rail provider to Norfolk Southern, we'll expand access to key markets, increase network flexibility and create new opportunities to better serve our customers. It will strengthen Schneider's competitive position and enhance the reliable service experience our customers expect."
As one of the largest intermodal carriers in North America, Schneider brings more than three decades of intermodal expertise to help customers move freight with truck-like reliability and rail-driven efficiency. In addition to its company-owned containers, lightweight chassis, company-operated dray fleet, and company drivers, Schneider also supports performance through priority rail access, proactive execution across long-haul lanes, satellite tracking for real-time visibility, and advanced security measures. Aligning with Norfolk Southern reflects Schneider's commitment to evolving with customer needs and changing freight flows. Norfolk Southern's expansive eastern network broadens Schneider's reach, creating new opportunities to grow with existing customers, attract new freight, and convert truckload shipments to intermodal.
"Customers are taking a broader view of intermodal than ever before, and we are investing ahead of that demand," said Ed Elkins, EVP and Chief Commercial Officer at Norfolk Southern. "By combining Norfolk Southern's network reach, as well as our terminal investments and capacity, with Schneider's proven logistics expertise, owned equipment and customer relationships, we are creating new opportunities to move freight across North America and make rail a stronger part of the domestic supply chain."
The agreement builds on Norfolk Southern's strategy to invest ahead of customer growth across its 22-state intermodal network. Recent and ongoing projects include a new service between Cincinnati and Atlanta; double-stack clearance improvements connecting the Midwest and New England through the East Edge route; and terminal expansions in Ohio, Michigan, North Carolina and Illinois. At facilities across Atlanta, Louisville, Harrisburg, Croxton, Chesapeake, Charlotte, Chicago and St. Louis, Norfolk Southern is also improving pavement, lighting, storage areas, maintenance facilities, truck access routes and security systems to strengthen reliability, driver turn times and the everyday terminal experience customers depend on.
This collaboration reflects a shared commitment to making intermodal transportation more dependable and more accessible for customers. By bringing together complementary strengths and investing for long-term growth, Schneider and Norfolk Southern are helping shape the future of domestic freight transportation.
About Norfolk Southern
Since 1827, Norfolk Southern Corporation (NYSE: NSC) and its predecessor companies have safely moved the goods and materials that drive the U.S. economy. Today, it operates a customer-centric and operations-driven freight transportation network. Committed to furthering sustainability, Norfolk Southern helps its customers avoid approximately 15 million tons of yearly carbon emissions by shipping via rail. Its dedicated team members deliver more than 7 million carloads annually, from agriculture to consumer goods. Norfolk Southern also has the most extensive intermodal network in the eastern U.S. It serves a majority of the country's population and manufacturing base, with connections to every major container port on the Atlantic coast as well as major ports in the Gulf of Mexico and Great Lakes. Learn more by visiting www.NorfolkSouthern.com.
About Schneider
Schneider is a premier multimodal provider of transportation, intermodal and logistics services, helping customers turn supply chain complexity into greater control. Backed by more than 90 years of operational expertise and innovation, Schneider delivers reliable, flexible and responsible solutions that help businesses move freight with confidence.
Schneider's broad portfolio includes Regional and Long-Haul Truckload, Expedited, Dedicated, Bulk, Intermodal, Brokerage, Warehousing, Supply Chain Management, Port Logistics and Logistics Consulting. Through its digital marketplace, Schneider FreightPower®, the company gives shippers access to an expanded, highly flexible capacity network and carriers access to quality drop-and-hook freight.
For more information about Schneider, visit Schneider.com or follow the company socially on Facebook, LinkedIn and X: @WeAreSchneider. Always Delivering. Always Ahead.
Energy drink company Celsius allegedly duped a Washington woman with a “health-washing scheme” through phrases like, “accelerates metabolism” and “improves function,” she says in a new lawsuit.
The suit seeking class-action status was filed earlier this week in federal court in Washington against the Boca Raton, Fla.-based company, which has the second largest energy drink portfolio in the country.
Annabelle Nielsen allegedly suffered economic losses because she would have bought a cheaper product if she’d known Celsius’ health claims were phony, her suit states.
Annabelle Nielsen allegedly suffered economic losses because she would have bought a cheaper product if she’d known Celsius’ health claims were phony, her suit states. Celsius
“Plaintiff purchased the Healthwashed Energy Products on the reasonable but mistaken belief that the Healthwashed Energy Products have certain health and wellness benefits,” the complaint says.
“Healthwashing” refers to vague and dubious claims like “organic” and “high protein.” With some products, like Celsius, healthy claims are put on the front of a product and then effectively taken back in small print on the back, according to Nielsen’s suit.
She pointed to a can of Astro Vibe-flavored Celsius as having “accelerates metabolism” and “burns body fat” claims, with three small photos of a cartoon running, biking, and meditating. Marketing for the company also includes highlighting ingredients, like ginger root and green tea extract, the suit notes.
Tiny lettering on the back of the cans state, “Celsius alone does not produce weight loss in absence of a healthy diet and moderate exercise. So whether you walk the dog or work out the gym make Celsius part of your daily regimen,” according to Celsius’ website.
Tiny lettering on the back of cans like this one state, “Celsius alone does not produce weight loss in absence of a healthy diet and moderate exercise,” according to Celsius’ website. Celsius
The company also claims its products have “thermogenic,” or heat-producing, properties, the suit notes. Caffeine is known to be a mild “thermogenic” agent. The drinks have between 200 and 270 milligrams of caffeine – the equivalent of nearly three cups of coffee.
“First, we’re better for you but don’t sacrifice flavor; second, Celsius delivers on more function with clinically proven fat-burning and metabolism acceleration and third, Celsius is all about fitness (it was born in gyms and health clubs), and with fitness being a megatrend, we have mass appeal,” CEO John Fieldly said in 2025, according to the complaint.
The lawsuit claims Celsius published and funded studies on their drinks that were misleading to consumers. On the company’s website, Celsius recommends consumers consult with their doctor if they are concerned about how products impact their health. They also recommend no more than two cans per day.
“We stand firmly behind our peer-reviewed clinical studies and product claims, which have previously been approved by the Better Business Bureau’s National Advertising Division. Our products are clearly labeled as they have been for many years and go above and beyond FDA requirements,” a Celsius spokesperson told The Post.
Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton opened an investigation into Celsius over the packaging and marketing for one of its products, Alani Nu, in June. It has 200 milligrams of caffeine in a 12-ounce can and is marketed to teens, according to the prosecutor.
Celsius said at the time it would cooperate with the probe but disagreed with Paxton’s characterization of the product.
Forget Airlines—These Trucking Stocks Are Shifting Into High GearSaia NASDAQ: SAIA reported record third-quarter revenue and tonnage for 2026, as the less-than-truckload carrier cited continued network expansion, pricing initiatives and service improvements. The company also authorized up to $250 million in share repurchases as capital expenditures begin to moderate following a period of substantial network investment.
Third-quarter revenue rose 17% year over year to $982.5 million. Tonnage per workday increased 8.9%, while shipments per workday rose 0.8%. Revenue per shipment, excluding fuel surcharge, increased 5.8% from a year earlier and 2.7% sequentially from the second quarter.
Get Saia alerts:
3 Trucking Stocks Getting Big Analyst Upgrades NowOperating income reached $122.3 million, up 17.5% from adjusted operating income in the prior-year period. Saia’s operating ratio was 87.6%, unchanged from the adjusted third-quarter 2025 result. Diluted earnings per share were $3.41, up 21.4% from adjusted diluted EPS of $2.81 a year earlier.
Network investments and service metrics President and CEO Fritz Holzgrefe said the company’s investments in terminals, equipment, technology and personnel are strengthening its national LTL offering. Since the start of 2022, Saia has added 45 terminals and relocated or expanded more than 25 other locations. Those efforts increased operational door count by approximately 32% and tractor and trailer capacity by more than 35%, according to the company.
Why Goldman Sachs Suddenly Boosted These 3 Trucking StocksMore than 60% of U.S. ZIP codes are now within 50 miles of a Saia terminal, compared with about 35% in 2017. The company operates 219 facilities, executives said during the call.
Saia introduced its REV initiative in June, focused on improving transit times, capabilities and shipment visibility. The initial phase improved transit times across more than 2,000 lanes, Holzgrefe said, adding that lanes benefiting from faster transit times have posted outsized volume growth.
The company reported handling, or freight touches, improved 1.3% from the second quarter and more than 2% from the prior-year quarter. Its cargo claims ratio reached a company-record 0.3%, an improvement of more than 40% year over year. Saia also said its internal Net Promoter Score increased 15% from the third quarter of 2025.
“Our expanded footprint, combined with technology investments and network optimization, has improved efficiency, reduced freight handling, and enhanced service levels across the network,” Holzgrefe said.
Pricing, mix and terminal ramp-up Saia reported a 10.8% contractual renewal rate during the quarter. Executives attributed pricing progress to service performance, broader market coverage and the company’s ability to address more customer needs through its national network.
Average length of haul declined 1% to 885 miles. Weight per shipment increased 8.1% year over year and 1.2% sequentially, reflecting mix optimization efforts. Because higher shipment weight typically reduces yield, yield excluding fuel surcharge declined 2.2% from the prior year. However, yield excluding fuel surcharge increased 1.5% sequentially despite the higher shipment weight.
Holzgrefe said the company is focused on identifying customers that value service reliability rather than targeting a single ideal freight profile. He said a mix of heavier shipments and time-sensitive one- and two-day freight can support the company’s strategy when customers are willing to pay for reliable, damage-free delivery.
Recently opened terminals continued to improve, according to Chief Financial Officer Matt Batteh. Terminals opened in 2023 and 2024 improved their operating ratio by 40 basis points year over year, while operating income from those facilities rose 22%. The newer locations are operating in the low 90s on an operating-ratio basis and remain below the company average, Batteh said, but are building density and generating higher revenue-per-shipment growth than legacy terminals.
Holzgrefe said Saia’s Los Angeles region remained a headwind, with revenue in that higher-revenue-per-shipment market down by low single digits year over year.
Costs, cash flow and capital allocation Total operating expenses increased 16.9% from adjusted third-quarter 2025 operating expenses. Salaries, wages and benefits rose $46.7 million, or 11.6%, driven primarily by wage increases and higher performance-related compensation. Total headcount increased 0.4% year over year, though headcount excluding line-haul drivers declined 0.6%.
Fuel expense rose 55.2% as the national average diesel price increased 48.1% from a year earlier. Claims and insurance expense declined 10%, reflecting fewer preventable accidents and favorable claims experience.
Truck and rail purchased transportation represented 15.7% of total line-haul miles, up from 12% a year ago. Rail accounted for nearly 39% of purchased transportation miles, and Batteh said rail remains cost-advantaged on a per-mile basis. Underlying purchased transportation rates per mile, excluding fuel surcharge, increased about 4% year over year.
Saia generated more than $240 million in free cash flow year to date and ended the quarter with $203 million in cash and $100 million of total debt. The newly authorized $250 million repurchase program gives the company flexibility to return capital when management considers repurchases attractive, subject to market conditions and investment priorities.
Batteh said the company expects capital expenditures in 2027 to be roughly 13% to 14.5% of revenue, with longer-term capital spending expected to range from 12% to 15% of revenue. He said the largest real-estate investment years are behind the company, although strategic investments will continue.
Fourth-quarter outlook For October, Saia said shipments were up about 2% year over year and tonnage was up about 10%, which Batteh characterized as in line with seasonal expectations. The company expects normal seasonal shipment trends through November and December and assumes fuel remains around October’s average level.
Historically, Saia’s operating ratio has worsened by roughly 250 to 300 basis points sequentially from the third to fourth quarter. Based on current trends, management said it expects the fourth-quarter sequential increase to be about 200 basis points, which would represent year-over-year operating-ratio improvement of more than 200 basis points.
The company also announced the appointment of Todd Fowler as an independent director. Holzgrefe said Fowler brings experience in transportation, logistics, supply-chain technology and capital markets.
About Saia (NASDAQ:SAIA)Saia, Inc is a transportation and logistics company headquartered in Johns Creek, Georgia. Through its primary subsidiary, Saia LTL Freight, the company provides less-than-truckload transportation, moving palletized and other freight shipments that do not require a full trailer. Its services include standard and time-definite delivery, expedited transportation, guaranteed services, and shipment tracking.
Saia also provides non-asset-based logistics services through Saia Logistics Services, which helps customers arrange freight transportation using third-party carriers.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Should You Invest $1,000 in Saia Right Now?Before you consider Saia, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and Saia wasn't on the list.
While Saia currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
AI spending is reshaping the market, and the opportunity extends far beyond the biggest chipmakers. Discover 10 stocks set to benefit from powerful trends in AI infrastructure, cloud computing, energy, capital returns, and consumer growth this fall.
Get This Free Report
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
IonQ trades below key SMAs as earnings estimates weaken, but new Air Force funding and an analyst price target point to potential upside ahead of Q3 results.
Kimco Realty Corporation (KIM) Q3 2026 Earnings Call October 29, 2026 8:30 AM EDT
Company Participants
David Bujnicki - Senior Vice President of Investor Relations & Strategy
Conor Flynn - Chief Executive Officer
David Jamieson - Executive VP, COO & Director
Ross Cooper - President, Chief Investment Officer & Director
Glenn Cohen - Executive VP & CFO
Kathleen Thayer - Executive VP, Chief Accounting Officer & Treasurer
Will Teichman - Executive VP, Chief Innovation & Transformation Officer
Conference Call Participants
Michael Goldsmith - UBS Investment Bank, Research Division
Alexander Goldfarb - Piper Sandler & Co., Research Division
Richard Hightower - Barclays Bank PLC, Research Division
Ronald Kamdem - Morgan Stanley, Research Division
Michael Griffin - Evercore ISI Institutional Equities, Research Division
Ravi Vaidya - Mizuho Securities USA LLC, Research Division
James Feldman - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division
Juan Sanabria - BMO Capital Markets Equity Research
Greg McGinniss - Scotiabank Global Banking and Markets, Research Division
Floris Gerbrand Van Dijkum - Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., Research Division
Samir Khanal - BofA Securities, Research Division
Omotayo Okusanya - Deutsche Bank AG, Research Division
Caitlin Burrows - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division
Craig Mailman - Citigroup Inc., Research Division
Linda Tsai - Truist Securities, Inc., Research Division
Michael Mueller - JPMorgan Chase & Co, Research Division
Paulina Rojas Schmidt - Green Street Advisors, LLC, Research Division
Michael Gorman - BTIG, LLC, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Hello, everyone. Thank you for joining us, and welcome to Kimco Realty's Third Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call.
[Operator Instructions]
I will now hand the conference over to Dave Bujnicki, Senior Vice President of Investor Relations and Strategy. Please go ahead.
David Bujnicki
Senior Vice President of Investor Relations & Strategy
Thank you all for joining Kimco's quarterly earnings conference call. With me today are Conor Flynn, CEO; Ross Cooper, President and Chief Investment Officer; Dave Jamieson, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; Glenn Cohen, Executive Vice President and CFO; as well as
SAN DIEGO--(BUSINESS WIRE)---- $EG #EG--Everest Group, Ltd. faces allegations it falsely assured investors it adequately managed the risks of expanding its U.S. casualty insurance business.
Oil Shorts Are Crowded, 3 Names That Could Bring on a SqueezePatterson-UTI Energy NASDAQ: PTEN reported higher third-quarter revenue, earnings and adjusted EBITDA as U.S. onshore activity strengthened and pricing improved across its drilling and completion operations.
Total revenue rose 9% sequentially to $1.314 billion in the third quarter. Net income attributable to common shareholders was $28 million, or $0.07 per share, including $18 million of pre-tax other operating income that primarily reflected a $22 million gain from the sale of rigs and components intended for Venezuela. Adjusted EBITDA, excluding the one-time gain, totaled $264 million.
Get Patterson-UTI Energy alerts:
Why Goldman Sachs Just Upgraded These 3 Stocks and What It MeansPresident and Chief Executive Officer Andy Hendricks said the recovery in U.S. onshore activity gained momentum during the quarter, supported by demand for premium equipment, digital technology, automation and natural gas-powered assets. He said the company expects activity to remain relatively steady in the fourth quarter before potentially stepping higher in 2027 as customer budgets reset.
Drilling Activity and Pricing Improve In drilling services, Patterson-UTI recorded third-quarter revenue of $417 million and adjusted gross profit of $149 million. Its U.S. contract drilling business averaged 101 operating rigs and logged 9,249 operating days during the quarter.
Is NexTier-Patterson UTI Deal A Sign Of More Consolidation Ahead?Hendricks said average drilling rates have risen from the low-$30,000-per-day range earlier in the year to the mid-$30,000 range, with leading-edge pricing above that level. Rigs emerging from the company’s upgrade program have secured rates several thousand dollars per day above its company average, according to Hendricks.
The company ended the quarter with its rig count up 16 rigs, or 18%, from the April trough. It said reactivation costs have averaged about $1 million per rig since activity bottomed, excluding upgrades needed to meet customer specifications. Management said it has only 8 to 10 rigs that can be economically reactivated at current market pricing before incremental capital requirements rise materially.
For the fourth quarter, Patterson-UTI expects its drilling services rig count to average about 104 rigs and finish the period above that level. It forecast segment adjusted gross profit of approximately $150 million.
Management said it is weighing domestic opportunities against international prospects, including potential drilling-rig deployments in Argentina. The company has also sold rigs and components for 10 AC electric high-spec rigs from the U.S., along with other rigs from Colombia, for use in Venezuela.
Completion Pricing Rises Despite Supply-Chain Delays Completion services generated $808 million in third-quarter revenue and $133 million in adjusted gross profit. Pricing increased by a mid-single-digit percentage from the second quarter, although activity was affected by nonproductive time tied to sand availability in South Texas and trucking constraints in the Permian Basin.
Hendricks said the issues were temporary and that operations had returned to full efficiency during the fourth quarter. He added that some customers paid standby charges during the disruption, which he characterized as a change from prior market conditions.
Management expects fourth-quarter completion services adjusted gross profit of approximately $140 million, reflecting higher pricing than the third quarter while accounting for seasonal and weather-related factors.
The company said it sees a more constructive medium-term completion-market outlook as drilling activity rises and older diesel-powered equipment is retired. Patterson-UTI estimates that legacy diesel assets account for about 20% of U.S. completion-industry horsepower and said higher diesel prices are making those assets increasingly uneconomic to maintain.
By year-end, nearly 90% of Patterson-UTI’s active horsepower is expected to be powered at least partly by natural gas. The company plans to continue replacing retiring diesel equipment with Emerald 100% natural gas-powered direct-drive assets in 2027 while keeping total completion capacity relatively steady.
Management said completion pricing had declined about 30% over the preceding three years and has recovered roughly one-third of that decline. Hendricks said the company needs additional price recovery and returns above its cost of capital before committing to expand overall industry capacity.
Drilling Products Posts Record Results Since Ulterra Deal Drilling products revenue increased 21% sequentially to $110 million, while adjusted gross profit reached $51 million. The segment delivered its highest quarterly revenue and adjusted gross profit since Patterson-UTI acquired Ulterra in 2023.
The company cited revenue growth across U.S., Canadian and international markets, market-share gains in drill bits and stronger pricing. International revenue increased sequentially despite higher costs and operational challenges associated with conflict in the Middle East. Markets outside North America represented more than 20% of drilling products revenue over the past 12 months.
Management said activity in Saudi Arabia is expected to weigh on the segment in the fourth quarter. Patterson-UTI projects drilling products adjusted gross profit will decline 5% to 10% sequentially, primarily due to lower anticipated Middle East drilling activity.
Revenue from new downhole-tool offerings rose more than 40% from the second quarter and represented about 5% of segment revenue. The company expects downhole-tool revenue to roughly double in 2026 compared with 2025. It also said footage drilled using its bits in geothermal applications quadrupled from a year earlier, though geothermal remains less than 5% of annual revenue.
Cash Flow, Capital Spending and Shareholder Returns Chief Financial Officer Andy Smith said working-capital trends improved in the third quarter, contributing to a significant increase in adjusted free cash flow from first-half levels. The company expects another strong free-cash-flow quarter in the fourth quarter and meaningful improvement in 2027.
Patterson-UTI invested $141 million in capital expenditures during the quarter, including $55 million in drilling services, $63 million in completion services and $20 million in drilling products. It expects 2026 capital expenditures, net of asset-sale proceeds, to be below $600 million.
The company ended the quarter with $339 million in cash, no borrowings on its $500 million revolving credit facility and no senior-note maturities until 2029. During the quarter, it returned $62 million to shareholders through repurchases of 2 million shares and a $0.10-per-share dividend. Its board approved another quarterly dividend of $0.10 per share, payable Dec. 15 to shareholders of record on Dec. 1.
Management said future capital allocation will prioritize investments that improve return on capital and free cash flow per share, while also preserving balance-sheet flexibility, returning cash to shareholders and potentially reducing debt.
About Patterson-UTI Energy (NASDAQ:PTEN)Patterson-UTI Energy, Inc is an oilfield services company that provides drilling, completion and production-related services to oil and natural gas exploration and production companies. Its operations are primarily focused on onshore oil and gas development in the United States.
The company provides contract land drilling services through a fleet of rigs, as well as directional drilling and related technologies used to guide wellbores. Patterson-UTI also offers pressure pumping and hydraulic fracturing, wireline, well-completion, equipment rental and other services that support the development and maintenance of unconventional wells.
Patterson-UTI expanded its completion-services business through its 2023 merger with NexTier Oilfield Solutions.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Should You Invest $1,000 in Patterson-UTI Energy Right Now?Before you consider Patterson-UTI Energy, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and Patterson-UTI Energy wasn't on the list.
While Patterson-UTI Energy currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
Looking for higher dividend income in 2027? Discover seven high-yield dividend stocks with attractive payouts, proven dividend histories and growth potential.
Get This Free Report
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
Q1 revenue increased by 6% to $1.4 billion; up 7% on a core constant currency basisQ1 GAAP diluted earnings per share up 23% to $2.92; non-GAAP diluted EPS up 14% to $2.91Returned more than $1.0 billion to shareholders through share repurchases and dividends during Q1 Note: A webcast of Resmed’s conference call will be available at 4:30 p.m. ET today at http://investor.resmed.com
SAN DIEGO, Oct. 29, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Resmed Inc. (NYSE: RMD, ASX: RMD) today announced results for its quarter ended September 30, 2026.
“We began fiscal year 2027 with a strong first quarter, driven by continued global demand for our sleep and breathing health solutions and ongoing execution across our business,” said Resmed's Chairman and CEO, Mick Farrell. “Year over year, we grew core constant currency revenue 7%, expanded non-GAAP gross margin by 50 basis points, and increased non-GAAP earnings per share by 14%. Our strong free cash flow and the proceeds from our divestiture of MatrixCare enabled us to both invest in innovation and return more than $1 billion to shareholders during the quarter.”
“Looking ahead to the rest of fiscal year 2027, we will continue to build our core sleep and breathing health businesses by extending the reach of our digital health ecosystem and connecting more of the people worldwide who need care with life-saving treatment delivered right in their own home.”
Other Business and Operational Highlights
Closed the previously announced divestiture of the MatrixCare business.Announced the U.S. launch of the AirTouch F40, the newest addition to Resmed’s growing portfolio of fabric CPAP masks.Partnered with Eight Sleep to connect its technology with Resmed sleep insights for people in the U.S. and Australia, and with 23XI Racing NASCAR driver Tyler Reddick, following his sleep apnea diagnosis, to help others recognize the signs and seek treatment.Announced appointment of Carol Burt as Lead Director, effective November 15, 2026, after the planned retirement of Director Ron Taylor. Financial Results and Operating Metrics
(Unaudited; $ in millions, except for per share amounts)
Three Months Ended September 30,
2026 September 30,
2025 % Change Constant
Currency(A)Revenue$1,415 $1,336 6% 6%Gross margin(D) 61.5% 61.2% 30 bps Non-GAAP gross margin(B) 62.5% 62.0% 50 bps Research and development expenses(D) 103 89 15 13 Non-GAAP research and development expenses(B) 102 87 16 14 Selling, general, and administrative expenses(D) 315 282 12 11 Non-GAAP selling, general, and administrative expenses(B) 276 259 6 6 Income from operations 453 447 1 Operating margin 32.0% 33.4% (140) bps Non-GAAP income from operations(B) 506 482 5 Non-GAAP operating margin(B) 35.8% 36.1% (30) bps Net income 418 349 20 Non-GAAP net income(B) 418 375 12 Diluted earnings per share$2.92 $2.37 23 Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share(B)$2.91 $2.55 14 Operating cash flow 422 457 (8) Free cash flow(C) 374 414 (10) In order to provide a framework for assessing how our underlying businesses performed excluding the effect of foreign currency fluctuations, we provide certain financial information on a “constant currency basis,” which is in addition to the actual financial information presented. In order to calculate our constant currency information, we translate the current period financial information using the foreign currency exchange rates that were in effect during the previous comparable period. However, constant currency measures should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to U.S. dollar measures that reflect current period exchange rates, or to other financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Revenue growth on a core constant currency basis, which also excludes the impact of the Noctrix acquisition and the divestiture of the MatrixCare business, was 7%.See the reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures in the table at the end of the press release.Free cash flow is equal to operating cash flow less purchases of property, plant and equipment.During the first quarter of fiscal year 2027, we revised the presentation of restructuring expenses and amortization of acquired intangibles. Restructuring expenses, which were previously presented as a separate line item within operating expenses, are now classified within cost of sales, research and development expenses, and selling, general and administrative expenses based on the function of the associated costs. Amortization of acquired intangibles relating to cost of sales is no longer presented as a separate line item within cost of sales. Amortization of acquired intangibles relating to operating expenses are now classified within selling, general and administrative expenses. Prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current-period presentation. See reconciliation of reclassification of prior-period amounts at the end of the press release. Discussion of First Quarter Results
All comparisons are to the prior year period unless otherwise noted
Strong revenue growth: Revenue increased 6% (7% in core constant currency) to approximately $1.4 billion, primarily driven by strong demand across sleep devices and masks and accessories.
Global momentum: On a core constant currency basis, Americas Sleep and Breathing Health revenue grew 7%, Rest of World Sleep and Breathing Health grew 8%, and Residential Care Software revenue increased 5%.
Healthy profitability: GAAP gross margin of 61.5%. Non-GAAP gross margin increased 50 basis points to 62.5%, predominantly from productivity pipeline execution.
Robust earnings growth: GAAP operating margin of 32.0% and GAAP diluted earnings per share of $2.92. Non-GAAP operating margin of 35.8% and non-GAAP diluted earnings per share of $2.91, up 14% year-over-year, predominantly attributable to strong revenue growth and gross margin improvement.
Strong cash generation: Operating cash flow totaled $422 million and free cash flow totaled $374 million. Proceeds from the sale of MatrixCare and strong cash flows supported $1.0 billion returned to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases while maintaining investment in innovation and growth initiatives. Fiscal Year 2027 guidance
MetricFY 2027 Guidance as of August 6, 2026FY 2027 Guidance as of October 29, 2026ChangeRevenueCore Constant Currency: 5 - 7% growthCore Constant Currency: 5 - 7% growth—Reported: $5.75 - $5.85 BillionReported: $5.75 - $5.85 Billion—Non-GAAP Diluted EPS$12.00 - $12.25$12.00 - $12.25—
Dividend program
The Resmed board of directors today declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.66 per share. The dividend will have a record date of November 12, 2026, payable on December 17, 2026. The dividend will be paid in U.S. currency to holders of Resmed’s common stock trading on the New York Stock Exchange. Holders of CHESS Depositary Interests (“CDIs”) trading on the Australian Securities Exchange will receive an equivalent amount in Australian currency, based on the exchange rate on the record date, and reflecting the 10:1 ratio between CDIs and NYSE shares. The ex-dividend date will be November 11, 2026, for common stockholders and for CDI holders. Resmed has received a waiver from the ASX’s settlement operating rules, which will allow Resmed to defer processing conversions between its common stock and CDI registers from November 11, 2026, through November 12, 2026, inclusive.
Webcast details
Resmed will discuss its first quarter fiscal year 2027 results on its webcast at 1:30 p.m. U.S. Pacific Time today. The live webcast of the call can be accessed on Resmed’s Investor Relations website at investor.resmed.com. Please go to this section of the website and click on the icon for the “Q1 2027 Earnings Webcast” to register and listen to the live webcast. A replay of the earnings webcast will be accessible on the website and available approximately two hours after the live webcast. In addition, a telephone replay of the conference call will be available approximately three hours after the webcast by dialing +1 877-660-6853 (U.S.) or +1 201-612-7415 (outside U.S.) and entering the passcode 13762822. The telephone replay will be available until November 12, 2026.
About Resmed
Resmed (NYSE: RMD, ASX: RMD) creates life-changing health technologies that people love. We’re relentlessly committed to pioneering innovative technology to empower millions of people in 140 countries to live happier, healthier lives. Our AI-powered digital health solutions, cloud-connected devices and intelligent software make home healthcare more personalized, accessible and effective. Ultimately, Resmed envisions a world where every person can achieve their full potential through better sleep and breathing, with care delivered in their own home. Learn more about how we’re redefining sleep health at Resmed.com and follow @Resmed.
Safe harbor statement
Statements contained in this release that are not historical facts are “forward-looking” statements as contemplated by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements – including statements regarding Resmed’s projections of future revenue or earnings, expenses, results of operations, new product development, new product launches, new markets for its products, the integration of acquisitions and success of strategic initiatives, including divestitures, our supply chain, domestic and international regulatory developments, litigation, tax outlook, and the expected impact of macroeconomic conditions of our business – are subject to risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to materially differ from those projected or implied in the forward-looking statements. Additional risks and uncertainties are discussed in Resmed’s periodic reports on file with the U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission. Resmed does not undertake to update its forward-looking statements.
– More –
RESMED INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Unaudited; $ in thousands, except for per share amounts)
Three Months Ended September 30,
2026 September 30,
2025 Net revenue$1,414,814 $1,335,582 Cost of sales (2) 544,247 517,918 Gross profit (2) 870,567 817,664 Research and development (2) 102,860 89,479 Selling, general, and administrative (2) 314,723 281,648 Total operating expenses 417,583 371,127 Income from operations 452,984 446,537 Other income (expenses), net: Interest (expense) income, net 16,384 8,793 Gain (loss) attributable to equity method investments 1,884 1,489 Gain (loss) on equity investments 5,719 (6,190)Other, net 62,184 (3,836)Total other income (expenses), net 86,171 256 Income before income taxes 539,155 446,793 Income taxes 120,742 98,257 Net income$418,413 $348,536 Basic earnings per share$2.93 $2.38 Diluted earnings per share$2.92 $2.37 Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share (1)$2.91 $2.55 Basic shares outstanding 142,989 146,182 Diluted shares outstanding 143,411 146,899 (1) See the reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures in the table at the end of the press release. (2) During the first quarter of fiscal year 2027, we revised the presentation of restructuring expenses and amortization of acquired intangibles. Restructuring expenses, which were previously presented as a separate line item within operating expenses, are now classified within cost of sales, research and development expenses, and selling, general and administrative expenses based on the function of the associated costs. Amortization of acquired intangibles relating to cost of sales is no longer presented as a separate line item within cost of sales. Amortization of acquired intangibles relating to operating expenses are now classified within selling, general and administrative expenses. Prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current-period presentation. See reconciliation of reclassification of prior-period amounts at the end of the press release. – More –
RESMED INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited; $ in thousands)
September 30,
2026 June 30,
2026Assets Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents$1,010,742 $1,469,234 Accounts receivable, net 972,498 1,036,233 Inventories 1,021,358 945,805 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 504,323 416,081 Assets held for sale — 457,386 Total current assets$3,508,921 $4,324,739 Non-current assets: Property, plant, and equipment, net$601,787 $581,829 Operating lease right-of-use assets 196,688 153,167 Goodwill and other intangibles, net 3,350,913 3,362,312 Deferred income taxes and other non-current assets 553,502 543,903 Total non-current assets$4,702,890 $4,641,211 Total assets$8,211,811 $8,965,950 Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable$320,677 $308,923 Accrued expenses 480,166 494,921 Operating lease liabilities, current 31,527 29,141 Deferred revenue 171,647 162,911 Income taxes payable 160,228 98,108 Short-term debt 159,975 259,950 Liabilities held for sale — 41,156 Total current liabilities$1,324,220 $1,395,110 Non-current liabilities: Deferred revenue$174,209 $170,951 Deferred income taxes 62,651 64,640 Operating lease liabilities, non-current 169,447 137,413 Other long-term liabilities 283,965 213,028 Long-term debt 249,629 399,415 Total non-current liabilities$939,901 $985,447 Total liabilities$2,264,121 $2,380,557 Stockholders’ equity Common stock$764 $764 Additional paid-in capital 2,133,418 2,190,614 Retained earnings 7,578,580 7,255,121 Treasury stock (3,633,335) (2,778,591)Accumulated other comprehensive loss (131,737) (82,515)Total stockholders’ equity$5,947,690 $6,585,393 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$8,211,811 $8,965,950 – More –
RESMED INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited; $ in thousands)
Three Months Ended September 30,
2026 September 30,
2025Cash flows from operating activities: Net income$418,413 $348,536 Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 41,741 47,698 Amortization of right-of-use assets 10,090 9,971 Stock-based compensation costs 29,475 21,160 (Gain) loss attributable to equity method investments (1,884) (1,489)(Gain) loss on equity investments (5,719) 6,190 (Gain) loss on divestment of subsidiaries (61,784) — Non-cash restructuring expenses 6,242 — Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable, net 64,839 29,970 Inventories (71,764) (14,663)Prepaid expenses, net deferred income taxes and other current assets (69,988) 2,312 Accounts payable, accrued expenses, income taxes payable and other 62,761 7,636 Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities$422,422 $457,321 Cash flows from investing activities: Purchases of property, plant, and equipment (48,740) (42,965)Patent registration and acquisition costs (2,432) (2,814)Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired (7,487) (522)Purchases of investments (2,721) (2,173)Proceeds from divestment of subsidiaries, net of cash divested 450,820 — Proceeds (payments) on maturity of foreign currency contracts 2,615 (4,104)Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities$392,055 $(52,578)Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net 3,654 8,205 Purchases of treasury stock (936,378) (150,010)Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards (325) (719)Repayment of borrowings (250,000) — Dividends paid (94,954) (87,750)Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities$(1,278,003) $(230,274)Effect of exchange rate changes on cash$5,034 $(71)Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (458,492) 174,398 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 1,469,234 1,209,450 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$1,010,742 $1,383,848 – More –
RESMED INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
(Unaudited; $ in millions, except for per share amounts)
In addition to financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as non-GAAP core constant currency basis, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP income from operations, non-GAAP operating margin, non-GAAP net income, and non-GAAP diluted earnings per share, in evaluating the performance of our business. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when reviewed in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, can provide investors better insight when evaluating our performance from core operations and can provide more consistent financial reporting across periods. For these reasons, we use non-GAAP information internally in planning, forecasting, and evaluating the results of operations in the current period and in comparing it to past periods. These non-GAAP financial measures should be considered in addition to, and not superior to or as a substitute for, GAAP financial measures. We strongly encourage investors and shareholders to review our financial statements and publicly-filed reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. Like all non-GAAP measures, non-GAAP earnings are subject to inherent limitations because they do not include all the expenses that must be included under GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures as presented herein may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.
The non-GAAP financial measures included in this release and the accompanying tables (including within the tables that provide our detailed reconciliations to the corresponding GAAP financial measures) are adjusted for the impact of acquisitions and divestitures, amortization of acquired intangibles, restructuring and business transformation expenses, acquisition and divestment-related expenses, gains on divestment of subsidiaries, and associated tax effects, in addition to the tax effect of interest and penalties on tax refunds.
We have not included a reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures where we are unable to provide a meaningful or accurate calculation or estimation of reconciling items, and the information is not available without unreasonable effort. This is due to the inherent difficulty of forecasting the occurrence and the financial impact of various items that have not yet occurred, are out of our control, or cannot be reasonably predicted. For the same reasons, we are unable to address the probable significance of the unavailable information. Forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures provided without the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures may vary materially from the corresponding GAAP financial measures.
Non-GAAP measures are reconciled to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures below (in millions, except percentages):
Three Months Ended September 30, 2026 September 30, 2025 GAAP total revenue growth6% 9%Impact of: Acquisitions/divestitures (A)1 — Effect of foreign currency fluctuations (A)— (1)Non-GAAP core constant currency total revenue growth7% 8% In order to provide a framework for assessing how our underlying businesses performed excluding the impact of the Noctrix acquisition and the divestiture of the MatrixCare business and the effect of foreign currency fluctuations, when applicable, we provide certain financial information on a “core constant currency basis,” which is in addition to the actual financial information presented. In order to calculate our constant currency information, we translate the current period financial information using the foreign currency exchange rates that were in effect during the previous comparable period. However, constant currency measures should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to U.S. dollar measures that reflect current period exchange rates, or to other financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. RESMED INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
(Unaudited; $ in millions, except for per share amounts)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2026 Gross profitResearch and development
expensesSelling, general, and administrative
expensesIncome from operationsTotal other income (loss), netIncome tax expenseNet incomeDiluted earnings per shareGAAP$871 $103 $315 $453 $86 $121 $418 $2.92 Amortization of acquired intangibles 5 — (8) 14 — 4 10 0.07 Restructuring and business transformation expenses 8 (1) (20) 29 — 7 22 0.16 Acquisition and divestment related expenses — — (10) 10 — — 10 0.07 Gain on divestment of subsidiary — — — — (62) (7) (55) (0.38)Income tax effect of interest income on tax refunds — — — — — (12) 12 0.07 Non-GAAP (A)$884 $102 $276 $506 $24 $113 $418 $2.91 Totals may not add due to rounding. Three Months Ended September 30, 2025 Gross profitResearch and development
expensesSelling, general, and administrative expensesIncome from operationsTotal other income (loss), netIncome tax expenseNet incomeDiluted earnings per shareGAAP$818 $89 $282 $447 $— $98 $349 $2.37 Amortization of acquired intangibles 8 — (12) 20 — 5 15 0.10 Restructuring and business transformation expenses 3 (2) (10) 16 — 4 12 0.08 Non-GAAP (A)$829 $87 $259 $482 $— $108 $375 $2.55 Totals may not add due to rounding. RESMED INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Revenue by Product and Region
(Unaudited; $ in millions)
Three Months Ended September 30,
2026(A)September 30,
2025(A)% Change Core Constant
Currency (B)Americas Sleep Devices$436 $405 8% 6%Masks and other 397 361 10 10 Total Sleep$833 $766 9 8 Life Support Devices — 9 (94) (94)Total Americas Sleep and Breathing Health$833 $775 8 7 Rest of World Sleep Devices$280 $250 12% 13%Masks and other 143 128 12 11 Total Sleep$423 $378 12 12 Life Support Devices 3 17 (79) (79)Total Rest of World Sleep and Breathing Health$426 $395 8 8 Global revenue Total Sleep Devices$716 $655 9% 9%Total Masks and other 540 489 10 10 Total Sleep$1,256 $1,144 10 9 Total Life Support Devices 4 25 (84) (84)Total Sleep and Breathing Health$1,260 $1,169 8 7 Residential Care Software 155 166 (7) 5 Total$1,415 $1,336 6% 7% Totals and subtotals may not add due to rounding.In order to provide a framework for assessing how our underlying businesses performed excluding the impact of the Noctrix acquisition and the divestiture of the MatrixCare business and the effect of foreign currency fluctuations, we provide certain financial information on a “core constant currency basis,” which is in addition to the actual financial information presented. In order to calculate our constant currency information, we translate the current period financial information using the foreign currency exchange rates that were in effect during the previous comparable period. However, constant currency measures should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to U.S. dollar measures that reflect current period exchange rates, or to other financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Removing the MatrixCare business that we’ve now divested, the remaining businesses of Residential Care Software – Brightree and MEDIFOX DAN - increased by 8%. RESMED INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Reclassification of Prior-period Amounts
(Unaudited; $ in thousands)
During the first quarter of fiscal year 2027, we revised the presentation of restructuring expenses and amortization of acquired intangibles in our condensed consolidated statements of operations. Restructuring expenses, which were previously presented as a separate line item within operating expenses, are now classified within cost of sales, research and development expenses, and selling, general and administrative expenses based on the function of the associated costs. In connection with this change, we renamed "restructuring expenses" as "restructuring and business transformation expenses" to reflect the broader nature of the costs included within this category. Amortization of acquired intangibles relating to cost of sales is no longer presented as a separate line item within cost of sales. Amortization of acquired intangibles relating to operating expenses are now classified within selling, general and administrative expenses.
Prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current-period presentation. The reclassifications had no effect on previously reported income from operations, income before income taxes, net income, earnings per share or cash flows. The following table reconciles previously reported amounts to the revised presentation (in thousands):
Three Months Ended September 30, 2025 As previously reported Restructuring and business transformation expenses Amortization of acquired intangibles As reclassifiedCost of sales - Sleep and Breathing Health products$456,118 $3,156 $1,420 $460,694 Cost of sales - Residential Care Software 50,823 — 6,401 57,224 Cost of sales (exclusive of amortization shown separately below)$506,941 $3,156 $7,821 $517,918 Amortization of acquired intangible assets - Sleep and Breathing Health products 1,420 — (1,420) — Amortization of acquired intangible assets - Residential Care Software 6,401 — (6,401) — Amortization of acquired intangible assets$7,821 $— $(7,821) $— Total cost of sales$514,762 $3,156 $— $517,918 Gross profit$820,820 $(3,156) $— $817,664 Research and development 87,323 2,156 — 89,479 Selling, general, and administrative 259,194 10,498 11,956 281,648 Amortization of acquired intangible assets 11,956 — (11,956) — Restructuring expenses 15,810 (15,810) — — Total operating expenses$374,283 $(3,156) $— $371,127 Income from operations$446,537 $— $— $446,537
RESMED INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Reclassification of Prior-period Amounts
(Unaudited; $ in thousands)
The following tables reconcile previously reported quarterly 2026 amounts to the revised presentation (in thousands):
Three Months Ended December 31, 2025 As previously reported Restructuring and business transformation expenses Amortization of acquired intangibles As reclassifiedCost of sales - Sleep and Breathing Health products$484,792 $994 $1,415 $487,201 Cost of sales - Residential Care Software 51,484 — 6,393 57,877 Cost of sales (exclusive of amortization shown separately below)$536,276 $994 $7,808 $545,078 Amortization of acquired intangible assets - Sleep and Breathing Health products 1,415 — (1,415) — Amortization of acquired intangible assets - Residential Care Software 6,393 — (6,393) — Amortization of acquired intangible assets$7,808 $— $(7,808) $— Total cost of sales$544,084 $994 $— $545,078 Gross profit$878,724 $(994) $— $877,730 Research and development 90,969 1,233 — 92,202 Selling, general, and administrative 278,396 3,708 11,764 293,868 Amortization of acquired intangible assets 11,764 — (11,764) — Restructuring expenses 5,935 (5,935) — — Total operating expenses$387,064 $(994) $— $386,070 Income from operations$491,660 $— $— $491,660
RESMED INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Reclassification of Prior-period Amounts
(Unaudited; $ in thousands)
Three Months Ended March 31, 2026 As previously reported Restructuring and business transformation expenses Amortization of acquired intangibles As reclassifiedCost of sales - Sleep and Breathing Health products$481,722 $— $1,421 $483,143 Cost of sales - Residential Care Software 50,855 — 6,429 57,284 Cost of sales (exclusive of amortization shown separately below)$532,577 $— $7,850 $540,427 Amortization of acquired intangible assets - Sleep and Breathing Health products 1,421 — (1,421) — Amortization of acquired intangible assets - Residential Care Software 6,429 — (6,429) — Amortization of acquired intangible assets$7,850 $— $(7,850) $— Total cost of sales$540,427 $— $— $540,427 Gross profit$890,979 $— $— $890,979 Research and development 94,267 — — 94,267 Selling, general, and administrative 285,655 — 11,247 296,902 Amortization of acquired intangible assets 11,247 — (11,247) — Restructuring expenses — — — — Total operating expenses$391,169 $— $— $391,169 Income from operations$499,810 $— $— $499,810
RESMED INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Reclassification of Prior-period Amounts
(Unaudited; $ in thousands)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 As previously reported Restructuring and business transformation expenses Amortization of acquired intangibles As reclassifiedCost of sales - Sleep and Breathing Health products$539,975 $— $2,011 $541,986 Cost of sales - Residential Care Software 54,155 — 6,290 60,445 Cost of sales (exclusive of amortization shown separately below)$594,130 $— $8,301 $602,431 Amortization of acquired intangible assets - Sleep and Breathing Health products 2,011 — (2,011) — Amortization of acquired intangible assets - Residential Care Software 6,290 — (6,290) — Amortization of acquired intangible assets$8,301 $— $(8,301) $— Total cost of sales$602,431 $— $— $602,431 Gross profit$861,216 $— $— $861,216 Research and development 105,726 — — 105,726 Selling, general, and administrative 296,283 — 10,499 306,782 Amortization of acquired intangible assets 10,499 — (10,499) — Restructuring expenses — — — — Total operating expenses$412,508 $— $— $412,508 Income from operations$448,708 $— $— $448,708
FAIR LAWN, N.J., Oct. 29, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Columbia Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) (NASDAQ: CLBK), the holding company for Columbia Bank ("Columbia"), reported net income of $5.2 million, or $0.02 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended September 30, 2026, as compared to $14.9 million, or $0.07 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended September 30, 2025. For the nine months ended September 30, 2026, the Company reported net income of $32.8 million, or $0.14 per basic and diluted share, as compared to $36.1 million, or $0.16 per basic and diluted share, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025.
For the quarter ended September 30, 2026, the Company reported core net income (a non-GAAP financial measure) of $40.6 million, or $0.16 per basic and diluted share, as compared to $15.4 million, or $0.07 per basic and diluted share for the quarter ended September 30, 2025. For the nine months ended September 30, 2026, the Company reported core net income of $70.6 million, or $0.30 per basic and diluted share, as compared to $37.1 million, or $0.17 per basic and diluted share for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. See the "Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures" included in this release, detailing non-core items, related core net income, per share amounts and select performance ratios.
Mr. Thomas J. Kemly, President and Chief Executive Officer commented: “During the quarter, our team successfully completed the second-step conversion offering and simultaneous acquisition of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (“Northfield”), and executed a series of transactions to improve earnings, reduce interest rate and credit risk on the balance sheet by selling securities and delinquent, nonperforming and criticized and classified assets, as well as, materially reducing our exposure to New York City rent regulated multifamily loans.”
Mr. Kemly noted, “In addition, we continue to attract experienced commercial bankers and other professionals to grow our Company and deliver premier lending, deposit and treasury solutions to deploy our capital and to capture current market share in the markets we serve. We continue to believe that our approach to community relationship banking, and our disciplined focus on capital deployment will drive strong earnings growth and stockholder returns."
Financial Highlights
Total assets increased $5.4 billion to $17.6 billion at September 30, 2026 from $12.2 billion at June 30, 2026, primarily due to the acquisition of Northfield, and the second-step conversion stock offering.Return on average assets for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 decreased to 0.13% as compared to 0.55% for the quarter ended September 30, 2025, while core return on average assets for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 increased to 0.97% as compared to 0.56% for the quarter ended September 30, 2025.Net interest margin of 2.96% for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 increased by 67 basis points compared to 2.29% for the quarter ended September 30, 2025, and increased 52 basis points compared to 2.44% for the quarter ended June 30, 2026.Total gross loans increased $3.1 billion, or 37.2%, for September 30, 2026, as compared to June 30, 2026, due primarily to $3.2 billion in loans acquired in the Northfield acquisition. Commercial real estate, construction and commercial business loans, gross, increased $899.8 million, or 23.0% for September 30, 2026, as compared to June 30, 2026, primarily due to the Northfield acquisition.Total deposits increased $3.1 billion, or 32.2%, for September 30, 2026, as compared to June 30, 2026, mainly due to $3.8 billion in deposits acquired in the Northfield acquisition, partially offset by $970.1 million in stock subscription proceeds that were transferred to stockholders' equity. Non-interest-bearing deposits increased $771.6 million, or 49.6%, as compared to June 30, 2026, mainly due to $747.9 million in deposits acquired in the Northfield acquisition.The Company's Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per share to be paid on November 25, 2026, to stockholders of record as of November 10, 2026. Significant Transactions Impacting the Three Months Ended September 30, 2026
The Company's growth, financial condition and earnings for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 were materially impacted by a series of transactions including:
Completion of its second-step conversion stock offering and raising approximately $1.6 billion of common stockholders' equity net of underwriting and transactional expenses. Total shares outstanding following completion of the stock offering and Northfield acquisition were 269,539,984.The acquisition of Northfield on July 20, 2026, added approximately $5.2 billion in total assets, $3.2 billion in loans receivable and $202.3 million in loans held-for-sale, $1.2 billion in securities, $646.4 million in borrowings, and $3.8 billion in deposits, inclusive of purchase accounting adjustments. The Company recorded a bargain purchase gain of $25.7 million, net of tax, and a core deposit intangible $76.2 million during the quarter ended September 30, 2026. Merger-related expenses recognized for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 were $30.6 million. The Company currently plans to complete the core system conversion during the first quarter of 2027.Purchase of $1.1 billion of debt securities designated as both available for sale and held to maturity, with a weighted average yield of 4.80% and a duration of approximately 2.0 years. Approximately one-third of these debt securities purchased have coupons that adjust monthly. Furthermore, the Company repaid and prepaid $353.5 million of borrowings with a weighted average cost of 3.97%.The sale of $650.6 million of Northfield debt securities available for sale resulting in no gain or loss, as the securities were marked-to-market as part of purchase accounting adjustments. The proceeds from the sales were reinvested in debt securities with a similar yield, but with improved cash flow stability in various rate scenarios.The sale of $254.7 million of debt securities available for sale at a net loss of $40.8 million. With the proceeds, the Company purchased $221.2 million of debt securities. The yield on the securities purchased was 445 basis points higher than the securities sold, with lower average lives and duration, and the Company currently expects to earn approximately $9.3 million in additional interest income over the next twelve months as a result of this transaction.Sold $55.6 million of commercial real estate and multifamily loans originated by Northfield that would be criticized or classified assets under the Company’s risk rating system. This transaction resulted in a loss on sale of loans of $1.1 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2026.Entered into a letter of intent to sell loans of $246.2 million of unpaid principal, collateralized by New York City rent regulated multifamily properties originated by Northfield. The loans selected for sale were deemed to have the highest credit risk based upon the percentage of units that were rent regulated, the estimated loan to value or the debt service coverage. This transaction resulted in a loss on loans of $5.9 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2026. The sale closed on October 27, 2026. The Company’s remaining exposure to New York City rent regulated multifamily loans was $164.6 million, or less than 1.0% of total assets at October 27, 2026.Entered into a letter of intent to sell $9.1 million of delinquent and nonperforming residential real estate loans originated by Columbia Bank. The Company recorded a loss of approximately $900,000 related to the transaction. This sale closed in October 2026.
Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2026 and September 30, 2025
Net income of $5.2 million was recorded for the quarter ended September 30, 2026, a decrease of $9.6 million compared to net income of $14.9 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2025. The decrease in net income was primarily attributable to a $23.8 million decrease in non-interest income and a $52.4 million increase in non-interest expense, partially offset by a $57.0 million increase in net interest income, a $512,000 decrease in provision for credit losses and a $9.1 million decrease in income tax expense.
Net interest income was $114.4 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2026, an increase of $57.0 million, or 99.3%, from $57.4 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2025. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to a $72.2 million increase in interest income partially offset by a $15.2 million increase in interest expense on deposits and borrowings. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an increase in the average balance of total interest-earning assets coupled with an increase in average yields on loans, while the increase in interest expense was primarily due to an increase in the average balance of both deposits and borrowings. Accretion of loan yield adjustments for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 totaled $6.8 million. Prepayment penalties, which are included in interest income on loans, totaled $771,000 for the quarter ended September 30, 2026, compared to $767,000 for the quarter ended September 30, 2025.
The average yield on loans for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 increased 33 basis points to 5.37%, as compared to 5.04% for the quarter ended September 30, 2025. Interest income on loans increased due to an increase in both the average balance and yield on loans mainly related to the Northfield acquisition. The average yield on securities for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 increased 55 basis points to 3.96%, as compared to 3.41% for the quarter ended September 30, 2025. The average yield on other interest-earning assets for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 decreased 137 basis points to 3.87%, as compared to 5.24% for the quarter ended September 30, 2025, mainly due to an increase in the average balance of other interest-earning assets invested in lower earning interest-bearing cash accounts, coupled with a 91 basis point decrease in the dividend rate received on Federal Home Loan Bank stock.
Total interest expense was $78.3 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2026, an increase of $15.2 million, or 24.2%, from $63.0 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2025. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to increases in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits and borrowings partially offset by a 31 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits coupled with a 17 basis point decrease in the average cost of borrowings. Interest expense on deposits increased $13.3 million, or 26.8%, primarily due to the increase in the average balances as a result of the Northfield acquisition during the quarter ended September 30, 2026. Interest expense on borrowings increased $2.0 million, or 14.7%, for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 as compared to the quarter ended September 30, 2025 due to an increase in the average balance of borrowings, partially offset by a decrease in the average cost of borrowings.
The Company's net interest margin for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 increased 67 basis points to 2.96% when compared to 2.29%, for the quarter ended September 30, 2025, predominately due to a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets increased 18 basis point to 4.99% for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 as compared to 4.81% for the quarter ended September 30, 2025. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 33 basis points to 2.81% for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 as compared to 3.14% for the quarter ended September 30, 2025.
The provision for credit losses on loans for the quarter ended September 30, 2026 was $1.8 million, a decrease of $512,000, or 21.8%, from $2.3 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2025. The decrease in the provision for credit losses was primarily attributable to lower net charge-offs, partially offset by an increase in loan balances.
Non-interest (loss) income was $(13.9) million for the quarter ended September 30, 2026, a decrease of $23.8 million, or 241.0%, from $9.9 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2025, mainly due to a $40.8 million increase in the loss on securities transactions coupled with a $7.6 million loss on transfer of loans to held-for-sale as previously discussed. These decreases were partially offset by a bargain purchase gain of $25.7 million, net of tax, related to the Northfield acquisition.
Non-interest expense was $97.5 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2026, an increase of $52.4 million, or 116.3%, from $45.1 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in compensation and employee benefits expense of $14.2 million, an increase in occupancy expense of $2.6 million, an increase in merger-related expenses of $30.6 million, and an increase in amortization of intangible assets of $2.9 million due to the Northfield acquisition. The increase in compensation and employee benefits expense was due to an increase in the number of employees and related employee benefits due to the Northfield acquisition and annual merit increases. The increase in occupancy expense was due to the costs related to the Northfield acquisition.
An income tax benefit of $4.1 million was recorded for the quarter ended September 30, 2026, a decrease of $9.1 million, as compared to income tax expense of $5.0 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2025, mainly due to lower pre-tax income partially offset by non-deductible merger-related expenses. The Company's effective tax rate was 16.7% and 25.0% for the quarters ended September 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.
Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 and September 30, 2025
Net income of $32.8 million was recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2026, a decrease of $3.3 million, or 9.0%, compared to net income of $36.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. The decrease in net income was primarily attributable to a $24.8 million decrease in non-interest income, and a $60.6 million increase in non-interest expense partially offset by a $76.3 million increase in net interest income, a $645,000 decrease in provision for credit losses, and a $5.2 million decrease in income tax expense.
Net interest income was $237.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2026, an increase of $76.3 million, or 47.3%, from $161.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to a $84.7 million increase in interest income partially offset by a $8.4 million increase in interest expense on deposits and borrowings. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an increase in the average balance of loans coupled with an increase in the average yield on loans. Accretion of loan yield adjustments for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 totaled $6.8 million, mainly related to the Northfield acquisition. Prepayment penalties, which are included in interest income on loans, totaled $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2026, compared to $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025.
The average yield on loans for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 increased 20 basis points to 5.16%, as compared to 4.96% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. Interest income on loans increased due to an increase in both the average balance and yield on loans. The average yield on securities for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 increased 23 basis points to 3.70%, as compared to 3.47% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. The average yield on other interest-earning assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 decreased 126 basis points to 4.13%, as compared to 5.39% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, mainly due to an increase in the average balance of other interest-earning assets invested in lower earning interest-bearing cash accounts, coupled with a lower dividend rate received on Federal Home Loan Bank stock.
Total interest expense was $196.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2026, an increase of $8.4 million, or 4.5%, from $187.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to an increase in the average balances of interest-bearing deposits and borrowings, partially offset by a 30 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits coupled with a 27 basis point decrease in the average cost of borrowings mainly related to the Northfield acquisition. Interest expense on deposits increased $6.2 million, or 4.2%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2025, due to an increase in the average balance of deposits, while interest expense on borrowings increased $2.2 million, or 5.7%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2025, due to the increase in the average balance of borrowings.
The Company's net interest margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 increased 46 basis points to 2.66% when compared to 2.20% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, due to an increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets coupled with a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets increased 10 basis points to 4.85% for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 as compared to 4.75% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 30 basis points to 2.87% for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 as compared to 3.17% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025.
The provision for credit losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 was $7.1 million, a decrease of $645,000, or 8.3% from $7.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. The decrease in the provision for credit losses was primarily attributable to a decrease in net charge-offs, which totaled $2.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 as compared to $5.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, partially offset by an increase in loan balances.
Non-interest income was $3.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2026, a decrease of $24.8 million, or 87.1%, from $28.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. The decrease was primarily attributable to a $40.8 million increase in the loss on securities transactions, coupled with a $7.7 million increase in the loss on transfer of loans. These decreases were partially offset by a bargain purchase gain of $25.7 million, net of tax, resulting from the Northfield acquisition, a $2.7 million increase in bank-owned life insurance due to income from the acquisition of such policies in the Northfield acquisition, death benefit claims in the 2026 period, and income related to the transition and exchange into higher yielding bank-owned life insurance policies.
Non-interest expense was $194.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2026, an increase of $60.6 million, or 45.3%, from $133.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in compensation and employee benefits expense of $19.8 million, an increase in occupancy expense of $4.0 million, an increase in data processing and software expenses of $2.7 million and an increase in merger-related expenses of $33.3 million, partially offset by a decrease of $2.6 million in professional fees. The increase in compensation and employee benefits expense was due to an increase in the number of employees and related employee benefits due to the Northfield acquisition and annual merit increases. The increase in occupancy expense was due to the costs related to the Northfield branches acquired.
Income tax expense was $7.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2026, a decrease of $5.2 million, as compared to income tax expense of $12.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, mainly due to a decrease in pre-tax income. The Company's effective tax rate was 49.7% and 25.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. The increase in the 2026 effective tax rate was due primarily to non-deductible merger-related expenses.
Balance Sheet Summary
Total assets increased $6.5 billion, or 59.4%, to $17.6 billion at September 30, 2026 from $11.0 billion at December 31, 2025. The increase in total assets was primarily attributable to increases in cash and cash equivalents of $118.0 million, debt securities available for sale of $1.7 billion, debt securities held to maturity of $516.0 million, loans held-for-sale of $211.4 million, loans receivable, net, of $3.4 billion, bank-owned life insurance of $191.8 million and other assets of $157.6 million, mainly due to assets acquired in the Northfield merger.
Cash and cash equivalents increased $118.0 million, or 34.6%, to $458.8 million at September 30, 2026 from $340.8 million at December 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to proceeds raised through the offering and cash and cash equivalents of $95.2 million acquired in the Northfield acquisition.
Debt securities available for sale increased $1.7 billion, or 151.0%, to $2.8 billion at September 30, 2026 from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to $1.2 billion of securities acquired in the Northfield acquisition, and purchases of $1.7 billion of securities, consisting primarily of U.S. government obligations and mortgage-backed securities which were purchased with proceeds from the second-step conversion offering. These increases were partially offset by sales of securities with an amortized cost of $643.3 million which were acquired in the Northfield acquisition and the sale of an additional $213.9 million of seasoned securities sold as part of a balance sheet repositioning transaction, which resulted in a realized loss of $40.8 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2026. The Company sold predominantly fixed rate, low-yielding debt securities and used the proceeds to repay high costing borrowings acquired from Northfield and purchase higher-yielding debt securities to improve the net interest rate margin in the future. The increase in debt securities available for sale also included a decrease of $33.9 million in the unrealized loss on securities available for sale.
Debt securities held to maturity increased $516.0 million, or 130.2%, to $912.2 million at September 30, 2026 from $396.2 million at December 31, 2025. The increase was attributable to purchases of securities of $542.8 million, consisting primarily of U.S. government obligations and mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by maturities on securities of $14.9 million, and repayments on securities of $13.1 million.
Loans held-for-sale increased to $211.4 million, at September 30, 2026 from zero at December 31, 2025. A portion of the loans held-for-sale acquired in the Northfield acquisition along with $9.1 million of residential real estate loans originated by Columbia Bank were transferred to loans held-for-sale at fair value and were subsequently sold in October 2026.
Loans receivable, net, increased $3.4 billion, or 41.9%, to $11.7 billion at September 30, 2026 from $8.2 billion at December 31, 2025, primarily due to $3.2 billion of loans acquired in the Northfield acquisition excluding loans held-for sale. One-to-four family real estate loans, multifamily loans, commercial real estate loans, construction loans, commercial business loans and home equity loans and advances increased $84.0 million, $2.0 billion, $774.9 million, $33.1 million, $253.3 million, and $193.8 million, respectively. The allowance for credit losses for loans increased $51.4 million to $118.6 million at September 30, 2026 from $67.2 million at December 31, 2025, primarily due to the Northfield acquisition and organic loan growth during the nine months ended September 30, 2026. As part of the merger with Northfield, the Company acquired $3.5 billion in loans, net of purchase accounting adjustments related to interest rates. The allowance for credit losses increased due to the day 1 Northfield CECL adjustment of $47.1 million recorded as part of the Northfield acquisition.
Bank-owned life insurance increased $191.8 million, or 67.7%, to $474.9 million at September 30, 2026 from $283.1 million at December 31, 2025, as the Company acquired $187.1 million of bank-owned life insurance policies in the Northfield acquisition, and $8.7 million of income was recognized from bank-owned life insurance for the nine months ended September 30, 2026.
Other assets increased $157.6 million, or 47.0%, to $493.3 million at September 30, 2026 from $335.7 million at December 31, 2025 primarily due to $134.2 million in other assets acquired as part of the Northfield acquisition, an increase in net pension assets of $27.0 million, and an increase of $16.6 million in swap contracts.
Total liabilities increased $4.5 billion, or 46.0%, to $14.4 billion at September 30, 2026 from $9.9 billion at December 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in total deposits of $4.1 billion, primarily due to the addition of Northfield deposits, an increase in borrowings of $312.8 million, and an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $87.4 million. The increase in total deposits consisted of increases in non-interest-bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, money market accounts, savings and club accounts, and certificates of deposits of $810.1 million, $1.4 billion, $254.3 million, $767.6 million and $868.5 million respectively. The increase in each category of deposits largely reflected the impact of deposits acquired from Northfield while also reflecting an increase related to the impact of continuing business development and competitive pricing strategies. The increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities included $67.0 million acquired from Northfield, which primarily consisted of lease liabilities, accrued expenses and benefit plan related liabilities, and an increase in collateral pledged for interest rate swaps. The $312.8 million increase in borrowings was driven by borrowings acquired from Northfield which included a net increase in short-term borrowings of $175.0 million, coupled with new long-term borrowings of $161.8 million, and long-term subordinated debentures assumed from Northfield totaling $62.0 million, partially offset by repayments of $82.0 million in maturing long-term borrowings. Included in these borrowings were $646.4 million in borrowings assumed in the Northfield acquisition, of which $195.6 were subsequently prepaid, resulting in a $196,000 loss on extinguishment of debt.
Total stockholders’ equity increased $2.0 billion, or 172.7%, with a balance of $3.2 billion at September 30, 2026 from $1.2 billion and December 31, 2025. The increase in stockholders' equity reflected $1.6 billion in capital stock issued in the Company's second-step conversion coupled with $404.3 million in capital stock issued in conjunction with the acquisition of Northfield. The increase also included net income of $32.8 million, partially offset by dividends declared and paid of $12.9 million.
Asset Quality
The Company's non-performing loans at September 30, 2026 excluding purchased credit deteriorated ("PCD") loans, totaled $36.5 million, or 0.31% of total gross loans, as compared to $38.0 million, or 0.46% of total gross loans, at December 31, 2025. The $1.5 million decrease in non-performing loans was primarily attributable to a decrease in non-performing one-to-four family loans of $5.4 million. This decrease was mainly due to the transfer of $4.9 million of non-performing one-to-four family loans to loans held-for-sale in September 2026, which were sold in October 2026, a decrease in non-performing commercial business loans of $2.8 million, and a decrease in non-performing construction loans of $4.1 million. The decrease in non-performing construction loans was due to one loan of $5.9 million being transferred to other real estate owned in March 2026 and subsequently sold in September 2026. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $11.6 million in commercial real estate loans, which included a $10.6 million loan on a six-story mixed use building, located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, which contains apartments and commercial/storage space designated as non-performing during the 2026 period. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets totaled 0.21% at September 30, 2026, as compared to 0.34% at December 31, 2025.
For the quarter ended September 30, 2026, net charge-offs totaled $1.5 million, as compared to net charge-offs of $1.2 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2025. For the nine months ended September 30, 2026, net charge-offs totaled $2.9 million, as compared to net charge-offs of $5.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. Charge-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 included $3.2 million in charge-offs related to PCD equipment finance loans purchased in May 2025.
The Company's allowance for credit losses on loans was $118.6 million, or 1.02% of total gross loans, at September 30, 2026, compared to $67.2 million, or 0.82% of total gross loans, at December 31, 2025. The increase in the allowance for credit losses for loans was primarily due to the day 1 Northfield CECL adjustment of $47.1 million recorded as part of the Northfield acquisition.
About Columbia Financial, Inc.
The consolidated financial results include the accounts of Columbia Financial, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary Columbia Bank (the "Bank") and the Bank's wholly-owned subsidiaries. Columbia Financial, Inc. is a Maryland corporation organized as Columbia Bank's parent stock holding company. Columbia Bank is a federally chartered savings bank headquartered in Fair Lawn, New Jersey that operates more than 100 full-service banking offices and offers traditional financial services to consumers and businesses in its market area, including select counties in New Jersey, and Brooklyn and Staten Island New York.
Forward Looking Statements
Certain statements herein constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements may be identified by words such as “believes,” “will,” “would,” “expects,” “projects,” “may,” “could,” “developments,” “strategic,” “launching,” “opportunities,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets” and similar expressions. These statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors. Factors that could cause such differences to exist include, but are not limited to, adverse conditions in the capital and debt markets and the impact of such conditions on the Company’s business activities; changes in interest rates, higher inflation and their impact on national and local economic conditions; changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other governmental entities; the impact of tariffs, sanctions and other trade policies of the United States and its global trading counterparts; the impact of changing political conditions or federal government shutdowns; the impact of legal, judicial and regulatory proceedings or investigations, competitive pressures from other financial institutions; the effects of general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Company operates, including changes that adversely affect a borrowers’ ability to service and repay the Company’s loans; the effect of acts of terrorism, war or pandemics, including on our credit quality and business operations, as well as its impact on general economic and financial market conditions; changes in the value of securities in the Company’s portfolio; the success of the balance sheet repositioning transactions we implemented during the third quarter of 2026; changes in loan default and charge-off rates; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and securities; legislative changes and changes in government regulation; changes in accounting standards and practices; the risk that goodwill and intangibles recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements will become impaired; cyber-attacks, computer viruses and other technological risks that may breach the security of our systems and allow unauthorized access to confidential information; the inability of third party service providers to perform; demand for loans in the Company’s market area; the Company’s ability to attract and maintain deposits and effectively manage liquidity; risks related to the implementation of acquisitions, dispositions, and restructurings; and the risk that the Company may not be successful in the implementation of its business strategy, or its integration of acquired financial institutions and businesses.
In addition, with respect to the Company’s recently completed acquisition of Northfield Bancorp (“Northfield”), such risks, uncertainties and assumptions, include, among others, the following: (i) the possibility that the anticipated benefits of the proposed transaction, including anticipated cost savings and strategic gains, are not realized when expected or at all, including as a result of changes in, or problems arising from, general economic and market conditions, interest and exchange rates, monetary policy, laws and regulations and their enforcement, and the degree of competition in the geographic and business areas in which the combined company operates; (ii) the possibility that the integration of the two companies may be more difficult, time-consuming or costly than expected; and (iii) the impact of purchase accounting with respect to the proposed transaction, or any change in the assumptions used regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed to determine their fair value and credit marks. Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to, those set forth in Item 1A of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K and those set forth in the Company's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, all as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Should one or more of these risks materialize or should underlying beliefs or assumptions prove incorrect, the Company's actual results could differ materially from those discussed. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. The Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, future events or other changes, except as required by law.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Reported amounts are presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). This press release also contains certain supplemental non-GAAP information that the Company’s management uses in its analysis of the Company’s financial results. Specifically, the Company provides measures based on what it believes are its "core" operating results, and relevant performance ratios on a consistent basis and excludes material non-routine items which affect the GAAP reporting of results of operations, and relevant performance ratios. The Company’s management believes that providing this information to analysts and investors allows them to better understand and evaluate the Company’s core financial results for the periods presented. Because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies' non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names.
The Company also provides measurements and ratios based on tangible stockholders' equity. These measures are commonly utilized by regulators and market analysts to evaluate a company’s financial condition and, therefore, the Company’s management believes that such information is useful to investors.
A reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures are included at the end of this press release. See "Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(In thousands)
September 30, December 31, 2026
2025
Assets(Unaudited) Cash and due from banks$458,686 $340,695Short-term investments 112 111Total cash and cash equivalents 458,798 340,806 Debt securities available for sale, at fair value 2,816,204 1,122,017Debt securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $853,439, and $367,289 at September 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively) 912,183 396,233Equity securities, at fair value 5,440 6,802Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost 149,572 64,604Loans held-for-sale, at fair value 211,410 — Loans receivable 11,786,760 8,292,010Less: allowance for credit losses 118,594 67,201Loans receivable, net 11,668,166 8,224,809 Accrued interest receivable 67,735 41,490Office properties and equipment, net 113,119 82,985Bank-owned life insurance 474,888 283,094Goodwill and intangible assets 191,703 120,302Other assets 493,275 335,651Total assets$17,562,493 $11,018,793 Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity Liabilities: Deposits$12,561,523 $8,444,079Borrowings 1,496,279 1,183,472Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance 67,295 45,792Accrued expenses and other liabilities 272,112 184,722Total liabilities 14,397,209 9,858,065 Stockholders' equity: Total stockholders' equity 3,165,284 1,160,728Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$17,562,493 $11,018,793 COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income
(In thousands, except per share data)
Three Months Ended
September 30, Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 Interest income:(Unaudited) (Unaudited)Loans receivable$152,636 $103,792 $358,128 $298,548 Debt securities available for sale and equity securities 25,403 9,858 46,941 29,901 Debt securities held to maturity 4,879 2,886 10,486 8,619 Federal funds and interest-earning deposits 7,738 2,623 13,425 7,924 Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock dividends 2,001 1,258 4,799 4,079 Total interest income 192,657 120,417 433,779 349,071 Interest expense: Deposits 62,840 49,569 155,285 149,058 Borrowings 15,436 13,462 40,803 38,599 Total interest expense 78,276 63,031 196,088 187,657 Net interest income 114,381 57,386 237,691 161,414 Provision for credit losses 1,832 2,344 7,100 7,745 Net interest income after provision for credit losses 112,549 55,042 230,591 153,669 Non-interest (loss) income: Demand deposit account fees 3,027 2,037 7,164 5,940 Bank-owned life insurance 3,768 2,133 8,682 5,982 Title insurance fees 714 684 2,201 2,191 Loan fees and service charges 1,103 1,570 4,088 4,370 (Loss) gain on securities transactions (40,849) — (40,849) 336 Change in fair value of equity securities (447) 714 (1,429) 1,294 (Loss) gain on sale of loans (7,567) 401 (6,792) 901 Bargain purchase gain, net of tax 25,689 — 25,689 — (Loss) gain on sale of other real estate owned (1,770) — (1,770) 281 Other non-interest income 2,424 2,328 6,685 7,216 Total non-interest (loss) income (13,908) 9,867 3,669 28,511 Non-interest expense: Compensation and employee benefits 43,462 29,248 106,524 86,764 Occupancy 8,663 6,055 22,242 18,208 Federal deposit insurance premiums 2,331 1,783 5,743 5,402 Advertising 915 512 2,228 1,606 Professional fees 2,377 2,590 5,995 8,624 Data processing and software expenses 5,748 4,457 15,366 12,621 Merger-related expenses 30,641 — 33,283 — Loss on extinguishment of debt 196 — 196 — Amortization of intangible assets 3,489 560 4,611 1,592 Other non-interest expense, net (317) (119) (1,779) (980)Total non-interest expense 97,505 45,086 194,409 133,837 Income before income tax (benefit) expense 1,136 19,823 39,851 48,343 Income tax (benefit) expense (4,095) 4,955 7,034 12,270 Net income$5,231 $14,868 $32,817 $36,073 Earnings per share-basic$0.02 $0.07 $0.14 $0.16 Earnings per share-diluted$0.02 $0.07 $0.14 $0.16 Weighted average shares outstanding-basic (1) 250,984,115 224,468,686 232,335,137 224,275,297 Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted (1) 251,662,369 224,468,686 232,571,404 224,275,297 (1) As result of the second-step conversion, all prior period share information has been subsequently revised to reflect the 2.2000 exchange ratio. COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Average Balances/Yields
For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 Average Balance Interest and Dividends Yield / Cost Average Balance Interest and Dividends Yield / Cost (Dollars in thousands)Interest-earnings assets: Loans$11,286,773 $152,636 5.37% $8,165,132 $103,792 5.04%Securities 3,031,705 30,282 3.96% 1,481,219 12,744 3.41%Other interest-earning assets 999,680 9,739 3.87% 293,903 3,881 5.24%Total interest-earning assets 15,318,158 192,657 4.99% 9,940,254 120,417 4.81%Non-interest-earning assets 1,217,777 871,010 Total assets$16,535,935 $10,811,264 Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing demand$3,142,993 $16,824 2.12% $1,904,963 $10,685 2.23%Money market accounts 1,640,021 8,829 2.14% 1,369,986 9,763 2.83%Savings and club deposits 1,239,886 2,742 0.88% 640,834 1,056 0.65%Certificates of deposit 3,554,073 34,445 3.85% 2,838,737 28,065 3.92%Total interest-bearing deposits 9,576,973 62,840 2.60% 6,754,520 49,569 2.91%FHLB advances 1,404,011 14,471 4.09% 1,213,787 13,317 4.35%Subordinated notes 45,753 834 7.23% — — —%Junior subordinated debentures 7,070 131 7.35% 7,051 145 8.16%Total borrowings 1,456,834 15,436 4.20% 1,220,838 13,462 4.37%Total interest-bearing liabilities 11,033,807 $78,276 2.81% 7,975,358 $63,031 3.14% Non-interest-bearing liabilities: Non-interest-bearing deposits 2,421,615 1,489,014 Other non-interest-bearing liabilities 306,139 219,406 Total liabilities 13,761,561 9,683,778 Total stockholders' equity 2,774,374 1,127,486 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$16,535,935 $10,811,264 Net interest income $114,381 $57,386 Interest rate spread 2.18% 1.67%Net interest-earning assets$4,284,351 $1,964,896 Net interest margin 2.96% 2.29%Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities 138.83% 124.64% COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Average Balances/Yields
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 Average Balance Interest and Dividends Yield / Cost Average Balance Interest and Dividends Yield / Cost (Dollars in thousands)Interest-earnings assets: Loans$9,287,935 $358,128 5.16% $8,040,666 $298,548 4.96%Securities 2,076,233 57,427 3.70% 1,484,237 38,520 3.47%Other interest-earning assets 589,577 18,224 4.13% 297,563 12,003 5.39%Total interest-earning assets 11,953,745 433,779 4.85% 9,822,466 349,071 4.75%Non-interest-earning assets 1,005,767 867,884 Total assets$12,959,512 $10,690,350 Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing demand$2,348,436 $36,752 2.09% $1,967,414 $33,121 2.25%Money market accounts 1,513,531 26,539 2.34% 1,328,675 28,425 2.86%Savings and club deposits 830,303 4,049 0.65% 645,055 3,278 0.68%Certificates of deposit 3,122,982 87,945 3.77% 2,795,026 84,234 4.03%Total interest-bearing deposits 7,815,252 155,285 2.66% 6,736,170 149,058 2.96%FHLB advances 1,296,659 39,560 4.08% 1,164,942 38,174 4.38%Subordinated notes 15,419 834 7.23% — — —%Junior subordinated debentures 7,064 394 7.46% 7,043 425 8.07%Other borrowings 476 15 4.21% — — —%Total borrowings 1,319,618 40,803 4.13% 1,171,985 38,599 4.40%Total interest-bearing liabilities 9,134,870 $196,088 2.87% 7,908,155 $187,657 3.17% Non-interest-bearing liabilities: Non-interest-bearing deposits 1,849,140 1,455,365 Other non-interest-bearing liabilities 260,569 218,546 Total liabilities 11,244,579 9,582,066 Total stockholders' equity 1,714,933 1,108,284 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$12,959,512 $10,690,350 Net interest income $237,691 $161,414 Interest rate spread 1.98% 1.58%Net interest-earning assets$2,818,875 $1,914,311 Net interest margin 2.66% 2.20%Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities 130.86% 124.21% COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Components of Net Interest Rate Spread and Margin Average Yields/Costs by Quarter September 30, 2026 June 30, 2026 March 31, 2026 December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025Yield on interest-earning assets: Loans5.37% 5.01% 5.01% 5.03% 5.04%Securities3.96 3.50 3.38 3.36 3.41 Other interest-earning assets3.87 4.33 4.78 4.69 5.24 Total interest-earning assets4.99% 4.74% 4.76% 4.77% 4.81% Cost of interest-bearing liabilities: Total interest-bearing deposits2.60% 2.68% 2.71% 2.79% 2.91%Total borrowings4.20 4.06 4.12 4.25 4.37 Total interest-bearing liabilities2.81% 2.90% 2.92% 3.01% 3.14% Interest rate spread2.18% 1.84% 1.84% 1.76% 1.67%Net interest margin2.96% 2.44% 2.42% 2.36% 2.29% Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities138.83% 126.11% 124.59% 124.84% 124.64% COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Selected Financial Highlights September 30, 2026 June 30, 2026 March 31, 2026 December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS (1): Return on average assets0.13% 0.52% 0.48% 0.57% 0.55%Core return on average assets (2)0.97% 0.54% 0.55% 0.57% 0.56%Return on average equity0.75% 4.92% 4.55% 5.43% 5.23%Core return on average equity (2)5.73% 5.14% 5.17% 5.50% 5.41%Core return on average tangible equity (2)6.20% 5.71% 5.75% 6.14% 6.04%Interest rate spread2.18% 1.84% 1.84% 1.76% 1.67%Net interest margin2.96% 2.44% 2.42% 2.36% 2.29%Non-interest (loss) income to average assets(0.33)% 0.39% 0.25% 0.31% 0.36%Non-interest expense to average assets2.34% 1.76% 1.75% 1.70% 1.65%Efficiency ratio97.05% 67.01% 70.73% 68.42% 67.04%Core efficiency ratio (2)53.16% 65.90% 68.02% 68.06% 66.04%Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities138.83% 126.11% 124.59% 124.84% 124.64%Net charge-offs/ (recoveries) to average outstanding loans0.05% 0.10% (0.03)% 0.03% 0.04% (1) Ratios are annualized when appropriate.(2) See reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures. ASSET QUALITY DATA: September 30, 2026 June 30, 2026 March 31, 2026 December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 (Dollars in thousands)Non-accrual loans (1)$36,476 $42,988 $41,375 $38,000 $32,529 90+ and still accruing — — — — — Non-performing loans 36,476 42,988 41,375 38,000 32,529 Real estate owned — 5,923 5,923 — — Total non-performing assets$36,476 $48,911 $47,298 $38,000 $32,529 Non-performing loans to total gross loans 0.31% 0.51% 0.50% 0.46% 0.40%Non-performing assets to total assets 0.21% 0.40% 0.43% 0.34% 0.30%Allowance for credit losses on loans ("ACL")$118,594 $71,065 $68,761 $67,201 $65,659 ACL to total non-performing loans 325.13% 165.31% 166.19% 176.84% 201.85%ACL to gross loans 1.02% 0.84% 0.84% 0.82% 0.80%(1) Excludes loans held-for-sale at September 30, 2026. LOAN DATA: September 30, 2026 June 30, 2026 March 31, 2026 December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 (In thousands)Real estate loans: One-to-four family$2,627,567 $2,518,768 $2,543,588 $2,558,252 $2,583,162 Multifamily 3,704,346 1,768,395 1,669,232 1,677,613 1,612,105 Commercial real estate 3,247,917 2,573,823 2,472,993 2,513,260 2,532,329 Construction 553,805 502,609 520,753 469,438 465,283 Commercial business loans 1,005,519 831,030 752,246 766,792 771,486 Consumer loans: Home equity loans and advances 443,303 248,141 249,487 255,126 256,970 Other consumer loans 3,970 2,851 2,850 2,895 2,725 Total gross loans 11,586,427 8,445,617 8,211,149 8,243,376 8,224,060 Purchased credit deteriorated loans 163,004 9,828 10,158 10,442 10,920 Net deferred loan costs, fees and purchased premiums and discounts 37,329 38,165 38,371 38,192 37,580 Allowance for credit losses (118,594) (71,065) (68,761) (67,201) (65,659)Loans receivable, net$11,668,166 $8,422,545 $8,190,917 $8,224,809 $8,206,901 At September 30, 2026 (Dollars in thousands) Balance % of Gross Loans Weighted Average Loan to Value Ratio (1) Weighted Average Debt Service Coverage (1)Multifamily Real Estate$3,704,346 32.0% 55.0% 1.56 Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate$913,044 7.9% 67.4% 3.18 Investor Owned Commercial Real Estate: Retail / Shopping centers$627,962 5.4% 52.5% 1.61Mixed Use 445,332 3.8 56.6 1.46Industrial / Warehouse 551,186 4.8 52.0 1.57Non-Medical Office 211,467 1.8 50.3 1.78Medical Office 104,653 0.9 56.7 1.43Single Purpose 58,592 0.5 63.9 1.36Other 335,681 2.9 48.6 1.89Total$2,334,873 20.2% 52.9% 1.61 Total Multifamily and Commercial Real Estate Loans$6,952,263 60.0% 55.9% 1.79 (1) Based on the most recent financial information available. As of September 30, 2026, the Company had approximately $77.0 million in office loans in New York City. As of October 27, 2026, the Company had approximately $164.6 million of rent stabilized multifamily loans in New York City. DEPOSIT DATA: September 30, 2026 June 30, 2026 March 31, 2026 December 31, 2025 Balance Weighted
Average Rate Balance Weighted
Average Rate Balance Weighted
Average Rate Balance Weighted
Average Rate (Dollars in thousands)Non-interest-bearing demand$2,327,457 —% $1,555,833 —% $1,508,030 —% $1,517,399 —%Interest-bearing demand 3,402,812 2.07 2,844,989 1.37 1,882,987 1.86 1,985,871 1.99 Money market accounts 1,719,373 2.36 1,409,504 2.48 1,451,274 2.43 1,465,028 2.59 Savings and club deposits 1,391,044 0.93 636,566 0.42 625,001 0.42 623,444 0.47 Certificates of deposit 3,720,837 3.66 3,055,173 3.69 2,904,722 3.71 2,852,337 3.80 Total deposits$12,561,523 2.07% $9,502,065 1.99% $8,372,014 2.16% $8,444,079 2.23% CAPITAL RATIOS: September 30, December 31, 2026 (1) 2025
Company: Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)25.75% 14.92%Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)24.29% 14.03%Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)24.24% 13.94%Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)18.39% 10.27% Columbia Bank: Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)19.77% 14.09%Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)18.81% 13.20%Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)18.81% 13.20%Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)14.23% 9.67% (1) Estimated ratios at September 30, 2026 RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES Book and Tangible Book Value per Share September 30, December 31, 2026 2025 (Dollars in thousands)Total stockholders' equity$3,165,284 $1,160,728 Less: goodwill (110,715) (110,715)Less: core deposit intangible (78,763) (6,946)Total tangible stockholders' equity$2,975,806 $1,043,067 Shares outstanding 269,547,660 103,984,649 Cash dividends paid per share$0.05 $— Book value per share$11.74 $11.16 Tangible book value per share$11.04 $10.03 RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (continued) Reconciliation of Core Net Income Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 (In thousands)Net income$5,231 $14,868 $32,817 $36,073 Add/less: loss (gain) on securities transactions, net of tax 29,003 — 29,003 (251)Add: loss on sale of loans , net of tax(1) 4,897 — 4,897 — Less: bargain purchase gain, net of tax (25,689) — (25,689) — Add: severance expense, net of tax 1,091 503 1,091 1,020 Add: merger-related expenses, net of tax 25,942 — 28,371 — Add: loss on extinguishment of debt, net of tax 139 — 139 — Add: litigation expenses, net of tax — — — 242 Core net income$40,614 $15,371 $70,629 $37,084 (1) Loss on sale of loans includes only Northfield loan sales. Return on Average Assets Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 (Dollars in thousands)Net income$5,231 $14,868 $32,817 $36,073 Average assets$16,535,935 $10,811,264 $12,959,512 $10,690,350 Return on average assets 0.13% 0.55% 0.34% 0.45% Core net income$40,614 $15,371 $70,629 $37,084 Core return on average assets 0.97% 0.56% 0.73% 0.46% RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (continued) Return on Average Equity Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 (Dollars in thousands)Total average stockholders' equity$2,774,374 $1,127,486 $1,714,933 $1,108,284 Add/less: loss (gain) on securities transactions, net of tax 29,003 — 29,003 (251)Add: loss on sale of loans, net of tax(1) 4,897 — 4,897 — Less: bargain purchase gain, net of tax (25,689) — (25,689) — Add: severance expense, net of tax 1,091 503 1,091 1,020 Add: merger-related expenses, net of tax 25,942 — 28,371 — Add: loss on extinguishment of debt, net of tax 139 — 139 — Add: litigation expenses, net of tax — — — 242 Core average stockholders' equity$2,809,757 $1,127,989 $1,752,745 $1,109,295 Return on average equity 0.75% 5.23% 2.56% 4.35% Core return on core average equity 5.73% 5.41% 5.39% 4.47% (1) Loss on sale of loans includes only Northfield loan sales. Return on Average Tangible Equity Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 (Dollars in thousands)Total average stockholders' equity$2,774,374 $1,127,486 $1,714,933 $1,108,284 Less: average goodwill (110,715) (110,715) (110,715) (110,715)Less: average core deposit intangible (65,493) (7,742) (26,401) (8,252)Total average tangible stockholders' equity$2,598,166 $1,009,029 $1,577,817 $989,317 Core return on average tangible equity 6.20% 6.04% 5.98% 5.01% RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (continued) Efficiency Ratios Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 (Dollars in thousands)Net interest income$114,381 $57,386 $237,691 $161,414 Non-interest (loss) income (13,908) 9,867 3,669 28,511 Total income$100,473 $67,253 $241,360 $189,925 Non-interest expense$97,505 $45,086 $194,409 $133,837 Efficiency ratio 97.05% 67.04% 80.55% 70.47% Non-interest (loss) income$(13,908) $9,867 $3,669 $28,511 Add/less: loss (gain) on securities transactions 40,849 — 40,849 (336)Add: loss on sale of loans (1) 6,897 — 6,897 — Less: bargain purchase gain, net of tax (25,689) — (25,689) — Core non-interest income$8,149 $9,867 $25,726 $28,175 Non-interest expense$97,505 $45,086 $194,409 $133,837 Less: severance expense (1,536) (670) (1,536) (1,365)Less: merger-related expenses (30,641) — (33,283) — Less: loss on extinguishment of debt (196) — (196) — Less: litigation expenses — — — (325)Core non-interest expense$65,132 $44,416 $159,394 $132,147 Core efficiency ratio 53.16% 66.04% 60.51% 69.70% (1) Loss on sale of loans includes only Northfield loan sales.
ACQUISITION DATE-FAIR VALUE BALANCE SHEET
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition for Northfield, net of the total consideration paid:
At July 20, 2026 (In thousands) Amount Estimated Fair ValueTotal Purchase Price $578,823 Acquired Equity $681,816 Fair Value Marks: Debt securities held to maturity (425) Loans receivable, yield (150,538) Loans receivable, credit (86,590) Allowance for credit losses 39,441 Core deposit intangibles 76,167 Office land and buildings 12,973 Leases (550) Certificates of deposit 2,364 Borrowings 2,613 Subordinated debentures 1,860 Post-Retirement benefits (BOLI) (293) Taxes 25,674 Less: Fair value of net assets $604,512 Bargain purchase gain, net of tax $(25,689) The calculation of the bargain purchase gain is subject to change for up to one year after the date of acquisition as additional information relative to the closing date estimates and uncertainties become available. As the Company finalizes its review of the acquired assets and liabilities, certain adjustments to the recorded carrying values may be required. Columbia Financial, Inc.
Investor Relations Department
(833) 550-0717
, /PRNewswire/ -- The DJS Law Group reminds investors of a class action lawsuit against The Chemours Company ("Chemours" or "the Company") (NYSE: CC) for violations of §§10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Shareholders who purchased shares of CC during the class period listed are encouraged to contact the firm regarding possible lead plaintiff appointments. Appointment as lead plaintiff is not required to partake in any recovery.
CLASS PERIOD: February 20, 2026 to August 4, 2026
DEADLINE: December 7, 2026
CASE DETAILS: According to the Complaint, the Company made false and misleading statements to the market. Chemours oversold its Opteon products in the previous fiscal year and overstated aftermarket demand in the current year. Based on these facts, Chemours' public statements were false and materially misleading throughout the class period.
If you are a shareholder who suffered a loss, contact us to participate.
WHY DJS LAW GROUP? DJS Law Group's primary focus is to enhance investor return through balanced counseling and aggressive advocacy. We specialize in securities class actions, corporate governance litigation, and domestic/international M&A appraisals. Our clients are some of the largest and most sophisticated hedge funds and alternative asset managers in the world. The litigation claims of our clients are extraordinarily valuable assets that demand respect, focus, and results.
Join the case to recover your losses.
This press release may be considered Attorney Advertising in some jurisdictions under the applicable law and rules of ethics.
CONTACT:
David J. Schwartz
DJS Law Group
274 White Plains Road, Suite 1
Eastchester, NY 10709
Phone: 914-206-9742
Email: [email protected]
InterDigital, Inc. (IDCC) Q3 2026 Earnings Call October 29, 2026 10:00 AM EDT
Company Participants
Raiford Garrabrant - Head of Investor Relations
Lawrence Chen - President, CEO & Director
Richard J. Brezski - Executive VP, CFO & Treasurer
Conference Call Participants
Kevin Garrigan - Jefferies LLC, Research Division
Arjun Bhatia - William Blair & Company L.L.C., Research Division
Scott Searle - ROTH Capital Partners, LLC, Research Division
Anja Soderstrom - Sidoti & Company, LLC
Presentation
Operator
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for standing by. My name is Abby, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the InterDigital Third Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Thank you. And I would now like to turn the conference over to Raiford Garrabrant, Vice President of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Raiford Garrabrant
Head of Investor Relations
Thank you, Abby, and good morning, everyone. Welcome to InterDigital's Third Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. I'm Raiford Garrabrant, VP of Investor Relations for InterDigital. With me on today's call are Liren Chen, our President and CEO; and Rich Brezski, our CFO.
Consistent with prior calls, we will offer some highlights about the quarter and the company and then open the call up for questions. For additional details, you can access our earnings release and slide presentation that accompany this call on our Investor Relations website.
Before we begin our remarks, I need to remind you that in this call, we will make forward-looking statements regarding our current beliefs, plans, and expectations, which are not guarantees of future performance and are made only as of the date hereof. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from results and events contemplated by such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include those described in the Risk
, /PRNewswire/ -- Robert Half Inc. (NYSE: RHI) today announced that its board of directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.59 per share on the company's common stock. The dividend is payable on December 15, 2026, to shareholders of record at the close of business on November 25, 2026.
About Robert Half
Robert Half is the world's first and largest specialized talent solutions and business consulting firm, connecting highly skilled job seekers with rewarding opportunities at great companies. We offer contract talent and permanent placement solutions in the fields of finance and accounting, technology, marketing and creative, legal, and administrative and customer support, and we also provide executive search services. Robert Half is the parent company of Protiviti, a global consulting firm that delivers internal audit, risk, business and technology consulting solutions. In the past 12 months, Robert Half has been recognized as one of America's Most Innovative Companies by Fortune and, with Protiviti, has been named as a Fortune® Most Admired Company™ and one of the 100 Best Companies to Work For®. Explore talent solutions, research and insights at roberthalf.com.
Cactus, Inc. (WHD) Q3 2026 Earnings Call October 29, 2026 10:00 AM EDT
Company Participants
Alan Boyd - Director of Corporate Development & Investor Relations
Scott Bender - CEO & Chairman of the Board
Jay Nutt - CFO, Principal Accounting Officer, Executive VP & Treasurer
Stephen Tadlock - Executive VP & CEO of Cactus International
Conference Call Participants
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Chase & Co, Research Division
Derek Podhaizer - Piper Sandler & Co., Research Division
Stephen Gengaro - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to Cactus Q3 2026 Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference call is being recorded.
I would now like to hand the conference over to your first speaker today, Alan Boyd, Treasurer and Director of Corporate Development and Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Alan Boyd
Director of Corporate Development & Investor Relations
Thank you, and good morning. We appreciate you joining us on today's call. Our speakers will be Scott Bender, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; and Jay Nutt, our Chief Financial Officer. Also joining us today are Joel Bender, President; Steven Bender, Chief Operating Officer and CEO of Spoolable Technologies; Stephen Tadlock, CEO of Cactus International; and William Marsh, our General Counsel.
Please note that any comments we make on today's call regarding projections or expectations for future events are forward-looking statements covered by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. These risks and uncertainties can cause actual results to differ materially from our current expectations. We advise listeners to review our earnings release and the risk factors discussed in our filings with the SEC. Any forward-looking statements we make today are only as of today's date, and we undertake
Key Takeaways KLAC Q1 earnings rose 38.6% year over year, while revenues jumped 28.9% to $4.14 billion, beating estimates.KLA's wafer inspection revenues surged 37%, fueled by AI investments.KLAC projects Q2 revenues of $4.7 billion & EPS of $1.44, supported by robust demand.
KLA (KLAC - Free Report) reported first-quarter fiscal 2027 non-GAAP earnings of $1.22 per share, up 38.6% year over year. Earnings beat the Zacks Consensus Estimate by 3.39%.
Revenues increased 28.9% year over year to $4.14 billion and surpassed the consensus mark by 2.20%. Results benefited from AI infrastructure investments, leading-edge foundry/logic demand and rising process control intensity. Wafer Inspection revenues surged 37% year over year, reflecting robust demand for advanced semiconductor manufacturing equipment.
KLAC Segment Revenues Show Broad-Based GrowthSemiconductor Process Control revenues reached $3.75 billion, accounting for 91% of total revenues. The segment grew 29% year over year and 15% sequentially, supported by increasing investments in advanced logic, memory and packaging technologies.
Specialty Semiconductor Process revenues rose 16% year over year to $140 million but declined 13% sequentially. PCB and Component Inspection revenues increased 28% year over year to $242 million and remained flat sequentially, benefiting from technology transitions and stringent performance requirements in high-performance computing.
KLA Product Mix Highlights Wafer Inspection StrengthWafer Inspection remained the largest product category, generating $2.11 billion, or 51% of revenues. Sales increased 37% year over year and 19% sequentially, reflecting strong demand for inspection capabilities in increasingly complex semiconductor manufacturing processes.
Patterning revenues grew 29% year over year and 18% sequentially to $862 million, representing 21% of the top line. Services revenues advanced 14% year over year and 4% sequentially to $850 million, contributing 20% of revenues. Growth reflected an expanding installed base, longer equipment lifecycles and customers' increasing focus on equipment productivity and availability.
KLAC End Markets Reflect Foundry and Logic LeadershipFoundry and logic represented 72% of Semiconductor Process Control systems revenues to semiconductor customers. Memory accounted for the remaining 28%, supported by growing demand for advanced DRAM and high-bandwidth memory technologies.
Geographically, China contributed 34% of total revenues, followed by Taiwan at 25% and North America at 15%. Korea accounted for 12%, while Europe, Japan and the Rest of Asia represented 5%, 4% and 5%, respectively.
The company highlighted strengthening process control requirements in advanced packaging. KLA expects advanced packaging process control systems revenues to reach approximately $1.1 billion in calendar 2026, representing more than 70% year-over-year growth.
KLA Margins Expand Despite Component Cost PressuresNon-GAAP gross margin was 62.7%, slightly above the midpoint of KLA’s guidance.
Non-GAAP operating expenses totaled $688 million, including $395 million in research and development and $293 million in selling, general and administrative expenses. Management cited elevated memory component costs as a continuing margin headwind. Product cost reductions, improved memory efficiency and pricing initiatives are expected to help offset these pressures over time.
Non-GAAP operating margin expanded 240 basis points sequentially to a record 46.1%, reflecting revenue growth and operating leverage.
KLAC Cash Flow Supports Strong Shareholder ReturnsKLAC ended the quarter with $4.74 billion in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, compared with $5.72 billion in carrying-value debt.
Cash flow from operations reached $1.53 billion, while free cash flow totaled $1.34 billion, representing a 32% margin. Capital expenditures were approximately $195 million, including investments supporting future capacity expansion.
The company returned $1.24 billion to shareholders during the quarter, comprising $936 million in share repurchases and $305 million in dividends. Over the trailing 12 months, capital returns totaled $3.79 billion, while free cash flow reached $4.04 billion.
KLA Issues Strong Second-Quarter Fiscal 2027 OutlookFor the second quarter of fiscal 2027, KLA expects revenues of $4.7 billion, plus or minus $200 million. Non-GAAP earnings are projected at $1.44 per share, plus or minus 11 cents, while non-GAAP gross margin is forecast at 62.5%, plus or minus 1 percentage point.
Foundry/logic is expected to account for approximately 60% of Semiconductor Process Control systems revenues to semiconductor customers, with memory contributing 40%. Within memory, DRAM is projected to represent 84% and NAND the remaining 16%. Non-GAAP operating expenses are anticipated at approximately $710 million.
The company raised its calendar 2026 wafer equipment market outlook, including advanced packaging, to the mid-$150 billion range and expects the market to exceed $200 billion in calendar 2027. KLA anticipates second-half calendar 2026 revenues to grow approximately 25% over the first half, supported by improving supply capacity, expanding backlog and sustained AI-related investments.
Key Takeaways Okta shares have soared 157.5% YTD, driven by strong enterprise demand for identity security and AI solutions.Newer products deliver about 40% ACV uplift, while large enterprise customers grew more than 20% in fiscal Q2.OKTA faces stiff competition and slowing growth, with fiscal 2027 revenues projected to rise 10-11%. Okta (OKTA - Free Report) shares have jumped 157.5% year to date (YTD), outperforming the broader Zacks Computer & Technology sector’s return of 17.4%. The company is benefiting from growing demand for identity security, artificial intelligence (AI) agent governance, enterprise modernization and expanding adoption of its newer products. However, intense competition, uncertainty surrounding AI adoption, slowing customer growth and near-term revenue headwinds remain concerns. What should investors do with OKTA stock? Let’s find out.
Okta Rides on Strong Enterprise Demand & New ProductsOkta is well-positioned to benefit from increasing enterprise investments in identity security as organizations accelerate AI adoption and modernize their cybersecurity infrastructure. The proliferation of autonomous AI agents across applications, cloud platforms and enterprise systems is creating demand for identity discovery, authentication, access controls and governance. Okta for AI Agents enables enterprises to discover, secure and govern AI agents while enforcing access policies across heterogeneous environments. Growing adoption of agentic AI is expected to expand the company’s addressable market and create additional cross-selling opportunities across its identity security portfolio.
Okta’s newer offerings, including Okta Identity Governance, Okta Privileged Access, Identity Security Posture Management, Identity Threat Protection and Okta for AI Agents, are helping customers address increasingly complex security requirements. Deals involving newer products generated an average annual contract value (ACV) uplift of approximately 40%, highlighting significant cross-selling and upselling opportunities. Increasing adoption of these solutions is likely to strengthen Okta’s competitive positioning, deepen customer relationships and support subscription revenue growth.
Okta is benefiting from solid demand among large enterprises, improving sales productivity and strong customer expansion activity. During the second quarter of fiscal 2027, the number of customers generating more than $1 million in ACV increased more than 20%, bringing the total to more than 600. Strong pipeline conversion and deal expansions contributed to record bookings for a quarter outside the fiscal fourth quarter. The company is strengthening collaborations with Anthropic, Amazon Web Services, Cisco, OpenAI, Databricks and Snowflake to expand identity controls across AI applications and enterprise systems.
Intense Competition & Moderating Revenue Growth Hurts OKTAOKTA is facing stiff competition from the likes of Microsoft (MSFT - Free Report) , CrowdStrike (CRWD - Free Report) and Cisco Systems (CSCO - Free Report) . YTD, CrowdStrike, Cisco and Microsoft have returned 114.6%, 42.2% and 9.4%, respectively.
OKTA Stock’s Price Performance
Image Source: Zacks Investment Research
Per OKTA management estimates, Microsoft’s workforce access management market share is at approximately 40% compared with Okta’s 30%. Competition is also intensifying as cybersecurity vendors, enterprise software providers and AI infrastructure companies expand into identity governance and AI agent security.
Okta continues to face challenges in accelerating overall revenue growth despite improving bookings and subscription demand. For the third quarter of fiscal 2027, the company expects revenues of $813-$817 million, indicating approximately 10% year-over-year growth. Current Remaining Performance Obligation growth is projected at 11-12%, below the 14% growth recorded in the second quarter. Okta expects fiscal 2027 revenue growth of 10-11%, including an approximately one-percentage-point headwind from shifting more professional services business to global system integrator partners.
OKTA’s Earnings Estimate Revision Reflects Steady TrendThe Zacks Consensus Estimate for Okta’s fiscal 2027 earnings has remained steady at $3.93 per share over the past 30 days. The earnings estimate suggests 12.3% growth over the figure reported in fiscal 2026. The consensus estimate for revenues is currently pegged at $3.22 billion, suggesting 10.4% growth from the figure reported in fiscal 2026.
The Zacks Consensus Estimate for Okta’s third-quarter fiscal 2027 earnings has been steady at 93 cents per share over the past 30 days. The earnings estimate suggests 13.41% growth over the figure reported in the year-ago quarter. The consensus estimate for revenues is currently pegged at $815.5 million, suggesting 9.9% growth from the figure reported in the year-ago quarter.
Here’s Why OKTA is a HoldOKTA shares are trading at a premium, as suggested by the Value Score of F.
In terms of forward 12-month price/sales (P/S), Okta is trading at 11.23X, higher than the median of 5.08X, the broader sector’s 5.60X, Cisco’s 5.94X and Microsoft’s 9.52X. However, OKTA is cheaper than CrowdStrike, shares of which are trading at 38.93X.
OKTA Stock’s Valuation
Image Source: Zacks Investment Research
Okta’s near-term prospects are supported by resilient subscription demand, growing adoption of identity governance solutions, expanding enterprise relationships and early momentum in AI agent security. Its independent platform architecture, improving sales execution and robust cash generation provide additional strengths. Nevertheless, competitive pressure from Microsoft and other platform vendors, AI monetization uncertainty and moderating revenue growth remain significant concerns. The company’s ability to translate its early AI security leadership into sustained subscription growth while maintaining profitability will be critical to its long-term performance.
Okta currently has a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold), which implies that investors should wait for a more favorable point before accumulating stock. You can see the complete list of today’s Zacks #1 Rank (Strong Buy) stocks here.
NiSource Inc. retains a Buy rating, leveraging major data center contracts to drive long-term earnings growth and strategic infrastructure investment. NI has secured regulatory-approved agreements with hyperscalers like Amazon and Microsoft, supporting a $40 billion investment plan and boosting long-term EPS growth guidance to 10–11% through 2033. Despite trading at a premium valuation (21.6x earnings), NI's superior growth prospects and lower forward PEG ratio justify some premium versus the utility sector.
, /PRNewswire/ -- The Board of Directors of Cohen & Steers, Inc. (NYSE: CNS) declared a cash dividend for the fourth quarter of 2026 in the amount of $0.67 per share of common stock payable on November 19, 2026 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 9, 2026.
About Cohen & Steers. Cohen & Steers is a leading global investment manager specializing in real assets and alternative income, including listed and private real estate, preferred securities, infrastructure, resource equities, commodities, as well as multi-strategy solutions. Founded in 1986, the firm is headquartered in New York City, with offices in London, Dublin, Hong Kong, Tokyo and Singapore.
MarketBeat Week in Review – 09/28 - 10/02O'Reilly Automotive NASDAQ: ORLY reported third-quarter 2026 comparable store sales growth of 7.2%, exceeding management’s expectations and prompting the automotive-parts retailer to raise its full-year sales, margin, operating-profit and earnings guidance.
Chief Executive Officer Brad Beckham said the company’s third-quarter performance reflected broad-based demand across its professional and retail businesses, supported by strong execution from its more than 96,000 North American team members. Comparable-store sales rose 7.1% through the first nine months of the year and increased 12.8% on a two-year stacked basis in the third quarter.
Get O'Reilly Automotive alerts:
O’Reilly Automotive’s Stock Slump Hides a Stronger BusinessThe company said diluted earnings per share increased 14% from the prior year’s third quarter, following a 12% increase in the comparable period a year earlier. O’Reilly now expects full-year diluted EPS of $3.25 to $3.35, representing an approximately 2% increase from the midpoint of its prior outlook and 11% year-over-year growth at the midpoint.
Professional business led sales gains O’Reilly’s professional segment was the larger contributor to comparable-store sales growth, posting a comp increase of slightly more than 10% during the quarter. Growth in the business was split evenly between higher transaction counts and higher average tickets, according to Beckham.
Hitting the Brakes: Is O'Reilly's Stock a Breakdown or a Buy?Retail sales also increased at a mid-single-digit rate. The company said it experienced a low-single-digit decline in DIY transaction counts, which Beckham said may indicate pressure on consumers. However, higher average tickets more than offset that decline, while customers continued to prioritize vehicle maintenance and repair spending.
Hot weather-related categories performed particularly well during the quarter as summer heat persisted across O’Reilly’s markets. Beckham said those categories benefited from favorable weather conditions and the company’s efforts to capture market share, though he added that sales strength extended across the business.
Same-SKU inflation contributed slightly more than 4% to average ticket growth across the combined DIY and professional businesses. Petroleum-based products, including oil and lubricants, were the primary source of the stronger-than-expected inflation benefit. Management said the impact was somewhat larger in DIY because those categories make up a greater portion of retail sales.
The company raised its full-year comparable-store sales guidance to a range of 5.5% to 6.5%, from a prior range of 4% to 6%. Management said the revision was primarily driven by third-quarter outperformance. O’Reilly expects same-SKU inflation to continue benefiting fourth-quarter results, although it anticipates moderation as it laps a larger comparison from the fourth quarter of 2025.
Tariff refunds lifted gross margin President Brent Kirby said third-quarter gross margin was 52.4%, up 54 basis points from a year earlier and above the company’s expectations. The result included a $39 million benefit from tariff refunds received from suppliers, equal to 76 basis points of gross-margin benefit.
Excluding the tariff refund, gross margin was at the bottom of O’Reilly’s expected range, Kirby said. The company benefited from acquisition-cost improvements and better leverage of distribution costs on stronger sales volumes. Those gains were partly offset by fuel-price pressure in the supply chain.
Petroleum-based categories also pressured gross margin by about 40 basis points through product mix and margin-rate effects. While O’Reilly and the broader market increased prices to reflect higher acquisition costs, Kirby said price adjustments did not fully preserve gross-margin rates during the quarter. Motor oil and similar products are high-turn, broadly available categories that generally carry lower margins than the company average.
Chief Financial Officer Jeremy Fletcher told analysts that the tariff refunds were a separate, one-time item and were not factored into the company’s pricing decisions. O’Reilly raised its full-year gross-margin outlook by 10 basis points to a range of 51.6% to 52.1%, with fourth-quarter margin expected to moderate from the third-quarter level because it will not include the tariff-refund benefit.
Operating costs, inventory and expansion O’Reilly achieved 16 basis points of SG&A leverage in the third quarter, better than management had expected. SG&A expense per store increased 4.8%, primarily reflecting spending needed to maintain store-level service as sales volumes rose, along with higher fuel costs and other inflationary pressures.
The company now expects full-year SG&A expense per store growth of 4.5% to 5%. Fletcher said much of the increased spending is variable, including incentive compensation and staffing to support professional delivery activity and in-store service levels.
O’Reilly raised its full-year operating-profit margin guidance by 20 basis points to 19.5% to 20%. At the midpoint, that forecast implies 29 basis points of operating-margin expansion for the year.
Inventory per store ended the quarter at $912,000, up 6.3% from a year earlier. The company continues to expect average inventory per store to rise about 5% for the full year. Inventory turns were 1.6 times, which management said was in line with its targeted productivity level.
Capital expenditures totaled $860 million through the first nine months, and O’Reilly maintained its full-year capital spending outlook of $1.3 billion to $1.4 billion. The company opened 63 stores in the third quarter, bringing year-to-date net new store openings to 173. It remains on pace to open 225 to 235 net new stores in 2026.
For 2027, O’Reilly announced a target of 265 to 275 net new store openings. Beckham said expansion will continue across existing U.S. markets as well as Canada and Mexico, supported by investments in distribution capacity and technology.
Cash flow, debt and repurchases Fletcher said free cash flow for the first nine months totaled $1.7 billion, compared with $1.2 billion in the prior-year period. The increase reflected operating-income growth and the timing of payments for renewable-energy tax credits. Full-year free-cash-flow guidance was raised to $1.9 billion to $2.2 billion.
The company ended the quarter with adjusted debt to EBITDAR of 2.26 times, compared with 2.04 times at the end of 2025. During the quarter, O’Reilly issued $1.6 billion in senior notes, primarily to term out commercial-paper borrowings ahead of the redemption of maturing senior notes in October.
O’Reilly repurchased 12 million shares for $1 billion during the third quarter, at an average price of $87.34 per share. Through the date of its earnings release, year-to-date repurchases totaled 41 million shares, or $3.7 billion.
About O'Reilly Automotive (NASDAQ:ORLY)O'Reilly Automotive, Inc is a specialty retailer of automotive aftermarket parts, tools, supplies and accessories. The company serves both do-it-yourself customers and professional service technicians, offering products used for vehicle maintenance, repair and customization. Its merchandise includes replacement parts, batteries, filters, lighting products, shop equipment, automotive chemicals and related accessories.
Founded in 1957 by the O'Reilly family, the company began as a single store in Springfield, Missouri.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Should You Invest $1,000 in O'Reilly Automotive Right Now?Before you consider O'Reilly Automotive, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and O'Reilly Automotive wasn't on the list.
While O'Reilly Automotive currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
Discover the next wave of investment opportunities with our report, 7 Stocks That Will Be Magnificent in 2026. Explore companies poised to replicate the growth, innovation, and value creation of the tech giants dominating today's markets.
Get This Free Report
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. (ORLY) Q3 2026 Earnings Call October 29, 2026 11:00 AM EDT
Company Participants
Jeremy Fletcher - Executive VP & CFO
Brad Beckham - Chief Executive Officer
Brent Kirby - President
Conference Call Participants
Scot Ciccarelli - Truist Securities, Inc., Research Division
David Bellinger - Mizuho Securities USA LLC, Research Division
Simeon Gutman - Morgan Stanley, Research Division
Katharine McShane - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division
Michael Lasser - UBS Investment Bank, Research Division
Steven Forbes - Guggenheim Securities, LLC, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Welcome to the O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. Third Quarter 2026 Earnings Call. My name is Tom, and I will be your operator for today's call. [Operator Instructions]
I will now turn the call over to Jeremy Fletcher. Mr. Fletcher, you may begin.
Jeremy Fletcher
Executive VP & CFO
Thank you, Tom. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining us. During today's conference call, we will discuss our third quarter 2026 results and our updated outlook for the remainder of 2026. After our prepared comments, we will host a question-and-answer period.
Before we begin this morning, I would like to remind everyone that our comments today contain certain forward-looking statements, and we intend to be covered by, and we claim the protection under the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as estimate, may, could, will, believe, expect, would, consider, should, anticipate, project, plan, intend or similar words.
The company's actual results could differ materially from any forward-looking statements due to several important factors described in the company's latest annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, and other recent SEC filings. The company assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made during this call.
Nvidia (NVDA -0.80%) and Advanced Micro Devices (AMD -2.08%) are two of the biggest beneficiaries of the artificial intelligence (AI) revolution. As big tech invests hundreds of billions of dollars in data centers, demand for semiconductors continues to accelerate.
However, another chipmaker could deliver even greater returns over the next several years: Marvell Technology (MRVL -13.24%). Interestingly, Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang recognizes Marvell's potential. During the Computex conference in June, Huang called Marvell the next potential trillion-dollar company. Nvidia has even invested $2 billion in Marvell, reinforcing its confidence in the company.
Now, Marvell is reportedly exploring an acquisition that could supercharge its position in the AI infrastructure market. Let's dig into what makes Marvell unique and assess why the stock could be a compelling buy for long-term investors.
Image source: The Motley Fool.
What role does Marvell play in the AI chip stack?
Nvidia and AMD primarily design general-purpose AI accelerators, known as GPUs. Marvell specializes in designing custom application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs). These processors are tailored to specific workloads, potentially offering superior training and inference performance, energy efficiency, and economics compared with off-the-shelf chips.
This value proposition appeals to hyperscalers such as Amazon, Microsoft, Alphabet, and Meta Platforms. Rather than relying exclusively on products from Nvidia and AMD, big tech is also investing in custom silicon designed around their own AI models. Marvell is positioning itself as a partner in this transition.
Marvell's opportunity extends beyond custom chips. Its portfolio also includes optical digital signal processors (DSPs), Ethernet switches, high-speed interconnects, and silicon photonics. These products help move data between larger clusters of GPUs and memory. As AI models evolve and use cases become more sophisticated, Marvell's services should see increased demand.
Is Marvell acquiring Lumentum?
On Oct. 28, Reuters reported that Marvell was in advanced discussions to acquire Lumentum (LITE +0.61%), a manufacturer of optical components used in telecommunications networks and AI data centers. Wall Street initially reacted negatively, as Marvell stock declined more than 8% following reports of the discussions.
MRVL Marvell Technology$218.34-$33.31 (-13.24%)
NASDAQ · As of 4:00 PM ET 10/29/26
The concerns are understandable. At the end of its fiscal second quarter, Marvell held approximately $3.9 billion in cash on its balance sheet. Lumentum boasts a market capitalization of $84 billion, meaning that an acquisition of this magnitude would require substantial borrowing, additional share issuance, or some combination of both by Marvell.
Even so, I see the strategic rationale here. One challenge facing AI data centers is moving information quickly and efficiently between large clusters of processors. Copper-based connections have limitations around bandwidth, distance, and power consumption. But optical interconnects offer an attractive alternative.
Lumentum specializes in lasers and optical components that support these systems. By integrating Lumentum's technology with its networking and custom silicon portfolio, Marvell could offer customers a more comprehensive suite of AI infrastructure solutions.
On a deeper level, acquiring Lumentum would build on Marvell's purchase of Celestial AI, a photonics company specializing in optical connectivity. In the long run, these investments could help Marvell become a critical supplier across multiple layers of the AI infrastructure stack.
Can Marvell become a trillion-dollar company?
Huang's prediction might sound ambitious at first glance, but Marvell's long-term financial projections help explain his enthusiasm. During its investor day earlier this month, Marvell's management outlined a path to reach between $70 billion and $90 billion in annual revenue by fiscal 2031, which largely corresponds to calendar 2030. At the midpoint, this implies $80 billion in annual sales.
For perspective, Marvell generated $8.2 billion in revenue during fiscal 2026. Reaching management's midpoint forecast would represent a tenfold increase over just five years!
The company believes this growth could support roughly $30 in adjusted earnings per share (EPS) by fiscal 2031. If Marvell achieves this target and is able to command a price-to-earnings (P/E) multiple of 30, its stock would trade around $900 per share. That translates into an implied market capitalization of roughly $810 billion, or roughly 309% upside from today's price action.
This analysis is simply here to illustrate that Marvell offers compelling long-term prospects, regardless of whether it joins the trillion-dollar club. While Nvidia and AMD will remain important players in AI computing, Marvell's assembly of custom silicon, advanced networking, and optical connectivity could allow it to capture an increasingly valuable portion of the data center market.
For investors who can stomach some volatility as the AI infrastructure era enters a new phase, I see Marvell as one of the best AI semiconductor stocks to watch.
Marvell Technology (MRVL -13.24%), a data infrastructure semiconductors provider, closed at $218.34 on Oct. 29, down a whopping 13.24%. The stock fell after reports surfaced that the company was in advanced talks to buy Lumentum Holdings, as investors weigh financing and integration risks.
Trading volume reached 40.4 million shares, coming in about 87% above its three-month average of 21.6 million shares. Marvell Technology IPO'd in 2000 and has grown 1,442% since going public.
How the markets moved todayThe S&P 500 (^GSPC -0.30%) closed at 7,720, down 0.31%, while the Nasdaq Composite (^IXIC -1.38%) finished at 26,185, down 1.38%. Among semiconductor peers, Broadcom closed at $345.00, down 1.94%, and Nvidia closed at $213.66, down 0.80%, as chipmakers traded lower in a soft session for data infrastructure names.
What this means for investorsOn Thursday, Oct. 29, reports surfaced that Marvell was in advanced talks to acquire Lumentum, a specialist in in lasers and high-speed optical components that are critical to powering AI data centers. Lumentum stock was up 0.61% to $919.53 at the close.
The rumors kept Marvell shares under pressure, with investors focused on financing and dilution risk. The deal is said to be an all-stock transaction that could value the combination as one of the largest global tech industry mergers of the year.
A final agreement has not yet been officially reached, but sources indicate a deal could be formally announced as early as next week. If true, gaining Lumentum positions Marvell to be a major player in the artificial intelligence infrastructure boom.
In its investor day conference on Oct. 6, Marvell raised its revenue outlook for its 2028 fiscal year (FY), ended Jan. 31, 2028, to $20 billion. Moreover, it revealed a FY2031 target of $70 billion to $90 billion in sales, and an earnings per share (EPS) target of $30 or more, far above its FY2026 diluted earnings of $3.07 per share. Adding Lumentum would only bolster these impressive numbers.
Robert Izquierdo has positions in Broadcom, Marvell Technology, and Nvidia. The Motley Fool has positions in and recommends Broadcom, Lumentum, Marvell Technology, and Nvidia. The Motley Fool has a disclosure policy.
Dexcom (DXCM), known for its G-series of diabetes wearables, topped September-quarter expectations late Thursday, leading to a guidance hike. Shares rose after the close.
The company earned an adjusted 73 cents per share on $1.34 billion in sales. Earnings climbed 20% year over year and topped the Street's forecast by 6 cents a share. Sales also advanced 11% and were roughly in line with projections for $1.33 billion, according to FactSet.
↑
X
NOW PLAYING
Investors Are Rotating Into Healthcare. Here's Why.
Most of Dexcom's growth came from the U.S. where sales rose 14%. Dexcom sells continuous glucose monitors, or CGMs, that keep track of blood sugar in real time. The devices help manage both type 1 and type 2 diabetes. In international markets, sales edged 5% higher.
Following the solid report, Dexcom hiked the bottom side and midpoint of its sales guidance. The company now calls for $5.2 billion to $5.25 billion in full-year sales, up from its previous forecast for $5.18 billion to $5.25 billion. The new guideline lines up with analysts' view for $5.23 billion.
In after-hours trades on today's stock market, Dexcom stock gained a fraction to 80.38.
Follow Allison Gatlin on X/Twitter at @AGatlin_IBD.
YOU MAY ALSO LIKE:
Eli Lilly Blows Past Sales Expectations And Hikes Outlook On Mounjaro, Zepbound Dominance
Iovance, A Top 1% Biotech Stock, Crashes In A Surprise Lung Cancer Twist
IBD Stock Of The Day: See How To Find, Track And Buy The Best Stocks
Options Trading: How To Start Using Options, How To Manage Risk
Want To Get Quick Profits And Avoid Big Losses? Try SwingTrader
Southfield, Michigan, Oct. 29, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Credit Acceptance Corporation (Nasdaq: CACC) (referred to as the “Company”, “Credit Acceptance”, “we”, “our”, or “us”) today announced a consolidated net loss of $56.6 million, or $5.43 per diluted share, for the three months ended September 30, 2026, compared to consolidated net income of $108.2 million, or $9.43 per diluted share, for the same period in 2025. Adjusted net income, a non-GAAP financial measure, for the three months ended September 30, 2026 was $135.5 million, or $13.01 per diluted share, compared to $117.9 million, or $10.28 per diluted share, for the same period in 2025.
Third Quarter 2026 Additional Financial Highlights
Economic profit, a non-GAAP financial measure, was $50.7 million, or $4.87 per diluted share, compared to $43.0 million, or $3.75 per diluted share, in the third quarter of 2025.Consumer Loan assignment volume reached 110,010 units and $1.4 billion, up 37.7% and 51.0%, respectively, compared to the third quarter of 2025, while unit volume per active dealer increased by 15.2% compared to the third quarter of 2025.Forecasted net cash flows from our loan portfolio declined 2.5% ($291.2 million), compared to a decline of 0.5% ($58.6 million) in the third quarter of 2025, primarily reflecting the impact of an adjustment to our methodology for forecasting the amount of future net cash flows.Average balance of our loan portfolio increased to $8.1 billion, up 1.1% compared with the third quarter of 2025.Share repurchases totaled 269,150 shares (2.6% of the shares outstanding at the beginning of the quarter) for an aggregate cost of $161.6 million.Total liquidity stood at $1.2 billion as of September 30, 2026. Additionally, we completed a $600.0 million asset-backed financing, matching the largest asset-backed financing in our history and achieved our lowest credit spreads since late 2021. “During the third quarter, Consumer Loan unit and dollar volume grew 38% and 51%, respectively, both economic profit and adjusted net income experienced double-digit growth, and the number of active dealers reached an all-time high,” said Vinayak Hegde, Chief Executive Officer. “One of the most encouraging aspects of this growth is that rather than relying on a single lever, our momentum is driven by our four-pronged strategy of customer obsession, segmentation, leveraging data and AI, and disciplined operating rhythms and practices. We believe execution of this strategy strengthens our forecasting, pricing, and operating processes and positions the Company to make more informed capital-allocation decisions.”
Third Quarter 2026 Company Highlights
Enrolled 1,350 new dealers in our programs and had a record 12,093 active dealers during the quarter, reflecting continued engagement across our dealer network.$37.3 million in dealer holdback paid to dealers.Made continued progress executing our product roadmap, including the following initiatives, which contributed to increased volume growth: Scorecard update: Launched a new scorecard that uses refreshed and additional data attributes to enhance our risk-assessment capabilities by credit profile, dealer, vehicle, and deal structure.Segmentation: Reorganized our sales force to improve alignment by dealer type, origination channel, and geography, with targeted teams for independent dealers, franchise dealers, and national dealer groups.Reduced friction for dealers: Continued integration improvement with the aggregator platforms and enhanced the deal optimization tool, which reduced friction for dealers who use Dealertrack, RouteOne, and DealerCenter, and resulted in higher volume with franchise and large independent dealers. Settled claims related to a longstanding multi-state investigation and the New York state attorney general lawsuit without any admission of fault or wrongdoing by the Company and on terms not requiring the Company to record additional charges beyond amounts previously accrued and disclosed.Named one of PEOPLE magazine’s 100 Companies That Care® by Great Place to Work® and PEOPLE magazine, for the fifth consecutive year, with a #11 ranking. Consumer Loan Metrics
Dealers assign retail installment contracts (referred to as “Consumer Loans”) to Credit Acceptance. At the time a Consumer Loan is submitted to us for assignment, we forecast future expected cash flows from the Consumer Loan. Based on the amount and timing of these forecasts and expected expense levels, an advance or one-time purchase payment is made to the related dealer at a price designed to maximize economic profit, a non-GAAP financial measure that considers our return on capital, our cost of capital, and the amount of capital invested.
We use a statistical model to estimate the expected collection rate for each Consumer Loan at the time of assignment. We continue to evaluate the expected collection rate for each Consumer Loan subsequent to assignment. Our evaluation becomes more accurate as the Consumer Loans age, as we use actual performance data in our forecast. By comparing our current expected collection rate for each Consumer Loan with the rate we projected at the time of assignment, we are able to assess the accuracy of our initial forecast. The following table compares our aggregated forecast of Consumer Loan collection rates as of September 30, 2026, with the aggregated forecasts as of June 30, 2026 and at the time of assignment, segmented by year of assignment:
Forecasted Collection Rate as of (1) Current Forecast Variance from Consumer Loan Assignment Year September 30, 2026 June 30, 2026 Initial
Forecast June 30, 2026 Initial
Forecast2017 64.8 % 64.8 % 64.0 % 0.0 % 0.8 %2018 65.6 % 65.6 % 63.6 % 0.0 % 2.0 %2019 67.3 % 67.3 % 64.0 % 0.0 % 3.3 %2020 68.1 % 68.1 % 63.4 % 0.0 % 4.7 %2021 64.2 % 64.1 % 66.3 % 0.1 % -2.1 %2022 59.2 % 59.3 % 67.5 % -0.1 % -8.3 %2023 62.4 % 62.9 % 67.5 % -0.5 % -5.1 %2024 63.6 % 65.1 % 67.2 % -1.5 % -3.6 %2025 64.9 % 66.9 % 67.0 % -2.0 % -2.1 % 2026 (2) 65.3 % 67.1 % 67.1 % -1.8 % -1.8 % (1) Represents the total forecasted collections we expect to collect on the Consumer Loans as a percentage of the repayments that we were contractually owed on the Consumer Loans at the time of assignment, including both principal and interest. Forecasted collection rates are negatively impacted by canceled Consumer Loans because the contractual amount owed is not removed from the denominator used to calculate these rates.
(2) The forecasted collection rate for 2026 Consumer Loans as of September 30, 2026 includes both Consumer Loans that were in our portfolio as of June 30, 2026 and Consumer Loans assigned during the most recent quarter. The following table provides forecasted collection rates for each of these segments:
Forecasted Collection Rate as of Current Forecast Variance from2026 Consumer Loan Assignment Period September 30, 2026 June 30, 2026 Initial
Forecast June 30, 2026 Initial
ForecastJanuary 1, 2026 through June 30, 2026 64.7 % 67.1 % 67.2 % -2.4 % -2.5 %July 1, 2026 through September 30, 2026 66.1 % — 67.0 % — -0.9 % For the three months ended September 30, 2026, forecasted collection rates declined for Consumer Loans assigned in 2023 through 2026 and were generally consistent with expectations at the start of the period for all other assignment years presented.
The changes to our forecast of future net cash flows from our loan portfolio (forecasted collections less forecasted dealer holdback payments) for each of the last eight quarters are shown in the following table:
(Dollars in millions) Decrease in Forecasted Net Cash FlowsThree Months Ended Total Loans % Change from Forecast at Beginning of PeriodDecember 31, 2024 $ (31.1) -0.3 %March 31, 2025 (20.9) -0.2 %June 30, 2025 (55.8) -0.5 %September 30, 2025 (58.6) -0.5 %December 31, 2025 (34.2) -0.3 %March 31, 2026 (9.1) -0.1 %June 30, 2026 (39.1) -0.3 %September 30, 2026 (291.2) -2.5 % During the third quarter of 2026, based on our analysis of historical Consumer Loan performance data and market trends, we adjusted our methodology for forecasting future net cash flows from our loan portfolio. The adjustment reduced forecasted collection rates for Consumer Loans assigned to us in 2022 through 2026 to the levels we now expect for the life of these Consumer Loans. Prior to our making the adjustment in the third quarter of 2026, we had observed small but consistent quarterly underperformance of these Consumer Loans relative to forecasted cash flows and had made corresponding adjustments to our forecast each quarter. The underperformance of the Consumer Loans assigned to us in 2022 through 2026 had been most pronounced in the case of Consumer Loans in lower scorecard bands. Most of the impact of the forecast adjustment we made in the third quarter of 2026 is related to Consumer Loans assigned to us before the scorecard change we introduced in the second quarter of 2026.
The following table presents information on Consumer Loan assignments for each of the last 10 years:
Average Total Assignment Volume Consumer Loan
Assignment Year Consumer Loan (1) Advance (2) Initial Loan Term (in months) Unit Volume Dollar Volume (2)
(in millions)2017 $ 20,230 $ 8,746 55 328,507 $ 2,873.12018 22,158 9,635 57 373,329 3,595.82019 23,139 10,174 57 369,805 3,772.22020 24,262 10,656 59 341,967 3,641.22021 25,632 11,790 59 268,730 3,167.82022 27,242 12,924 60 280,467 3,625.32023 27,025 12,475 61 332,499 4,147.82024 26,497 11,961 61 386,126 4,618.42025 25,423 11,428 60 337,411 3,856.1 2026 (3) (4) 26,077 11,916 60 290,617 3,463.0 (1) Represents the repayments that we were contractually owed on Consumer Loans at the time of assignment, which include both principal and interest.
(2) Represents advances paid to dealers on Consumer Loans assigned under the portfolio program and one-time payments made to dealers to purchase Consumer Loans assigned under the purchase program. Payments of dealer holdback are not included.
(3) Represents activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2026. Information in this table for each of the years prior to 2026 represents activity for all 12 months of that year.
(4) The averages for 2026 Consumer Loans include both Consumer Loans that were in our portfolio as of June 30, 2026 and Consumer Loans assigned during the most recent quarter. The following table provides averages for each of these segments:
Average2026 Consumer Loan Assignment Period Consumer Loan Advance Initial Loan Term (in months)January 1, 2026 through June 30, 2026 $ 25,355 $ 11,449 60July 1, 2026 through September 30, 2026 27,261 12,682 61 The profitability of our loans is primarily driven by the amount and timing of the net cash flows we receive from the spread between the forecasted collection rate and the advance rate, less operating expenses and the cost of capital. Forecasting collection rates accurately at loan inception is difficult. With this in mind, we establish advance rates that are intended to allow us to achieve acceptable levels of profitability across our portfolio, even if collection rates are less than we initially forecast.
The following table presents aggregate forecasted Consumer Loan collection rates, advance rates, spreads (the forecasted collection rate less the advance rate), and forecasted future net cash flows as of September 30, 2026, as well as forecasted collection rates and spreads at the time of assignment. All amounts, unless otherwise noted, are presented as a percentage of the initial balance of the Consumer Loan (principal + interest). The table includes both dealer loans and purchased loans.
Forecasted Collection % Spread % as of Forecasted Future Net Cash Flows (1) Consumer Loan Assignment Year September 30, 2026 Initial Forecast Advance % September 30, 2026 Initial Forecast September 30, 2026
(in millions) % of Total2017 64.8 % 64.0 % 43.2 % 21.6 % 20.8 % $ 17.2 0.1 %2018 65.6 % 63.6 % 43.5 % 22.1 % 20.1 % 39.9 0.3 %2019 67.3 % 64.0 % 44.0 % 23.3 % 20.0 % 74.6 0.6 %2020 68.1 % 63.4 % 43.9 % 24.2 % 19.5 % 129.6 1.1 %2021 64.2 % 66.3 % 46.0 % 18.2 % 20.3 % 274.1 2.3 %2022 59.2 % 67.5 % 47.4 % 11.8 % 20.1 % 642.3 5.3 %2023 62.4 % 67.5 % 46.2 % 16.2 % 21.3 % 1,177.7 9.8 %2024 63.6 % 67.2 % 45.1 % 18.5 % 22.1 % 2,193.2 18.2 %2025 64.9 % 67.0 % 45.0 % 19.9 % 22.0 % 3,737.4 31.0 %2026 (2) (3) 65.3 % 67.1 % 45.8 % 19.5 % 21.3 % 3,784.6 31.3 %Total $ 12,070.6 100.0 % (1) Represents the forecasted future collections we expect to collect on Consumer Loans less the forecasted future dealer holdback payments we expect to make to dealers.
(2) Represents activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2026. Information in this table for each of the years prior to 2026 represents activity for all 12 months of that year.
(3) The forecasted collection rate, advance rate and spread for 2026 Consumer Loans as of September 30, 2026 include both Consumer Loans that were in our portfolio as of June 30, 2026 and Consumer Loans assigned during the most recent quarter. The following table provides forecasted collection rates, advance rates, and spreads for each of these segments:
Forecasted Collection % as of Spread % as of2026 Consumer Loan Assignment Period September 30, 2026 Initial Forecast Advance % September 30, 2026 Initial ForecastJanuary 1, 2026 through June 30, 2026 64.7 % 67.2 % 45.2 % 19.5 % 22.0 %July 1, 2026 through September 30, 2026 66.1 % 67.0 % 46.6 % 19.5 % 20.4 % The risk of a material change in our forecasted collection rate declines as the Consumer Loans age. Because Consumer Loans assigned in 2022 and prior years represent less than 10% of total forecasted future net cash flows from Consumer Loans, changes in the forecasted collection rate for those loans would generally be expected to have a relatively modest impact on total forecasted future net cash flows. In contrast, Consumer Loans assigned since 2022 represent a larger portion of expected future net cash flows, and a significant portion of their total forecasted collections has not yet been realized. Accordingly, changes in the forecasted collection rate for those more recent loans would generally be expected to have a more significant impact on total forecasted future net cash flows.
The spread as of September 30, 2026 ranges from 11.8% to 24.2%, on an annual basis, for Consumer Loans assigned over the last 10 years. The spreads with respect to 2019 and 2020 Consumer Loans have been positively impacted by Consumer Loan performance, which has exceeded our initial estimates by a greater margin than the other years presented. The spreads with respect to Consumer Loans assigned to us in 2021 through 2026 have been negatively impacted by Consumer Loan performance, which has been lower than our initial estimates by a greater margin than the other years presented. The lower spread for 2026 Consumer Loans relative to 2025 Consumer Loans as of September 30, 2026 reflects the net impact of two offsetting factors. A lower initial spread on 2026 Consumer Loans, primarily due to a higher advance rate, decreased the spread from 2025 to 2026. The impact of the lower initial spread was partially offset by Consumer Loan performance, as the performance of 2025 Consumer Loans has been lower than our initial estimates by a greater margin than 2026 Consumer Loans.
The following table compares our forecast of aggregate Consumer Loan collection rates as of September 30, 2026 with the forecasts at the time of assignment, for dealer loans and purchased loans separately:
Dealer Loans Purchased Loans Forecasted Collection Rate as of (1) Forecasted Collection Rate as of (1) Consumer Loan Assignment Year September 30,
2026 Initial
Forecast Variance September 30,
2026 Initial
Forecast Variance2017 64.1 % 63.8 % 0.3 % 66.4 % 64.6 % 1.8 %2018 65.0 % 63.6 % 1.4 % 66.8 % 63.5 % 3.3 %2019 66.9 % 63.9 % 3.0 % 67.9 % 64.2 % 3.7 %2020 67.9 % 63.3 % 4.6 % 68.4 % 63.6 % 4.8 %2021 63.9 % 66.3 % -2.4 % 64.7 % 66.3 % -1.6 %2022 58.4 % 67.3 % -8.9 % 61.2 % 68.0 % -6.8 %2023 61.1 % 66.8 % -5.7 % 65.9 % 69.4 % -3.5 %2024 62.4 % 66.3 % -3.9 % 68.3 % 70.7 % -2.4 %2025 63.1 % 65.5 % -2.4 % 70.0 % 71.5 % -1.5 %2026 63.8 % 65.8 % -2.0 % 68.6 % 70.2 % -1.6 % (1) The forecasted collection rates presented for dealer loans and purchased loans reflect the Consumer Loan classification at the time of assignment. Forecasted collection rates are negatively impacted by canceled Consumer Loans because the contractual amount owed is not removed from the denominator used to calculate these rates.
The following table presents aggregate forecasted Consumer Loan collection rates, advance rates, and spreads (the forecasted collection rate less the advance rate) as of September 30, 2026 for dealer loans and purchased loans separately. All amounts are presented as a percentage of the initial balance of the Consumer Loan (principal + interest).
Although the advance rate on purchased loans is higher as compared to the advance rate on dealer loans, purchased loans do not require us to pay dealer holdback.
The spread as of September 30, 2026 on 2026 dealer loans was 20.0%, as compared to a spread of 19.9% on 2025 dealer loans, reflecting the net impact of two offsetting factors. Consumer Loan performance increased the spread from 2025 to 2026, as the performance of 2025 dealer loans has been lower than our initial estimates by a greater margin than 2026 dealer loans. The impact of Consumer Loan performance was partially offset by a lower initial spread on 2026 dealer loans, due to the advance rate increasing by a greater margin than the initial forecast in our dealer loan portfolio.
The spread as of September 30, 2026 on 2026 purchased loans was 18.3%, as compared to a spread of 19.6% on 2025 purchased loans. The decrease was primarily a result of a lower initial spread on 2026 purchased loans, primarily due to a lower initial forecast in our purchased loan portfolio.
Consumer Loan Volume
The following table summarizes changes in Consumer Loan assignment volume in each of the last eight quarters as compared to the same period in the previous year:
Year over Year Percent ChangeThree Months Ended Unit Volume Dollar VolumeDecember 31, 2024 0.3 % -4.9 %March 31, 2025 -10.1 % -15.5 %June 30, 2025 -14.6 % -18.8 %September 30, 2025 -16.5 % -19.4 %December 31, 2025 -9.1 % -11.3 %March 31, 2026 -4.3 % -4.0 %June 30, 2026 -1.0 % 0.1 %September 30, 2026 37.7 % 51.0 % Consumer Loan assignment volumes depend on a number of factors including (1) the overall demand for our financing programs and (2) the amount of capital available to fund new loans. Our pricing strategy is intended to maximize the amount of economic profit we generate, within the confines of capital constraints.
Unit volume increased 37.7% while dollar volume increased 51.0% during the third quarter of 2026 as the number of active dealers increased 18.8% and the average unit volume per active dealer increased 15.2%. Dollar volume increased by more than unit volume during the third quarter of 2026 due to an increase in the average advance paid. The increase in the average advance paid was primarily the result of an increase in the average size of the Consumer Loans assigned.
The following table summarizes the changes in Consumer Loan unit volume and active dealers:
For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 % ChangeConsumer Loan unit volume 110,010 79,916 37.7 %Active dealers (1) 12,093 10,180 18.8 %Average volume per active dealer 9.1 7.9 15.2 % Consumer Loan unit volume from dealers active both periods 85,087 68,719 23.8 %Dealers active both periods 7,121 7,121 — Average volume per dealer active both periods 11.9 9.7 23.8 % (1) Active dealers are dealers who have received funding for at least one Consumer Loan during the period.
The following table provides additional information on the changes in Consumer Loan unit volume and active dealers:
For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 % ChangeConsumer Loan unit volume from new active dealers 5,173 2,924 76.9 %New active dealers (1) 1,313 1,012 29.7 %Average volume per new active dealer 3.9 2.9 34.5 % Attrition (2) -14.0 % -18.9 % (1) New active dealers are dealers who enrolled in our program and have received funding for their first dealer loan or purchased loan from us during the period.
(2) Attrition is measured according to the following formula: decrease in Consumer Loan unit volume from dealers who have received funding for at least one dealer loan or purchased loan during the comparable period of the prior year but did not receive funding for any dealer loans or purchased loans during the current period divided by prior year comparable period Consumer Loan unit volume.
The following table shows the percentage of Consumer Loans assigned to us as dealer loans and purchased loans for each of the last eight quarters:
Unit Volume Dollar VolumeThree Months Ended Dealer Loans Purchased Loans Dealer Loans Purchased LoansDecember 31, 2024 78.7 % 21.3 % 77.7 % 22.3 %March 31, 2025 77.0 % 23.0 % 75.1 % 24.9 %June 30, 2025 71.6 % 28.4 % 68.3 % 31.7 %September 30, 2025 73.1 % 26.9 % 70.6 % 29.4 %December 31, 2025 74.7 % 25.3 % 72.4 % 27.6 %March 31, 2026 72.0 % 28.0 % 69.2 % 30.8 %June 30, 2026 68.5 % 31.5 % 65.2 % 34.8 %September 30, 2026 67.2 % 32.8 % 64.3 % 35.7 % As of September 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the net dealer loans receivable balance was 70.0% and 72.1%, respectively, of the total net loans receivable balance.
Financial Results
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 % ChangeGAAP average debt$ 6,446.9 $ 6,400.1 0.7 %GAAP average shareholders' equity 1,552.2 1,573.4 -1.3 %Average capital$ 7,999.1 $ 7,973.5 0.3 %GAAP net income (loss)$ (56.6) $ 108.2 *Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 10,416,624 11,472,729 -9.2 %GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share$ (5.43) $ 9.43 * *Not meaningful.
The decrease in GAAP net income for the three months ended September 30, 2026, as compared to the same period in 2025, was primarily a result of the following:
An increase in provision for credit losses of 170.3% ($258.9 million), due to: An increase in provision for credit losses on forecast changes of $193.8 million, reflecting a decline in Consumer Loan performance and changes in forecasted net cash flow timing, primarily due to a downward forecasting adjustment applied to our forecasting methodology during the third quarter of 2026.An increase in provision for credit losses on new Consumer Loan assignments of $65.1 million, due to a 46.7% increase in the average provision per Consumer Loan assignment and a 37.7% increase in Consumer Loan assignment unit volume. The increase in the average provision per Consumer Loan assignment was primarily due to a higher average provision for purchased loans, driven by a lower initial forecast and spread, and a greater proportion of purchased loans in the mix of Consumer Loan assignments received during the third quarter of 2026. A decrease in interest expense of 7.8% ($9.1 million), from $116.3 million to $107.2 million, primarily due to a decrease in our average cost of debt.An increase in finance charges of 2.1% ($11.5 million), due to increases in the average yield on our loan portfolio, primarily due to higher contractual yields on more recent Consumer Loan assignments, and in the average balance of our loan portfolio.A decrease in operating expenses of 9.7% ($14.2 million), primarily due to: A decrease in salaries and wages expense of 11.5% ($9.8 million), primarily due to (i) a reduction in headcount, (ii) a decrease in fringe benefits, primarily due to lower medical claims and a lower number of team members participating in the plan, and (iii) a decrease in stock-based compensation expense, primarily due to the retirements of senior leaders in 2026. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in severance expense in the third quarter of 2026.A decrease in general and administrative expense of 24.8% ($9.0 million), primarily due to the recognition of a $15.0 million contingent loss during the three months ended September 30, 2025 related to previously disclosed legal matters. The decrease was partially offset by higher professional services costs related to strategic market analysis initiatives.An increase in sales and marketing expense of 18.5% ($4.6 million), primarily due to an increase in sales commissions related to growth in Consumer Loan assignment volume. A decrease in provision for income taxes of 141.5% ($57.6 million), primarily due to a decrease in pre-tax income. Adjusted financial results are provided to help shareholders understand our financial performance. The financial data below is non-GAAP, unless labeled otherwise. We use adjusted financial information internally to measure financial performance and to determine certain incentive compensation. We also use economic profit as a framework to evaluate business decisions and strategies, with the objective to maximize economic profit over the long term. In addition, certain debt facilities utilize adjusted financial information for the determination of loan collateral values and to measure financial covenants. The table below shows our results following adjustments to reflect non-GAAP accounting methods. Material adjustments are explained in the subsequent “Supplemental Information” and “Floating Yield Adjustment” sections. Non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, our reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Adjusted financial results for the three months ended September 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025, include the following:
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 % ChangeAdjusted average capital$ 8,747.3 $ 8,699.2 0.6 %Adjusted net income$ 135.5 $ 117.9 14.9 %Interest expense (after-tax)$ 80.4 $ 87.3 -7.9 %Adjusted net income plus interest expense (after-tax)$ 215.9 $ 205.2 5.2 %Adjusted return on capital 9.9 % 9.4 % 5.3 %Cost of capital 7.6 % 7.5 % 1.3 %Economic profit$ 50.7 $ 43.0 17.9 %Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 10,416,624 11,472,729 -9.2 %Adjusted net income per diluted share$ 13.01 $ 10.28 26.6 %Economic profit per diluted share$ 4.87 $ 3.75 29.9 % Economic profit increased 17.9% for the three months ended September 30, 2026, as compared to the same period in 2025. Economic profit is a function of the return on capital in excess of the cost of capital and the amount of capital invested in the business. The following table summarizes the impact each of these components had on the changes in economic profit for the three months ended September 30, 2026, as compared to the same period in 2025.
(In millions)Year over Year Change in Economic Profit For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2026Increase in adjusted return on capital$ 9.6 Increase in adjusted average capital 0.2 Increase in cost of capital (2.1) Increase in economic profit$ 7.7 Economic profit increased for the three months ended September 30, 2026, as compared to the same period in 2025, primarily as a result of an increase in our adjusted return on capital of 50 basis points. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the yield used to recognize adjusted finance charges on our loan portfolio, which increased our adjusted return on capital by 40 basis points, primarily due to higher expected yields on more recent Consumer Loan assignments, partially offset by a decline in Consumer Loan performance and slower forecasted net cash flow timing since the third quarter of 2025.
The following table shows adjusted finance charges as a percentage of adjusted average loans receivable, adjusted revenue and adjusted operating expenses as a percentage of adjusted average capital, the adjusted return on capital, and the percentage change in adjusted average capital for each of the last eight quarters, compared to the same period in the prior year:
For the Three Months Ended Sept. 30, 2026 Jun. 30, 2026 Mar. 31, 2026 Dec. 31, 2025 Sept. 30, 2025 Jun. 30, 2025 Mar. 31, 2025 Dec. 31, 2024Adjusted finance charges as a percentage of adjusted average loans receivable (1) 17.2 % 17.4 % 17.0 % 16.9 % 16.8 % 17.0 % 16.7 % 16.5 %Adjusted revenue as a percentage of adjusted average capital (1) 19.2 % 19.3 % 19.0 % 18.8 % 18.6 % 18.3 % 18.0 % 18.4 %Adjusted operating expenses as a percentage of adjusted average capital (1) 6.1 % 6.2 % 6.6 % 5.8 % 6.1 % 5.9 % 6.1 % 5.6 %Adjusted return on capital (1) 9.9 % 9.8 % 9.3 % 9.8 % 9.4 % 9.3 % 9.2 % 9.8 %Percentage change in adjusted average capital compared to the same period in the prior year 0.6 % -3.9 % -3.9 % 0.3 % 3.7 % 11.2 % 18.3 % 19.3 % (1) Annualized.
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information
We claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 for all of our forward-looking statements. Statements in this release that are not historical facts, such as those using terms like “may,” “will,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” or similar expressions, and those regarding our future results, plans, and objectives, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These forward-looking statements represent our outlook only as of the date of this release. Actual results could differ materially from these forward-looking statements since the statements are based on our current expectations, which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, the factors set forth in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on February 13, 2026, and other risk factors discussed herein or listed from time to time in our reports filed with the SEC and the following:
Industry, Operational, and Macroeconomic Risks
Our inability to accurately forecast and estimate the amount and timing of future collections could have a material adverse effect on results of operations.Due to competition from traditional financing sources and non-traditional lenders, we may not be able to compete successfully.Adverse changes in economic conditions, the automobile or finance industries, or the non-prime consumer market could adversely affect our financial position, liquidity, and results of operations, the ability of key vendors that we depend on to supply us with services, and our ability to enter into future financing transactions.Reliance on third parties to administer our ancillary product offerings could adversely affect our business and financial results.We are dependent on our senior management, and the loss of any of these individuals or an inability to hire additional team members could adversely affect our ability to operate profitably.Our reputation is a key asset to our business, and our business may be affected by how we are perceived in the marketplace.An outbreak of contagious disease or other public health emergency could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations.The concentration in several states of automobile dealers who participate in our programs could adversely affect us.Reliance on our outsourced business functions could adversely affect our business.Our ability to hire and retain foreign engineering personnel could be hindered by immigration restrictions.We may be unable to execute our business strategy due to current economic conditions.Natural disasters, climate change, military conflicts, acts of war, terrorist attacks and threats, or the escalation of military activity in response to terrorist attacks or otherwise may negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.Governmental or market responses to climate change and related environmental issues could have a material adverse effect on our business.A small number of our shareholders have the ability to significantly influence matters requiring shareholder approval and such shareholders have interests which may conflict with the interests of our other security holders. Capital and Liquidity Risks
We may be unable to continue to access or renew funding sources and obtain capital needed to maintain and grow our business.The terms of our debt limit how we conduct our business.A violation of the terms of our asset-backed secured financings or revolving secured warehouse facilities could have a material adverse impact on our operations.Our substantial debt could negatively impact our business, prevent us from satisfying our debt obligations, and adversely affect our financial condition.We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to service our outstanding debt and fund operations and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such debt.Interest rate fluctuations may adversely affect our borrowing costs, profitability, and liquidity.Reduction in our credit rating could increase the cost of our funding from, and restrict our access to, the capital markets and adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.We may incur substantially more debt and other liabilities. This could exacerbate further the risks associated with our current debt levels.The conditions of the U.S. and international capital markets may adversely affect lenders with which we have relationships, causing us to incur additional costs and reducing our sources of liquidity, which may adversely affect our financial position, liquidity, and results of operations. Technology and Cybersecurity Risks
Our dependence on technology could have a material adverse effect on our business.We depend on secure information technology, and a breach of our systems or those of our third-party service providers could result in our experiencing significant financial, legal, and reputational exposure and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.Our use of electronic contracts could impact our ability to perfect our ownership or security interest in Consumer Loans.Failure to properly safeguard our proprietary business information or confidential consumer and team member personal information could subject us to liability, decrease our profitability, and damage our reputation.The development and use of artificial intelligence presents risks and challenges that may adversely impact our business. Legal and Regulatory Risks
Litigation we are involved in from time to time may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.Changes in tax laws and the resolution of uncertain income tax matters could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows from operations.The regulations to which we are or may become subject could result in a material adverse effect on our business. Other factors not currently anticipated by management may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We do not undertake, and expressly disclaim any obligation, to update or alter our statements, whether as a result of new information or future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.
Webcast Details
We will host a webcast on October 29, 2026 at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time to discuss our third quarter results. The webcast can be accessed live by visiting the “Investor Relations” section of our website at ir.creditacceptance.com or by telephone as described below. Only persons accessing the webcast by telephone will be able to pose questions to the presenters during the webcast. A replay and transcript of the webcast will be archived in the “Investor Relations” section of our website.
To participate in the webcast by telephone, you must pre-register at https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BIb09f4d3694a2478ba3f752ee48d8fc50, or through the link posted on the “Investor Relations” section of our website at ir.creditacceptance.com. Upon registration you will be provided with the dial-in number and a unique PIN to access the webcast by telephone.
Description of Credit Acceptance Corporation
We make vehicle ownership possible by providing innovative financing solutions that enable automobile dealers to sell vehicles to consumers regardless of their credit history. Our financing programs are offered through a nationwide network of automobile dealers who benefit from sales of vehicles to consumers who otherwise could not obtain financing; from repeat and referral sales generated by these same customers; and from sales to customers responding to advertisements for our financing programs, but who actually end up qualifying for traditional financing.
Without our financing programs, consumers are often unable to purchase vehicles or they purchase unreliable ones. Further, as we report to the three national credit reporting agencies, an important ancillary benefit of our programs is that we provide consumers with an opportunity to improve their lives by improving their credit score and move on to more traditional sources of financing. Credit Acceptance is publicly traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol CACC. For more information, visit creditacceptance.com.
CREDIT ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025Revenue: Finance charges$ 550.9 $ 539.4 Premiums earned 25.3 24.1 Other income 18.4 18.9 Total revenue 594.6 582.4 Costs and expenses: Salaries and wages 75.7 85.5 General and administrative 27.3 36.3 Sales and marketing 29.4 24.8 Total operating expenses 132.4 146.6 Provision for credit losses on forecast changes 281.9 88.1 Provision for credit losses on new Consumer Loan assignments 129.0 63.9 Total provision for credit losses 410.9 152.0 Interest 107.2 116.3 Provision for claims 17.6 18.6 Total costs and expenses 668.1 433.5 Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes (73.5) 148.9 Provision (benefit) for income taxes (16.9) 40.7 Net income (loss)$ (56.6) $ 108.2 Net income (loss) per share: Basic$ (5.43) $ 9.62 Diluted$ (5.43) $ 9.43 Weighted average shares outstanding: Basic 10,416,624 11,248,227 Diluted 10,416,624 11,472,729 CREDIT ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)As of September 30, 2026 December 31, 2025ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents$ 1.3 $ 22.8 Restricted cash and cash equivalents 516.9 477.9 Restricted securities available for sale 129.1 106.2 Loans receivable 11,960.7 11,511.5 Allowance for credit losses (3,833.5) (3,602.3) Loans receivable, net 8,127.2 7,909.2 Property and equipment, net 15.0 12.6 Income taxes receivable 53.4 67.2 Other assets 35.0 35.8 Total assets$ 8,877.9 $ 8,631.7 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: Liabilities: Accounts payable and accrued liabilities$ 427.0 $ 400.2 Revolving secured lines of credit 227.2 107.3 Secured financing 5,406.3 5,158.8 Senior notes 1,090.2 1,087.8 Deferred income taxes, net 337.9 354.0 Total liabilities 7,488.6 7,108.1 Shareholders’ Equity: Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued — — Common stock, $.01 par value, 80,000,000 shares authorized, 10,137,333 and 10,680,143 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively 0.1 0.1 Paid-in capital 528.4 403.3 Retained earnings 863.1 1,119.2 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (2.3) 1.0 Total shareholders’ equity 1,389.3 1,523.6 Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$ 8,877.9 $ 8,631.7 Supplemental Information
Measures such as adjusted average capital, adjusted net income, adjusted net income per diluted share, interest expense (after-tax), adjusted net income plus interest expense (after-tax), adjusted return on capital, adjusted revenue, adjusted operating expenses, adjusted loans receivable, adjusted finance charges, adjusted average loans receivable, economic profit, and economic profit per diluted share are non-GAAP financial measures. The following tables provide a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures. Certain amounts do not recalculate due to rounding.
(Dollars in millions, except per share data) For the Three Months Ended Sept. 30, 2026 Jun. 30, 2026 Mar. 31, 2026 Dec. 31, 2025 Sept. 30, 2025 Jun. 30, 2025 Mar. 31, 2025 Dec. 31, 2024Adjusted net income GAAP net income (loss) $ (56.6) $ 135.9 $ 135.8 $ 122.0 $ 108.2 $ 87.4 $ 106.3 $ 151.9 Floating yield adjustment (after-tax) (117.5) (115.8) (118.7) (115.9) (119.0) (117.1) (118.9) (116.8) GAAP provision for credit losses (after-tax) 308.2 119.4 104.7 97.2 114.0 129.6 124.6 95.0 Contingent loss (after-tax) (1) — — — 26.9 11.2 17.5 — — Income tax adjustment (2) 1.4 (9.4) (4.5) (4.2) 3.5 0.9 2.8 (4.1) Adjusted net income $ 135.5 $ 130.1 $ 117.3 $ 126.0 $ 117.9 $ 118.3 $ 114.8 $ 126.0 Adjusted net income per diluted share $ 13.01 $ 12.12 $ 10.71 $ 11.35 $ 10.28 $ 10.05 $ 9.35 $ 10.17 Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 10,416,624 10,734,652 10,954,097 11,103,715 11,472,729 11,771,525 12,279,446 12,388,072 Adjusted revenue GAAP total revenue $ 594.6 $ 587.4 $ 580.0 $ 579.9 $ 582.4 $ 583.8 $ 571.1 $ 565.9 Floating yield adjustment (156.7) (154.4) (158.2) (154.5) (158.7) (156.0) (154.5) (151.8) GAAP provision for claims (17.6) (18.0) (15.8) (17.2) (18.6) (19.8) (16.1) (17.7) Adjusted revenue $ 420.3 $ 415.0 $ 406.0 $ 408.2 $ 405.1 $ 408.0 $ 400.5 $ 396.4 Adjusted average capital GAAP average debt $ 6,446.9 $ 6,352.8 $ 6,271.8 $ 6,409.6 $ 6,400.1 $ 6,583.8 $ 6,398.3 $ 6,202.5 GAAP average shareholders' equity 1,552.2 1,546.7 1,575.4 1,545.2 1,573.4 1,635.9 1,782.0 1,712.3 Income tax adjustment (3) (96.9) (96.9) (96.9) (96.9) (96.9) (100.5) (118.5) (118.5) Floating yield adjustment 845.1 783.1 787.4 805.0 822.6 813.5 820.8 837.0 Adjusted average equity 2,300.4 2,232.9 2,265.9 2,253.3 2,299.1 2,348.9 2,484.3 2,430.8 Adjusted average capital $ 8,747.3 $ 8,585.7 $ 8,537.7 $ 8,662.9 $ 8,699.2 $ 8,932.7 $ 8,882.6 $ 8,633.3 Adjusted revenue as a percentage of adjusted average capital (4) 19.2 % 19.3 % 19.0 % 18.8 % 18.6 % 18.3 % 18.0 % 18.4 %Adjusted loans receivable GAAP loans receivable, net $ 8,127.2 $ 7,959.2 $ 7,956.4 $ 7,909.2 $ 7,975.5 $ 8,001.9 $ 7,978.2 $ 7,850.3 Floating yield adjustment 1,305.3 1,051.1 1,046.3 1,064.9 1,089.7 1,096.4 1,079.8 1,072.4 Adjusted loans receivable $ 9,432.5 $ 9,010.3 $ 9,002.7 $ 8,974.1 $ 9,065.2 $ 9,098.3 $ 9,058.0 $ 8,922.7 Adjusted loan yield GAAP finance charges $ 550.9 $ 546.2 $ 538.4 $ 535.0 $ 539.4 $ 540.7 $ 526.7 $ 518.2 Floating yield adjustment (156.7) (154.4) (158.2) (154.5) (158.7) (156.0) (154.5) (151.8) Adjusted finance charges $ 394.2 $ 391.8 $ 380.2 $ 380.5 $ 380.7 $ 384.7 $ 372.2 $ 366.4 GAAP average loans receivable, net $ 8,075.0 $ 7,953.2 $ 7,893.7 $ 7,940.5 $ 7,990.5 $ 8,011.6 $ 7,882.4 $ 7,831.4 Average floating yield adjustment 1,114.6 1,035.5 1,037.9 1,058.0 1,080.9 1,064.1 1,048.9 1,071.4 Adjusted average loans receivable $ 9,189.6 $ 8,988.7 $ 8,931.6 $ 8,998.5 $ 9,071.4 $ 9,075.7 $ 8,931.3 $ 8,902.8 Adjusted finance charges as a percentage of adjusted average loans receivable (4) 17.2 % 17.4 % 17.0 % 16.9 % 16.8 % 17.0 % 16.7 % 16.5 % (1) From time to time, we recognize a contingent loss related to legal matters. As contingent losses related to such matters are both unusual and infrequent in nature, and relate to business operations in prior periods, we have applied this adjustment to remove the impact of the contingent loss from our adjusted net income.
(2) Adjustment to record taxes at our estimated long-term effective income tax rate. The adjustment for the three months ended September 30, 2026, June 30, 2026, March 31, 2026, December 31, 2025, September 30, 2025, and June 30, 2025 is calculated using a 25% income tax rate, which is expected to be used for future periods. This rate represents an increase from 23%, which had been used to calculate after-tax adjustments since 2018, following the enactment in December 2017 of Public Law 115-97, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”). The increase in our long-term estimate was due to higher state and local income taxes in certain jurisdictions and lower excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation.
(3) The enactment of the 2017 Tax Act resulted in the reversal of provision for income taxes to reflect a new, lower federal statutory income tax rate. We began applying the income tax adjustment at that time to remove the impact of this reversal from adjusted average capital. As the enactment of Public Law 119-21 on July 4, 2025 made the lower federal statutory tax rate permanent, removing uncertainty on the future federal statutory income tax rate, we increased our estimated long-term effective income tax rate from 23% to 25% to reflect higher expected state and local income taxes in certain jurisdictions and lower excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation in future periods. We believe the income tax adjustment provides a more accurate reflection of the performance of our business as we are recognizing provision for income taxes at the applicable long-term effective tax rate for the period.
(4) Annualized.
(Dollars in millions) For the Three Months Ended Sept. 30, 2026 Jun. 30, 2026 Mar. 31, 2026 Dec. 31, 2025 Sept. 30, 2025 Jun. 30, 2025 Mar. 31, 2025 Dec. 31, 2024Interest expense (after-tax) GAAP interest expense $ 107.2 $ 107.4 $ 108.4 $ 113.8 $ 116.3 $ 118.1 $ 114.7 $ 111.3 Adjustment to record tax effect (1) (26.8) (26.9) (27.2) (28.5) (29.0) (29.5) (26.4) (25.6) Interest expense (after-tax) $ 80.4 $ 80.5 $ 81.2 $ 85.3 $ 87.3 $ 88.6 $ 88.3 $ 85.7 Adjusted return on capital (2) Adjusted net income $ 135.5 $ 130.1 $ 117.3 $ 126.0 $ 117.9 $ 118.3 $ 114.8 $ 126.0 Interest expense (after-tax) 80.4 80.5 81.2 85.3 87.3 88.6 88.3 85.7 Adjusted net income plus interest expense (after-tax) $ 215.9 $ 210.6 $ 198.5 $ 211.3 $ 205.2 $ 206.9 $ 203.1 $ 211.7 Reconciliation of GAAP return on equity to adjusted return on capital (5) GAAP return on equity (3) -14.6 % 35.1 % 34.5 % 31.6 % 27.5 % 21.4 % 23.9 % 35.5 %Non-GAAP adjustments 24.5 % -25.3 % -25.2 % -21.8 % -18.1 % -12.1 % -14.7 % -25.7 %Adjusted return on capital (2) 9.9 % 9.8 % 9.3 % 9.8 % 9.4 % 9.3 % 9.2 % 9.8 % Economic profit Adjusted return on capital 9.9 % 9.8 % 9.3 % 9.8 % 9.4 % 9.3 % 9.2 % 9.8 %Cost of capital (4) (5) 7.6 % 7.4 % 7.4 % 7.3 % 7.5 % 7.4 % 7.6 % 7.4 %Adjusted return on capital in excess of cost of capital 2.3 % 2.4 % 1.9 % 2.5 % 1.9 % 1.9 % 1.6 % 2.4 %Adjusted average capital $ 8,747.3 $ 8,585.7 $ 8,537.7 $ 8,662.9 $ 8,699.2 $ 8,932.7 $ 8,882.6 $ 8,633.3 Economic profit $ 50.7 $ 52.6 $ 41.6 $ 53.3 $ 43.0 $ 41.8 $ 35.3 $ 51.3 Reconciliation of GAAP net income (loss) to economic profit GAAP net income (loss) $ (56.6) $ 135.9 $ 135.8 $ 122.0 $ 108.2 $ 87.4 $ 106.3 $ 151.9 Non-GAAP adjustments 192.1 (5.8) (18.5) 4.0 9.7 30.9 8.5 (25.9 ) Adjusted net income 135.5 130.1 117.3 126.0 117.9 118.3 114.8 126.0 Interest expense (after-tax) 80.4 80.5 81.2 85.3 87.3 88.6 88.3 85.7 Adjusted net income plus interest expense (after-tax) 215.9 210.6 198.5 211.3 205.2 206.9 203.1 211.7 Less: cost of capital 165.2 158.0 156.9 158.0 162.2 165.1 167.8 160.4 Economic profit $ 50.7 $ 52.6 $ 41.6 $ 53.3 $ 43.0 $ 41.8 $ 35.3 $ 51.3 Economic profit per diluted share $ 4.87 $ 4.90 $ 3.80 $ 4.80 $ 3.75 $ 3.55 $ 2.87 $ 4.14 Adjusted operating expenses Operating expenses $ 132.4 $ 134.1 $ 141.2 $ 162.3 $ 146.6 $ 155.5 $ 135.5 $ 121.6 Contingent loss (6) — — — (35.8) (15.0) (23.4) — — Adjusted operating expenses $ 132.4 $ 134.1 $ 141.2 $ 126.5 $ 131.6 $ 132.1 $ 135.5 $ 121.6 Adjusted operating expenses as a percentage of adjusted average capital (5) 6.1 % 6.2 % 6.6 % 5.8 % 6.1 % 5.9 % 6.1 % 5.6 %Percentage change in adjusted average capital compared to the same period in the prior year 0.6 % -3.9 % -3.9 % 0.3 % 3.7 % 11.2 % 18.3 % 19.3 % (1) Adjustment to record taxes at our estimated long-term effective income tax rate. The adjustment for the three months ended September 30, 2026, June 30, 2026, March 31, 2026, December 31, 2025, September 30, 2025, and June 30, 2025 is calculated using a 25% income tax rate, which is expected to be used for future periods. This rate represents an increase from 23%, which had been used to calculate after-tax adjustments since 2018, following the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act. The increase in our long-term estimate was due to higher state and local income taxes in certain jurisdictions and lower excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation.
(2) Adjusted return on capital is defined as adjusted net income plus interest expense (after-tax) divided by adjusted average capital.
(3) Calculated by dividing GAAP net income (loss) by GAAP average shareholders' equity.
(4) The cost of capital includes both a cost of equity and a cost of debt. The cost of equity capital is determined based on a formula that considers the risk of the business and the risk associated with our use of debt. The formula utilized for determining the cost of equity capital is as follows: (the average 30-year Treasury rate + 5%) + [(1 – tax rate) x (the average 30-year Treasury rate + 5% – pre-tax average cost of debt rate) x average debt/(average equity + average debt x tax rate)]. For the periods presented, the average 30-year Treasury rate and the adjusted pre-tax average cost of debt were as follows:
For the Three Months Ended Sept. 30, 2026 Jun. 30, 2026 Mar. 31, 2026 Dec. 31, 2025 Sept. 30, 2025 Jun. 30, 2025 Mar. 31, 2025 Dec. 31, 2024Average 30-year Treasury rate 5.3 % 5.0 % 4.8 % 4.7 % 4.9 % 4.8 % 4.7 % 4.4 %Pre-tax average cost of debt (5) 6.7 % 6.8 % 6.9 % 7.1 % 7.3 % 7.2 % 7.2 % 7.2 % (5) Annualized.
(6) From time to time, we recognize a contingent loss related to legal matters. As contingent losses related to such matters are both unusual and infrequent in nature, and relate to business operations in prior periods, we have applied this adjustment to remove the impact of the contingent loss from our adjusted operating expenses.
Floating Yield Adjustment
The net loan income (finance charge revenue less provision for credit losses expense) that we recognize over the life of a loan equals the cash we collect from the underlying Consumer Loan less the cash we pay to the dealer. We believe the economics of our business are best exhibited by recognizing loan revenue on a level-yield basis over the life of the loan based on expected future net cash flows. The purpose of this non-GAAP adjustment is to provide insight into our business by showing this level yield measure of income. Under GAAP, contractual amounts due in excess of the loan receivable balance at the time of assignment will be reflected as interest income, while contractual amounts due that are not expected to be collected are reflected in the provision for credit losses. Our non-GAAP floating yield adjustment recognizes the net effects of contractual interest income and expected credit losses in a single measure of finance charge revenue, consistent with how we manage our business. The floating yield adjustment recognizes revenue on a level-yield basis based upon expected future net cash flows, with any changes in expected future net cash flows, which are recognized immediately under GAAP as provision for credit losses, recognized over the remaining forecast period (up to 120 months after the origination date of the underlying Consumer Loans) for each individual dealer loan and purchased loan. The floating yield adjustment does not accelerate revenue recognition. Rather, it reduces revenue by taking amounts that are reported under GAAP as provision for credit losses and instead treating them as reductions of revenue over time.
Under the GAAP methodology we employ, which is known as the current expected credit loss model, or CECL, we are required to recognize:
a significant provision for credit losses expense at the time of the loan’s assignment to us for contractual net cash flows we do not expect to realize; andfinance charge revenue in subsequent periods that is significantly in excess of our expected yield. Due to the GAAP treatment of contractual net cash flows we do not expect to realize at the time of loan assignment (i.e. significant expense at the time of loan assignment, which is offset by higher revenue in subsequent periods), we do not believe the GAAP methodology we employ provides sufficient transparency into the economics of our business, including our results of operations, financial condition, and financial leverage. Our floating yield adjustment enables us to provide measures of income that are not impacted by GAAP’s treatment of contractual net cash flows we do not expect to realize at the time of loan assignment. We believe the floating yield adjustment is presented in a manner which reflects both the economic reality of our business and how the business is managed and provides valuable supplemental information to help investors better understand our business, executive compensation, liquidity, and capital resources.
Key Points:VRT rallies after Q3 earnings, reaching $264.73.Reclaims 20-day and 50-day moving averages.Resistance zone spans $258.10 to $271.Breakout above $270 could open a path toward $380.Higher Fibonacci targets stand at $432 and $499.Earnings Rally Reclaims Key Technical Levels Vertiv Holdings, LLC (VRT), provides critical digital infrastructure for data centers, communication networks, and commercial/industrial environments. The company reported Q3 2026 earnings on October 28, 2026, and the market responded with a gap up opening and bullish extension on Thursday to a high of $264.73. The two-day advance showed strength, with the stock reclaiming the 20-day moving average, the midline of a falling channel, and the 50-day moving average. In addition, a potential bullish reversal signal emerged on the weekly chart.
VRT daily chart shows sharp bullish response to earning from key support VRT Tests Resistance After Potential Correction Low This bullish price action follows the possible completion of the recent bearish correction, which reached last week’s new low of $187.24. VRT is getting extended and heading toward key resistance, defined by the confluence of several indicators in the $258.10 to $271 range. The first level is a lower swing high and the second the 200-day moving average.
However, the recent low formed near support at a prior interim high and the lower boundary of a falling trend channel, while also remaining not far from the long-term rising trendline. This confluence of support levels raises the possibility that the correction has ended, and the long-term uptrend can resume.
VRT weekly chart shows long-term trend structure and potential for eventual new highs A Reclaim of $270 Could Revive Longer-Term Upside Given the potential for a continuation of the long-term trend VRT can be watched for new opportunities and a potential upside breakout above the downtrend line and then the 200-day moving average near $270. A sustained reclaim of that average would improve the bullish technical position for the stock and increase the possibility of eventually challenging or exceeding the peak of $379.94 from May.
Fibonacci Targets Point Toward $432 and $499 If VRT can successfully reclaim the 200-day moving average, a lower swing high of $300.30 from August becomes the next upside target, followed by the 61.8% Fibonacci retracement of the prior decline at $306.33. If the trend then continues to extend to new highs, the 127.2% Fibonacci extension of the recent decline near $432 and the 161.8% Fibonacci extension at $499 would represent higher targets. Reaching the 61.8% retracement would also coincide with a bullish reversal signal triggered by a break above the lower swing high of, adding to the signs of strengthening bullish momentum.
If you’d like to know more about technical analysis and how traders use it, please visit our educational area.
About the Author
With over 20 years of experience in financial markets, Bruce is a seasoned finance MBA and CMT® charter holder. Having worked as head of trading strategy at hedge funds and a corporate advisor for trading firms, Bruce shares his expertise in futures to retail investors, providing actionable insights through both technical and fundamental analyses.
Idacorp (NYSE:IDA) reported third-quarter financial results on Thursday. The transcript from the company's third-quarter earnings call has been provided below.
Q3 2026 earnings per diluted share of $1.50Equity assets reach a record $110.5 billionBoard declares $0.38 per share dividend, /PRNewswire/ -- Federated Hermes, Inc. (NYSE: FHI), a global leader in active investing, today reported earnings per diluted share (EPS) of $1.50 for Q3 2026, compared to EPS of $1.34 for the same quarter last year, on net income of $111.9 million for Q3 2026, compared to net income of $104.1 million for Q3 2025.
Federated Hermes' total managed assets were $884.4 billion at Sept. 30, 2026, up $13.2 billion or 2% from $871.2 billion at Sept. 30, 2025 and down $27.2 billion or 3% from $911.6 billion at June 30, 2026. Total average managed assets for Q3 2026 were $897.7 billion, up $38.2 billion or 4% from $859.5 billion for Q3 2025 and down $12.3 billion or 1% from $910.0 billion for Q2 2026.
"Federated Hermes generated positive net equity sales in the third quarter of 2026, including across our MDT suite of quantitative investment solutions. Assets in MDT institutional separate accounts and MDT subadvised accounts, as well as total equity assets, reached record highs," said J. Christopher Donahue, president and chief executive officer. "We also continued to see demand for our alternative strategies, including our MDT Market Neutral offerings, with alternative/private markets fund assets reaching record highs."
Federated Hermes' board of directors declared a dividend of $0.38 per share. The dividend is payable on Nov. 13, 2026 to shareholders of record as of Nov. 6, 2026. During Q3 2026, Federated Hermes purchased 992,312 shares of Federated Hermes class B common stock for $57.4 million.
Equity assets were a record $110.5 billion at Sept. 30, 2026, up $15.8 billion or 17% from $94.7 billion at Sept. 30, 2025 and up $0.9 billion or 1% from $109.6 billion at June 30, 2026. Top-selling equity funds during Q3 2026 on a net basis were Federated Hermes MDT Large Cap Growth Fund, Federated Hermes MDT Small Cap Core ETF, Federated Hermes MDT All Cap Core Fund, Federated Hermes MDT Large Cap Value Fund and Federated Hermes U.S. Strategic Dividend ETF.
Fixed-income assets were $99.4 billion at Sept. 30, 2026, down $2.4 billion or 2% from $101.8 billion at Sept. 30, 2025 and down $1.1 billion or 1% from $100.5 billion at June 30, 2026. Top-selling fixed-income funds during Q3 2026 on a net basis were Federated Hermes Sterling Cash Plus Fund, Federated Hermes Municipal Ultrashort Fund, Federated Hermes Ultrashort Bond Fund, Federated Hermes Total Return Bond ETF and Federated Hermes Conservative Municipal Microshort Fund.
Alternative/private markets assets were $21.7 billion at Sept. 30, 2026, up $2.7 billion or 14% from $19.0 billion at Sept. 30, 2025 and up $0.1 billion from $21.6 billion at June 30, 2026.
Money market assets were $649.9 billion at Sept. 30, 2026, down $2.9 billion from $652.8 billion at Sept. 30, 2025 and down $27.0 billion or 4% from $676.9 billion at June 30, 2026. Money market fund assets were $486.3 billion at Sept. 30, 2026, down $6.4 billion or 1% from $492.7 billion at Sept. 30, 2025 and down $13.6 billion or 3% from $499.9 billion at June 30, 2026.
Financial Summary
Q3 2026 vs. Q3 2025
Revenue increased $37.9 million or 8% primarily due to an increase from higher average equity assets and the Q2 2026 acquisition of FCP Fund Manager, L.P., now operating as Federated Hermes FCP Manager, LLC (FCP).
During Q3 2026, Federated Hermes derived 50% of its revenue from long-term assets (32% from equity, 10% from fixed-income and 8% from alternative/private markets and multi-asset), 49% from money market assets and 1% from sources other than managed assets.
Operating expenses increased $14.0 million or 4% primarily due to an $8.5 million increase in distribution expenses resulting primarily from higher average money market fund assets and a $7.1 million increase in compensation and related expense primarily due to the acquisition of FCP.
Nonoperating income (expenses), net for Q3 2026 decreased $12.1 million primarily due to a decrease in the market value of investments in Q3 2026 as compared to an increase in the market value of investments in Q3 2025 and a decrease in interest and dividend income.
Q3 2026 vs. Q2 2026
Revenue increased $4.6 million or 1% primarily due to higher average equity assets.
Operating expenses decreased $15.9 million or 4% primarily due to a $9.8 million decrease in compensation and related expense and a $6.1 million decrease in professional service fees expense primarily due to $6.5 million and $4.6 million, respectively, of FCP acquisition-related expenses in Q2 2026.
Nonoperating income (expenses), net decreased $12.4 million primarily due to a decrease in the market value of investments in Q3 2026 as compared to an increase in the market value of investments in Q2 2026.
YTD 2026 vs. YTD 2025
Revenue increased $171.2 million or 13% primarily due to an increase from higher average equity assets and money market assets and the acquisition of FCP in Q2 2026.
For the first nine months of 2026, Federated Hermes derived 51% of its revenue from money market assets, 48% from long-term assets (31% from equity, 10% from fixed-income, and 7% from alternative/private markets and multi-asset) and 1% from sources other than managed assets.
Operating expenses increased $137.0 million or 15% primarily due to a $57.5 million increase in distribution expenses resulting primarily from higher average money market fund assets, a $34.6 million increase in compensation and related expense primarily due to compensation related to the acquisition of FCP and higher incentive compensation, an increase of $25.2 million in other expense primarily due to a value added tax (VAT) refund received in Q1 2025 related to amended VAT filings in the U.K. and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and a $9.0 million increase in professional service fees primarily due to FCP acquisition-related expenses and an increase in global project costs.
Nonoperating income (expenses), net decreased $15.5 million primarily due to the deconsolidation of two Federated Hermes Funds.
Earnings call information
Federated Hermes will host an earnings conference call at 9 a.m. Eastern on Friday, Oct. 30, 2026. Investors are invited to listen to the earnings teleconference by calling 888-506-0062 (domestic) or 973-528-0011 (international) prior to the 9 a.m. start time. To listen online, go to the About section of FederatedHermes.com and select links for Investor Relations and Earnings call and webcast. A replay will be available at approximately 12:30 p.m. Eastern on Oct. 30, 2026. To access the telephone replay, dial 877-481-4010 (domestic) or 919-882-2331 (international) and enter access code 54652. The online replay will be available via FederatedHermes.com for three months.
About Federated Hermes
Federated Hermes, Inc. is a global leader in active investment management, with $884.4 billion in assets under management1. We deliver investment solutions that help investors target a broad range of outcomes and provide equity, fixed-income, alternative/private markets, multi-asset and liquidity management strategies to more than 11,000 institutions and intermediaries worldwide. Our clients include corporations, government entities, insurance companies, foundations and endowments, banks and broker/dealers. Headquartered in Pittsburgh, Federated Hermes has more than 2,100 employees in London, New York, Boston and offices worldwide.
Federated Hermes ranks in the top 5% of equity fund managers, the top 9% of money market fund managers and the top 11% of fixed-income fund managers2 in the industry. Federated Hermes also ranks as the 9th-largest manager of model-delivered separately managed accounts3. For more information, including an analyst presentation, which is updated periodically, visit FederatedHermes.com.
###
1) As of Sept. 30, 2026.
2) Morningstar, Sept. 30, 2026. Based on U.S. fund flows rankings.
3) Money Management Institute/Cerulli Q2 2026.
Federated Securities Corp. is distributor of the Federated Hermes funds.
Separately managed accounts are made available through Federated Global Investment Management Corp., Federated Investment Counseling, Federated MDTA LLC, Hermes Fund Managers Ireland Limited, Hermes Investment Management Limited, Hermes GPE LLP, and Federated Hermes FCP Manager, LLC, each a registered investment advisor in one or more of the U.S., U.K. or Ireland.
Cautionary statements
Certain statements in this press release, such as those related to performance, investment strategies, opportunities to meet client needs, investment offerings, investor preferences and demand, asset flows and asset mix constitute or may constitute forward-looking statements, which involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements of the company, or industry results, to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can include statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and are typically identified by words or phrases such as "trend," "forecast," "project," "predict," "potential," "approximate," "opportunity," "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "current," "intention," "estimate," "position," "projection," "plan," "assume," "continue," "remain," "maintain," "sustain," "seek," "achieve," and similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as "will," "would," "should," "could," "can," "may," and similar expressions. Any forward-looking statement, and Federated Hermes' level of business activity and financial results, are inherently subject to significant business, market, economic, competitive, regulatory and other risks and uncertainties, many of which are difficult to predict and beyond Federated Hermes' control. Other risks and uncertainties include the ability of the company to predict the level of fee waivers and expenses in future quarters, predict whether performance fees or carried interest will be earned and retained, the ability of the company to sustain product demand, the timing and level of product sales and redemptions, market appreciation or depreciation, revenues, and asset levels, flows and mix, which could vary significantly depending on various factors, such as market conditions, investment performance and investor behavior. Other risks and uncertainties include the risk factors discussed in the company's annual and quarterly reports as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. As a result, no assurance can be given as to future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements, and neither the company nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness, or updating, of such statements in the future.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
(in thousands, except per share data)
Quarter Ended
%
Change
Q3 2025
to Q3
2026
Quarter Ended
%
Change
Q2 2026
to Q3
2026
Sept. 30, 2026
Sept. 30, 2025
June 30, 2026
Revenue
Investment advisory fees, net
$ 346,791
$ 310,366
12 %
$ 337,721
3 %
Administrative service fees, net—affiliates
110,492
107,234
3
110,117
0
Other service fees, net
50,046
51,846
(3)
54,938
(9)
Total Revenue
507,329
469,446
8
502,776
1
Operating Expenses
Compensation and related
151,706
144,563
5
161,528
(6)
Distribution
122,038
113,569
7
121,766
0
Systems and communications
26,156
26,023
1
25,950
1
Professional service fees
19,510
20,239
(4)
25,610
(24)
Office and occupancy
9,522
10,129
(6)
9,836
(3)
Advertising and promotional
5,548
5,264
5
7,329
(24)
Intangible asset related
4,924
3,556
38
6,384
(23)
Travel and related
4,782
4,665
3
4,558
5
Other
9,836
11,986
(18)
6,934
42
Total Operating Expenses
354,022
339,994
4
369,895
(4)
Operating Income
153,307
129,452
18
132,881
15
Nonoperating Income (Expenses)
Investment income (loss), net
1,951
14,105
(86)
14,330
(86)
Debt expense
(3,165)
(3,182)
(1)
(3,159)
0
Other, net
(27)
(48)
(44)
(22)
23
Total Nonoperating Income (Expenses), net
(1,241)
10,875
(111)
11,149
(111)
Income before income taxes
152,066
140,327
8
144,030
6
Income tax provision
41,187
34,232
20
37,216
11
Net income including the noncontrolling interests
in subsidiaries
110,879
106,095
5
106,814
4
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to the
noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries
(1,006)
1,969
(151)
2,496
(140)
Net Income
$ 111,885
$ 104,126
7 %
$ 104,318
7 %
Amounts Attributable to Federated Hermes, Inc.
Earnings Per Share1
Basic and diluted
$ 1.50
$ 1.34
12 %
$ 1.38
9 %
Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding
Basic
70,996
74,057
71,944
Diluted
70,997
74,057
71,947
Dividends Declared Per Share
$ 0.38
$ 0.34
$ 0.38
1)
Unvested share-based awards that receive non-forfeitable dividend rights are deemed participating securities and are required to be considered in the computation of earnings per share under the "two-class method." As such, total net income of $5.1 million, $4.7 million and $4.8 million available to unvested restricted Federated Hermes shareholders for the quarterly periods ended Sept. 30, 2026, Sept. 30, 2025 and June 30, 2026, respectively, was excluded from the computation of earnings per share.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
(in thousands, except per share data)
Nine Months Ended
Sept. 30, 2026
Sept. 30, 2025
% Change
Revenue
Investment advisory fees, net
$ 1,003,920
$ 885,261
13 %
Administrative service fees, net—affiliates
330,894
310,000
7
Other service fees, net
154,248
122,569
26
Total Revenue
1,489,062
1,317,830
13
Operating Expenses
Compensation and related
467,353
432,705
8
Distribution
369,548
312,052
18
Systems and communications
78,570
73,730
7
Professional service fees
66,456
57,415
16
Office and occupancy
29,419
29,991
(2)
Advertising and promotional
16,975
15,985
6
Intangible asset related
14,730
10,255
44
Travel and related
13,190
12,335
7
Other
20,302
(4,946)
NM
Total Operating Expenses
1,076,543
939,522
15
Operating Income
412,519
378,308
9
Nonoperating Income (Expenses)
Investment income (loss), net
22,935
38,527
(40)
Debt expense
(9,509)
(9,531)
0
Other, net
(80)
(110)
(27)
Total Nonoperating Income (Expenses), net
13,346
28,886
(54)
Income before income taxes
425,865
407,194
5
Income tax provision
112,226
100,532
12
Net income including the noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries
313,639
306,662
2
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interests in
subsidiaries
1,058
10,402
(90)
Net Income
$ 312,581
$ 296,260
6 %
Amounts Attributable to Federated Hermes, Inc.
Earnings Per Share1
Basic and diluted
$ 4.15
$ 3.75
11 %
Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding
Basic
71,856
75,541
Diluted
71,858
75,544
Dividends Declared Per Share
$ 1.10
$ 0.99
1)
Unvested share-based awards that receive non-forfeitable dividend rights are deemed participating securities and are required to be considered in the computation of earnings per share under the "two-class method." As such, total net income of $14.2 million and $13.3 million available to unvested restricted Federated Hermes shareholders for the nine months ended Sept. 30, 2026 and Sept. 30, 2025, respectively, was excluded from the computation of earnings per share.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands)
Sept. 30, 2026
Dec. 31, 2025
Assets
Cash and other investments
$ 580,271
$ 724,297
Other current assets
162,327
139,495
Intangible assets, net, including goodwill
1,499,333
1,183,612
Other long-term assets
225,146
181,933
Total Assets
$ 2,467,077
$ 2,229,337
Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests and Equity
Current liabilities
$ 299,649
$ 314,141
Long-term debt
348,565
348,369
Other long-term liabilities
356,000
303,350
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
171,943
66,529
Equity excluding treasury stock
2,322,714
2,070,162
Treasury stock
(1,031,794)
(873,214)
Total Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests and Equity
$ 2,467,077
$ 2,229,337
Unaudited Changes in Long-Term Assets - By Asset Class
(in millions)
Quarter Ended
Nine Months Ended
Sept. 30, 2026
June 30, 2026
Sept. 30, 2025
Sept. 30, 2026
Sept. 30, 2025
Equity
Beginning assets
$ 109,590
$ 100,832
$ 88,994
$ 97,898
$ 79,423
Sales1
8,527
9,062
6,845
26,680
22,218
Redemptions1
(6,624)
(10,202)
(6,975)
(23,704)
(19,148)
Net sales (redemptions)1
1,903
(1,140)
(130)
2,976
3,070
Net exchanges
1
134
154
(4)
40
Impact of foreign exchange2
(81)
(37)
(85)
(405)
1,692
Market gains and (losses)3
(874)
9,801
5,723
10,074
10,431
Ending assets
$ 110,539
$ 109,590
$ 94,656
$ 110,539
$ 94,656
Fixed Income
Beginning assets
$ 100,487
$ 99,798
$ 98,687
$ 100,127
$ 98,059
Sales1
7,085
7,687
7,545
20,699
18,756
Redemptions1
(6,385)
(7,864)
(5,887)
(20,598)
(19,827)
Net sales (redemptions)1
700
(177)
1,658
101
(1,071)
Net exchanges
(7)
(153)
(134)
(12)
(28)
Impact of foreign exchange2
(20)
(12)
(22)
(72)
271
Market gains and (losses)3
(1,761)
1,031
1,624
(745)
4,582
Ending assets
$ 99,399
$ 100,487
$ 101,813
$ 99,399
$ 101,813
Alternative/Private Markets
Beginning assets
$ 21,647
$ 18,991
$ 20,738
$ 19,101
$ 18,864
Sales1
562
650
670
1,841
2,537
Redemptions1
(701)
(1,002)
(2,291)
(2,250)
(3,866)
Net sales (redemptions)1
(139)
(352)
(1,621)
(409)
(1,329)
Net exchanges
1
8
0
9
0
Acquisitions/(dispositions)
0
3,237
0
3,237
109
Impact of foreign exchange2
(11)
26
(341)
(260)
1,282
Market gains and (losses)3
236
(263)
248
56
98
Ending assets
$ 21,734
$ 21,647
$ 19,024
$ 21,734
$ 19,024
Multi-asset
Beginning assets
$ 2,939
$ 2,778
$ 2,856
$ 2,854
$ 2,883
Sales1
45
41
45
144
152
Redemptions1
(85)
(102)
(92)
(281)
(334)
Net sales (redemptions)1
(40)
(61)
(47)
(137)
(182)
Net exchanges
0
0
(3)
1
(3)
Market gains and (losses)3
(44)
222
134
137
242
Ending assets
$ 2,855
$ 2,939
$ 2,940
$ 2,855
$ 2,940
Total Long-term Assets
Beginning assets
$ 234,663
$ 222,399
$ 211,275
$ 219,980
$ 199,229
Sales1
16,219
17,440
15,105
49,364
43,663
Redemptions1
(13,795)
(19,170)
(15,245)
(46,833)
(43,175)
Net sales (redemptions)1
2,424
(1,730)
(140)
2,531
488
Net exchanges
(5)
(11)
17
(6)
9
Acquisitions/(dispositions)
0
3,237
0
3,237
109
Impact of foreign exchange2
(112)
(23)
(448)
(737)
3,245
Market gains and (losses)3
(2,443)
10,791
7,729
9,522
15,353
Ending assets
$ 234,527
$ 234,663
$ 218,433
$ 234,527
$ 218,433
1)
For certain accounts, including separately managed accounts, institutional accounts, certain sub-advised funds and other managed offerings, Sales and Redemptions are calculated as the remaining difference between beginning and ending assets after the calculation of total investment return.
2)
Reflects the impact of translating non-U.S. dollar denominated assets under management (AUM) into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes.
3)
Reflects the approximate changes in the fair value of the securities held by the portfolios and, to a lesser extent, reinvested dividends, distributions and net investment income.
Unaudited Changes in Long-Term Assets - By Asset Class and Offering Type
(in millions)
Quarter Ended
Sept. 30, 2026
Equity
Fixed Income
Alternative / Private
Markets
Multi-asset
Total
Funds
Separate
Accounts1
Funds
Separate
Accounts1
Funds
Separate
Accounts1
Funds
Separate
Accounts1
Funds.
Separate
Accounts1
Beginning assets
$ 64,069
$ 45,521
$ 46,189
$ 54,298
$ 14,918
$ 6,729
$ 2,935
$ 4
$ 128,111
$ 106,552
Sales
4,333
4,194
3,841
3,244
489
73
44
1
8,707
7,512
Redemptions
(4,322)
(2,302)
(4,040)
(2,345)
(566)
(135)
(85)
0
(9,013)
(4,782)
Net sales (redemptions)
11
1,892
(199)
899
(77)
(62)
(41)
1
(306)
2,730
Net exchanges
1
0
(7)
0
1
0
0
0
(5)
0
Impact of foreign exchange2
(53)
(28)
(13)
(7)
(7)
(4)
0
0
(73)
(39)
Market gains and (losses)3
(922)
48
(1,001)
(760)
244
(8)
(45)
1
(1,724)
(719)
Ending assets
$ 63,106
$ 47,433
$ 44,969
$ 54,430
$ 15,079
$ 6,655
$ 2,849
$ 6
$ 126,003
$ 108,524
Nine Months Ended
Sept. 30, 2026
Equity
Fixed Income
Alternative / Private
Markets
Multi-asset
Total
Funds
Separate
Accounts1
Funds
Separate
Accounts1
Funds
Separate
Accounts1
Funds
Separate
Accounts1
Funds
Separate
Accounts1
Beginning assets
$ 54,988
$ 42,910
$ 45,973
$ 54,154
$ 12,085
$ 7,016
$ 2,850
$ 4
$ 115,896
$ 104,084
Sales
15,631
11,049
11,693
9,006
1,674
167
143
1
29,141
20,223
Redemptions
(12,963)
(10,741)
(12,027)
(8,571)
(1,545)
(705)
(281)
0
(26,816)
(20,017)
Net sales (redemptions)
2,668
308
(334)
435
129
(538)
(138)
1
2,325
206
Net exchanges
(24)
20
(12)
0
9
0
1
0
(26)
20
Acquisition/(dispositions)
0
0
0
0
2,788
449
0
0
2,788
449
Impact of foreign exchange2
(279)
(126)
(42)
(30)
(154)
(106)
0
0
(475)
(262)
Market gains and (losses)3
5,753
4,321
(616)
(129)
222
(166)
136
1
5,495
4,027
Ending assets
$ 63,106
$ 47,433
$ 44,969
$ 54,430
$ 15,079
$ 6,655
$ 2,849
$ 6
$ 126,003
$ 108,524
1)
Includes separately managed accounts, institutional accounts, certain sub-advised funds and other managed offerings. For certain accounts, Sales and Redemptions are calculated as the remaining difference between beginning and ending assets after the calculation of total investment return.
2)
Reflects the impact of translating non-U.S. dollar denominated AUM into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes.
3)
Reflects the approximate changes in the fair value of the securities held by the portfolios and, to a lesser extent, reinvested dividends, distributions and net investment income.
Unaudited Changes in Long-Term Assets - By Offering Type
(in millions)
Quarter Ended
Nine Months Ended
Sept. 30, 2026
June 30, 2026
Sept. 30, 2025
Sept. 30, 2026
Sept. 30, 2025
Total Fund Assets
Beginning assets
$ 128,111
$ 116,222
$ 110,409
$ 115,896
$ 103,567
Sales
8,707
9,927
9,018
29,141
27,050
Redemptions
(9,013)
(8,837)
(8,349)
(26,816)
(26,278)
Net sales (redemptions)
(306)
1,090
669
2,325
772
Net exchanges
(5)
(1)
17
(26)
20
Acquisitions/(dispositions)
0
2,788
0
2,788
109
Impact of foreign exchange1
(73)
(59)
(294)
(475)
1,704
Market gains and (losses)2
(1,724)
8,071
4,414
5,495
9,043
Ending assets
$ 126,003
$ 128,111
$ 115,215
$ 126,003
$ 115,215
Total Separate Account Assets3
Beginning assets
$ 106,552
$ 106,177
$ 100,866
$ 104,084
$ 95,662
Sales4
7,512
7,513
6,087
20,223
16,613
Redemptions4
(4,782)
(10,333)
(6,896)
(20,017)
(16,897)
Net sales (redemptions)4
2,730
(2,820)
(809)
206
(284)
Net exchanges
0
(10)
0
20
(11)
Acquisitions/(dispositions)
0
449
0
449
0
Impact of foreign exchange1
(39)
36
(154)
(262)
1,541
Market gains and (losses)2
(719)
2,720
3,315
4,027
6,310
Ending assets
$ 108,524
$ 106,552
$ 103,218
$ 108,524
$ 103,218
Total Long-term Assets3
Beginning assets
$ 234,663
$ 222,399
$ 211,275
$ 219,980
$ 199,229
Sales4
16,219
17,440
15,105
49,364
43,663
Redemptions4
(13,795)
(19,170)
(15,245)
(46,833)
(43,175)
Net sales (redemptions)4
2,424
(1,730)
(140)
2,531
488
Net exchanges
(5)
(11)
17
(6)
9
Acquisitions/(dispositions)
0
3,237
0
3,237
109
Impact of foreign exchange1
(112)
(23)
(448)
(737)
3,245
Market gains and (losses)2
(2,443)
10,791
7,729
9,522
15,353
Ending assets
$ 234,527
$ 234,663
$ 218,433
$ 234,527
$ 218,433
1)
Reflects the impact of translating non-U.S. dollar denominated AUM into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes.
2)
Reflects the approximate changes in the fair value of the securities held by the portfolios and, to a lesser extent, reinvested dividends, distributions and net investment income.
3)
Includes separately managed accounts, institutional accounts, certain sub-advised funds and other managed offerings.
4)
For certain accounts, Sales and Redemptions are calculated as the remaining difference between beginning and ending assets after the calculation of total investment return.
Unaudited Managed Assets
(in millions)
Sept. 30, 2026
June 30, 2026
March 31, 2026
Dec. 31, 2025
Sept. 30, 2025
By Asset Class
Equity1
$ 110,539
$ 109,590
$ 100,832
$ 97,898
$ 94,656
Fixed-Income
99,399
100,487
99,798
100,127
101,813
Alternative / Private Markets
21,734
21,647
18,991
19,101
19,024
Multi-Asset1
2,855
2,939
2,778
2,854
2,940
Total Long-Term Assets
234,527
234,663
222,399
219,980
218,433
Money Market
649,883
676,897
684,748
682,604
652,767
Total Managed Assets
$ 884,410
$ 911,560
$ 907,147
$ 902,584
$ 871,200
By Offering Type
Funds:
Equity
$ 63,106
$ 64,069
$ 55,188
$ 54,988
$ 54,110
Fixed-Income
44,969
46,189
45,921
45,973
46,478
Alternative / Private Markets
15,079
14,918
12,339
12,085
11,814
Multi-Asset
2,849
2,935
2,774
2,850
2,813
Total Long-Term Assets
126,003
128,111
116,222
115,896
115,215
Money Market
486,270
499,927
502,775
508,403
492,701
Total Fund Assets
$ 612,273
$ 628,038
$ 618,997
$ 624,299
$ 607,916
Separate Accounts:
Equity1
$ 47,433
$ 45,521
$ 45,644
$ 42,910
$ 40,546
Fixed-Income
54,430
54,298
53,877
54,154
55,335
Alternative / Private Markets
6,655
6,729
6,652
7,016
7,210
Multi-Asset1
6
4
4
4
127
Total Long-Term Assets
108,524
106,552
106,177
104,084
103,218
Money Market
163,613
176,970
181,973
174,201
160,066
Total Separate Account Assets
$ 272,137
$ 283,522
$ 288,150
$ 278,285
$ 263,284
Total Managed Assets
$ 884,410
$ 911,560
$ 907,147
$ 902,584
$ 871,200
1) A Separate Account was reclassified from Multi-Asset to Equity effective October 1, 2025.
Unaudited Average Managed Assets
Quarter Ended
(in millions)
Sept. 30, 2026
June 30, 2026
March 31, 2026
Dec. 31, 2025
Sept. 30, 2025
By Asset Class
Equity1
$ 112,104
$ 107,031
$ 102,037
$ 96,404
$ 92,436
Fixed-Income
100,137
100,041
100,996
100,855
99,206
Alternative / Private Markets
22,000
22,359
19,232
18,971
19,862
Multi-Asset1
2,928
2,898
2,859
2,836
2,895
Total Long-Term Assets
237,169
232,329
225,124
219,066
214,399
Money Market
660,526
677,685
690,450
654,635
645,092
Total Avg. Managed Assets
$ 897,695
$ 910,014
$ 915,574
$ 873,701
$ 859,491
By Offering Type
Funds:
Equity
$ 64,370
$ 60,933
$ 56,987
$ 55,101
$ 51,828
Fixed-Income
46,043
45,827
46,096
46,116
45,743
Alternative / Private Markets
15,198
15,253
12,254
11,871
12,347
Multi-Asset
2,923
2,893
2,855
2,833
2,770
Total Long-Term Assets
128,534
124,906
118,192
115,921
112,688
Money Market
491,758
498,338
507,752
493,355
482,237
Total Avg. Fund Assets
$ 620,292
$ 623,244
$ 625,944
$ 609,276
$ 594,925
Separate Accounts:
Equity1
$ 47,734
$ 46,098
$ 45,050
$ 41,303
$ 40,608
Fixed-Income
54,094
54,214
54,900
54,739
53,463
Alternative / Private Markets
6,802
7,106
6,978
7,100
7,515
Multi-Asset1
5
5
4
3
125
Total Long-Term Assets
108,635
107,423
106,932
103,145
101,711
Money Market
168,768
179,347
182,698
161,280
162,855
Total Avg. Separate Account Assets
$ 277,403
$ 286,770
$ 289,630
$ 264,425
$ 264,566
Total Avg. Managed Assets
$ 897,695
$ 910,014
$ 915,574
$ 873,701
$ 859,491
1) A Separate Account was reclassified from Multi-Asset to Equity effective October 1, 2025.
Unaudited Average Managed Assets
Nine Months Ended
(in millions)
Sept. 30, 2026
Sept. 30, 2025
By Asset Class
Equity1
$ 107,057
$ 86,035
Fixed-Income
100,392
98,977
Alternative / Private Markets
21,197
19,642
Multi-Asset1
2,895
2,858
Total Long-Term Assets
231,541
207,512
Money Market
676,220
639,154
Total Avg. Managed Assets
$ 907,761
$ 846,666
By Offering Type
Funds:
Equity
$ 60,763
$ 47,684
Fixed-Income
45,989
45,477
Alternative / Private Markets
14,235
12,109
Multi-Asset
2,890
2,733
Total Long-Term Assets
123,877
108,003
Money Market
499,283
469,549
Total Avg. Fund Assets
$ 623,160
$ 577,552
Separate Accounts:
Equity1
$ 46,294
$ 38,351
Fixed-Income
54,403
53,500
Alternative / Private Markets
6,962
7,533
Multi-Asset1
5
125
Total Long-Term Assets
107,664
99,509
Money Market
176,937
169,605
Total Avg. Separate Account Assets
$ 284,601
$ 269,114
Total Avg. Managed Assets
$ 907,761
$ 846,666
1) A Separate Account was reclassified from Multi-Asset to Equity effective October 1, 2025.
Builders FirstSource, Inc. (BLDR) Q3 2026 Earnings Call October 29, 2026 9:00 AM EDT
Company Participants
Heather Kos - Senior Vice President of Investor Relations
Peter Jackson - President, CEO & Director
Pete Beckmann - Executive VP & CFO
Conference Call Participants
Matthew Bouley - Barclays Bank PLC, Research Division
Christopher Kalata - RBC Capital Markets, Research Division
Charles Perron-Piché - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division
Rafe Jadrosich - BofA Securities, Research Division
Ryan Merkel - William Blair & Company L.L.C., Research Division
Matthew Johnson - UBS Investment Bank, Research Division
David Manthey - Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, Research Division
Keith Hughes - Truist Securities, Inc., Research Division
Richard Reid - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division
Trevor Allinson - Wolfe Research, LLC
Reuben Garner - StoneX Financial, Inc., Research Division
Collin Verron - Deutsche Bank AG, Research Division
Philip Ng - Jefferies LLC, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Good day, and welcome to the Builders FirstSource Third Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. Today's call is scheduled to last about 1 hour, including remarks by management and the Q&A session. [Operator Instructions] I would now like to turn the call over to Heather Kos, Senior Vice President, Investor Relations for Builders FirstSource. Please go ahead, ma'am.
Heather Kos
Senior Vice President of Investor Relations
Good morning, and welcome to our third quarter 2026 earnings call. With me on the call are Peter Jackson, our CEO; and Pete Beckmann, our CFO. The earnings press release and presentation are available on our website at investors.bldr.com. We will refer to the presentation during our call.
The results discussed today include GAAP and non-GAAP results adjusted for certain items. We provide these non-GAAP results for informational purposes, and they should not be considered in isolation from the most directly comparable GAAP measures. You can find the reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures to the corresponding GAAP measures where
Q3'26 net sales of $544.5 million, an increase of 10% Y/YQ3'26 net income of $30.0 million and earnings per diluted share of $1.73Sales volumes increased 3% Y/Y primarily driven by new business wins across all segmentsQ3'26 non-GAAP net income of $41.4 million and non-GAAP earnings per diluted share of $2.39, an increase of 15% Y/YDelivered Q3'26 adjusted EBITDA of $89.8 million, an 8% increase Y/Y, /PRNewswire/ -- Quaker Houghton ("the Company") (NYSE: KWR), the global leader in industrial process fluids, announced its third quarter 2026 results today.
Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
($ in thousands, except per share data)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net sales
$ 544,548
$ 493,842
$ 1,557,577
$ 1,420,156
Net income (loss) attributable to Quaker Chemical Corporation
29,977
30,469
76,481
(23,189)
Net income (loss) attributable to Quaker Chemical Corporation
common shareholders – diluted
1.73
1.75
4.40
(1.32)
Non-GAAP net income *
41,411
36,270
107,688
94,298
Non-GAAP earnings per diluted share *
2.39
2.08
6.20
5.37
Adjusted EBITDA *
89,781
82,851
247,477
227,377
* Refer to the Non-GAAP Measures and Reconciliations section below for additional information
Third Quarter 2026 Consolidated Results
Net sales in the third quarter of 2026 were $544.5 million, an increase of 10% compared to $493.8 million in the third quarter of 2025. This increase was primarily driven by an improvement in selling price and product mix of 7% and an increase in sales volumes of 3%. The increase in selling price and product mix reflects pricing actions taken to offset higher raw material costs, as well as changes in the mix of products and services, and the impact of our index-based customer contracts. The increase in sales volumes compared to the prior year was primarily a result of new business wins across all segments.
The Company reported net income in the third quarter of 2026 of $30.0 million, or $1.73 per diluted share, compared to $30.5 million, or $1.75 per diluted share, in the third quarter of 2025. Excluding non-recurring and non-core items in each period, the Company's non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP earnings per diluted share were $41.4 million and $2.39, respectively, in the third quarter of 2026 compared to $36.3 million and $2.08, respectively, in the third quarter of 2025. The Company generated adjusted EBITDA of $89.8 million in the third quarter of 2026, an increase of approximately 8% compared to $82.9 million in the third quarter of 2025, primarily driven by the increase in net sales, partially offset by higher input costs and SG&A expenses. See the Non-GAAP Measures and Reconciliations section below for additional information.
Joe Berquist, Chief Executive Officer and President, commented, "Net sales increased 10% compared with the prior year, driven by new business wins across all segments, leading to a fifth consecutive quarter of year-over-year profitability improvement. Our results were led by strong growth in the Americas and improved operating earnings in EMEA despite end markets that remain challenged amid the backdrop of ongoing conflict in the Middle East. Asia Pacific continued to generate volume growth even as market conditions softened in China throughout the quarter. I am proud of our team's consistent execution and ability to convert above-market growth into higher earnings, leading to our second consecutive quarter of record adjusted EBITDA.
"Looking ahead, we anticipate fourth quarter revenue and adjusted EBITDA will improve year-over-year but decline sequentially from the third quarter's record level in line with normal seasonal demand patterns from the holiday season in North America and EMEA. Activity in Asia is expected to remain soft in the fourth quarter as geopolitical and economic uncertainty have tempered industrial demand in China, and we anticipate global raw material costs will remain elevated through the end of the year as the conflict in the Middle East continues. We remain focused on advancing our transformation initiatives and carrying our positive earnings momentum into 2027."
Third Quarter 2026 Segment Results
The Company's third quarter of 2026 operating performance for each of its three reportable segments: (i) Americas; (ii) EMEA; and (iii) Asia/Pacific, is further described below.
Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net Sales *
Americas
$ 254,030
$ 222,787
$ 704,271
$ 657,560
EMEA
152,466
143,900
452,985
413,101
Asia/Pacific
138,052
127,155
400,321
349,495
Total net sales
$ 544,548
$ 493,842
$ 1,557,577
$ 1,420,156
Segment operating earnings *
Americas
$ 65,657
$ 58,913
$ 176,845
$ 176,351
EMEA
31,174
26,479
89,475
74,867
Asia/Pacific
35,055
35,569
105,890
90,214
Total segment operating earnings
$ 131,886
$ 120,961
$ 372,210
$ 341,432
* Refer to the Segment Measures and Reconciliations section below for additional information
The following table summarizes the sales variances by reportable segment and consolidated operations in the third quarter of 2026 compared to the third quarter of 2025:
Sales volumes
Selling price &
product mix
Foreign
currency
Acquisition &
other
Total
Americas
6 %
8 %
— %
— %
14 %
EMEA
(2) %
10 %
(2) %
— %
6 %
Asia/Pacific
5 %
3 %
1 %
— %
9 %
Consolidated
3 %
7 %
— %
— %
10 %
Net sales in the Americas segment in the third quarter of 2026 increased 14% compared to the same period in 2025, due to an increase in sales volumes and an increase in selling price and product mix. Net sales in the Asia/Pacific segment increased 9% in the third quarter of 2026 compared to the same period in 2025, as a result of an increase in sales volumes, an increase in selling price and product mix, and a favorable impact of foreign currency translation. Net sales in the EMEA segment increased 6% in the third quarter of 2026 compared to the same period in 2025, due to an increase in selling price and product mix, partially offset by a decrease in sales volumes resulting from the reversal of pre-buy activity in the second quarter, and an unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation.
Underlying end market activity in the third quarter of 2026 was flat to slightly lower than prior year levels, while new business wins across all segments led to year-over-year volume growth compared to the prior year quarter. The increase in selling price and product mix in the third quarter of 2026 compared to the same period in 2025 reflects pricing actions taken to offset higher raw material costs across all segments, as well as changes in the mix of products and services, and the impact of our index-based customer contracts.
Consolidated net sales increased approximately 2% compared to the second quarter of 2026, driven by an increase in selling price and product mix across all segments and an increase in sales volumes in the Americas and Asia/Pacific segments, offset by a decrease in sales volumes in the EMEA segment.
Segment operating earnings for the EMEA segment increased compared to the prior year quarter, primarily due to an increase in net sales and an improvement in segment operating margins. Segment operating earnings for the Americas segment increased compared to the prior year quarter, primarily due to an increase in net sales, partially offset by lower segment operating margins and higher SG&A. Segment operating earnings for the Asia/Pacific segment decreased compared to the prior year quarter primarily due to lower segment operating margins, partially offset by an increase in net sales. Segment operating earnings increased in the Americas segment in the third quarter of 2026 compared to the second quarter of 2026, primarily driven by an increase in net sales and improved segment operating margins. Segment operating earnings decreased in the EMEA and Asia/Pacific segments in the third quarter of 2026 compared to the second quarter of 2026, primarily driven by a decrease in net sales in the EMEA segment and lower segment operating margins in the Asia/Pacific segment driven by persistent input cost inflation.
Cash Flow and Liquidity Highlights
Net cash provided by operating activities was $47.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2026, compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $89.9 million for the same period in 2025. The Company's decrease in operating cash flow year-over-year primarily reflects higher net cash outflows from working capital, partially offset by improved operating performance and lower outflows from restructuring activities.
As of September 30, 2026, the Company's total gross debt was $894.6 million and its cash and cash equivalents was $167.0 million, which resulted in net debt of approximately $727.6 million. The Company's net debt divided by its trailing twelve months adjusted EBITDA was approximately 2.3x. In the third quarter of 2026, the Company repurchased 21,781 shares for $3.3 million.
Non-GAAP Measures and Reconciliations
The information in this press release includes non-GAAP (unaudited) financial information that includes EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, non-GAAP operating income, non-GAAP operating margin, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, taxes on income before equity in net income of associated companies – adjusted, non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP earnings per diluted share. The Company believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information as they enhance a reader's understanding of the financial performance of the Company, facilitate a comparison among fiscal periods, and exclude items that management believes are not indicative of future operating performance or considered core to the Company's operations. Non-GAAP results are presented for supplemental informational purposes only and should not be considered a substitute for the financial information presented in accordance with GAAP. In addition, our definitions of EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, non-GAAP operating income, non-GAAP operating margin, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin, taxes on income before equity in net income of associated companies – adjusted, non-GAAP net income, and non-GAAP earnings per diluted share, as discussed and reconciled below to the most comparable GAAP measures, may not be comparable to similarly named measures reported by other companies.
The Company presents EBITDA, which is calculated as net income attributable to the Company before depreciation and amortization, interest expense, and taxes on income before equity in net income of associated companies. The Company also presents adjusted EBITDA, which is calculated as EBITDA plus or minus certain items that management believes are not indicative of future operating performance or considered core to the Company's operations. In addition, the Company presents non-GAAP operating income, which is calculated as operating income plus or minus certain items that management believes are not indicative of future operating performance or considered core to the Company's operations. The Company also presents non-GAAP gross profit, which is calculated as gross profit plus or minus certain items that management believes are not indicative of future operating performance or considered core to the Company's operations. Additionally, the Company presents non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA margin, non-GAAP operating margin, and non-GAAP gross margin, which are calculated as the percentage of adjusted EBITDA, non-GAAP operating income, and non-GAAP gross profit to consolidated net sales, respectively. The Company believes these non-GAAP measures provide transparent and useful information and are widely used by analysts, investors, and competitors in our industry, as well as by management in assessing the operating performance of the Company on a consistent basis.
Additionally, the Company presents non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP earnings per diluted share as additional performance measures. Non-GAAP net income is calculated as adjusted EBITDA, defined above, less depreciation and amortization, interest expense, and taxes on income before equity in net income of associated companies, in each case adjusted, as applicable, for any depreciation, amortization, interest or tax impacts resulting from the non-core items identified in the reconciliation of net income attributable to the Company to adjusted EBITDA. Non-GAAP earnings per diluted share is calculated as non-GAAP net income per diluted share as accounted for under the "two-class share method." The Company believes that non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP earnings per diluted share provide transparent and useful information and are widely used by analysts, investors, and competitors in our industry, as well as by management in assessing the performance of the Company on a consistent basis.
As it relates to future projections for the Company as well as other forward-looking information contained in this press release, the Company has not provided guidance for comparable GAAP measures or a quantitative reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure because it is unable to determine with reasonable certainty the ultimate outcome of certain significant items necessary to calculate such measures without unreasonable effort. These items include, but are not limited to, certain non-recurring or non-core items the Company may record that could materially impact net income. These items are uncertain, depend on various factors, and could have a material impact on the U.S. GAAP reported results for the guidance period.
The Company's reference to trailing twelve months adjusted EBITDA within this press release refers to the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2026 adjusted EBITDA of $319.3 million, which consists of (i) the nine months ended September 30, 2026 adjusted EBITDA of $247.5 million, as presented in the non-GAAP reconciliations below, and (ii) the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 adjusted EBITDA of $299.2 million, as presented in the non-GAAP reconciliations included in the Company's fourth quarter and full year 2025 results press release dated February 23, 2026, less (iii) the nine months ended September 30, 2025 adjusted EBITDA of $227.4 million, as presented in the non-GAAP reconciliations below.
Certain of the prior period non-GAAP financial measures presented in the following tables have been adjusted to conform with current period presentation. The following tables reconcile the Company's non-GAAP financial measures (unaudited) to their most directly comparable GAAP (unaudited) financial measures (dollars in thousands unless otherwise noted, except per share amounts):
Pension and postretirement benefit costs, non-service components
0.02
0.02
0.04
0.06
Impairment charges
—
—
—
4.91
Product liability claim reimbursement
—
—
(0.04)
—
Currency conversion impacts of hyper-inflationary economies
0.03
0.05
0.07
0.12
Loss on acquisition-related hedges
—
—
—
0.06
Loss (gain) on sale of assets
0.01
—
0.01
(0.11)
Multiemployer plan withdrawal charge
—
0.04
—
0.04
Brazilian non-income tax credits
—
(0.08)
—
(0.08)
Debt modification and extinguishment costs
—
—
0.08
—
Duplicate headquarter lease costs
0.05
—
0.09
—
Other charges (credits)
0.01
0.02
0.02
0.07
Discrete tax items
0.09
(0.02)
0.21
0.11
Acquisition-related depreciation and amortization
0.06
0.06
0.19
0.13
Non-GAAP earnings per diluted share
$ 2.39
$ 2.08
$ 6.20
$ 5.37
a.
Depreciation and amortization for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2026 and 2025 each includes approximately
$0.2 million and $0.7 million, respectively, of amortization expense recorded within equity in net income of associated companies
in the Company's Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. This is attributable to the amortization of the fair value
purchase accounting step-up in connection with the acquisition of the Company's 50% equity interest in Korea Houghton
Corporation.
b.
Taxes on income before equity in net income of associated companies – adjusted includes the Company's tax expense adjusted for
the impact of any current and deferred income tax expense (benefit), as applicable, of the reconciling items presented in the
reconciliation of Net income attributable to Quaker Chemical Corporation to adjusted EBITDA, above, determined utilizing the
applicable rates in the taxing jurisdictions in which these adjustments occurred, subject to deductibility. This caption also includes
the impact of specific tax charges and benefits for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2026 and 2025.
Segment Measures and Reconciliations
Segment operating earnings for each of the Company's reportable segments are comprised of the segment's net sales less directly related product costs and other segment items. Operating expenses not directly attributable to the net sales of each respective segment, such as certain corporate and administrative costs and restructuring charges, are not included in segment operating earnings. Other items not specifically identified with the Company's reportable segments include Interest expense and Other expense, net.
The following table presents information about the performance of the Company's reportable segments (dollars in thousands):
Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net Sales
Americas
$ 254,030
$ 222,787
$ 704,271
$ 657,560
EMEA
152,466
143,900
452,985
413,101
Asia/Pacific
138,052
127,155
400,321
349,495
Total net sales
$ 544,548
$ 493,842
$ 1,557,577
$ 1,420,156
Segment operating earnings
Americas
$ 65,657
$ 58,913
$ 176,845
$ 176,351
EMEA
31,174
26,479
89,475
74,867
Asia/Pacific
35,055
35,569
105,890
90,214
Total segment operating earnings
131,886
120,961
372,210
341,432
Restructuring and related charges, net
(8,263)
(7,745)
(23,760)
(31,128)
Impairment charges
—
—
—
(88,840)
Non-operating and administrative expenses
(57,262)
(49,560)
(172,552)
(151,137)
Depreciation of corporate assets and amortization
(17,508)
(17,015)
(52,853)
(48,572)
Operating income
48,853
46,641
123,045
21,755
Other expense, net
(797)
(270)
(414)
(1,632)
Interest expense
(10,023)
(10,941)
(29,775)
(33,265)
Income (loss) before taxes and equity in net income of
associated companies
$ 38,033
$ 35,430
$ 92,856
$ (13,142)
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains "forward-looking statements" that fall under the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. We have based these forward-looking statements on assumptions, projections and expectations about future events that we believe are reasonable based on currently available information, including statements regarding the potential effects of economic downturns; tariffs, including retaliatory tariffs, "trade wars" and uncertainty surrounding changes in tariffs; inflation and global supply chain constraints on the Company's business, results of operations, and financial condition; our expectation that we will maintain sufficient liquidity and remain in compliance with the terms of the Company's credit facility; expectations about future demand and raw material costs; and statements regarding the impact of increased raw material costs and pricing initiatives. These forward-looking statements include statements with respect to our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, intentions, financial condition, results of operations, future performance, and business, which may differ materially from our actual results, including but not limited to the potential benefits of acquisitions and divestitures, the impacts on our business as a result of global supply chain constraints and other macroeconomic stresses and uncertainties, including political and geopolitical events, civil disturbances and endemics/pandemics or extreme weather events and other natural disasters that may adversely affect regional economic conditions, and our current and future results and plans and statements that include the words "may," "could," "should," "would," "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "estimate," "intend," "outlook," "target," "possible," "potential," "plan" or similar expressions. Such statements include information relating to current and future business activities, operational matters, capital spending, and financing sources. A major risk is that demand for the Company's products and services is largely derived from the demand for its customers' products, which subjects the Company to uncertainties related to downturns in a customer's business and unanticipated customer production slowdowns and shutdowns. Other major risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, inflationary pressures, including increases in raw material costs; supply chain constraints and the impacts of economic downturns; customer financial instability; high interest rates and their impact on our and our customers' business operations; the impacts from acts of war, terrorism and military conflicts, including those in Ukraine and the Middle East as well as economic and political actions taken by various government organizations; economic and political disruptions globally and the possibility of regime changes; the possibility of economic recession; legislative and regulatory developments including changes to existing laws and regulations, or the way they are interpreted, applied or enforced; tariffs, trade restrictions, and the economic and other sanctions imposed by other nations on Russia and Belarus and/or other government organizations; suspensions of activities in Russia by many multinational companies; foreign currency fluctuations; significant changes in applicable tax rates and regulations and the potential impacts therefrom, including those arising from H.R.1, commonly known as the "One Big Beautiful Bill Act"; other acts of violence; the impacts of consolidation in our industry, including loss or consolidation of a major customer; the effects of climate change, fires, or other natural disasters; and the potential occurrence of cyber-security breaches, cyber-security attacks and other technology outages and security incidents. Furthermore, the Company is subject to the same business cycles as those experienced by our customers in the steel, automobile, aircraft, industrial equipment, aluminum and durable goods industries. Our forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about the Company and its operations that are subject to change based on various important factors, some of which are beyond our control. These risks, uncertainties, and possible inaccurate assumptions relevant to our business could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and historical results. All forward-looking statements included in this press release, including expectations about future periods, are based upon information available to the Company as of the date of this press release, which may change. Therefore, we caution you not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. For more information regarding these risks and uncertainties as well as certain additional risks that we face, refer to the Risk Factors section, which appears in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, and in subsequent reports filed from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We do not intend to, and we disclaim any duty or obligation to, update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect new information or future events or for any other reason.
Conference Call
As previously announced, the Company's investor conference call to discuss its third quarter of 2026 performance is scheduled for Friday, October 30, 2026 at 8:00 a.m. ET. A live webcast of the conference call, together with supplemental information, can be accessed through the Company's Investor Relations website at investors.quakerhoughton.com. You can also access the conference call by dialing 877-269-7756.
About Quaker Houghton
Quaker Houghton is the global leader in industrial process fluids. With a presence around the world, including operations in over 25 countries, our customers include thousands of the world's most advanced and specialized steel, aluminum, automotive, aerospace, offshore, can, mining, and metalworking companies. Our high-performing, innovative and sustainable solutions are backed by best-in-class technology, deep process knowledge and customized services. With approximately 4,700 employees, including chemists, engineers and industry experts, we partner with our customers to improve their operations so they can run even more efficiently, even more effectively, whatever comes next. Quaker Houghton is headquartered in Conshohocken, Pennsylvania, located near Philadelphia in the United States. Visit quakerhoughton.com to learn more.
Quaker Chemical Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Unaudited; Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net sales
$ 544,548
$ 493,842
$ 1,557,577
$ 1,420,156
Cost of goods sold
351,025
312,977
998,115
906,308
Gross profit
193,523
180,865
559,462
513,848
Selling, general and administrative expenses
136,407
126,479
412,657
372,125
Impairment charges
—
—
—
88,840
Restructuring and related charges, net
8,263
7,745
23,760
31,128
Operating income
48,853
46,641
123,045
21,755
Other expense, net
(797)
(270)
(414)
(1,632)
Interest expense
(10,023)
(10,941)
(29,775)
(33,265)
Income (loss) before taxes and equity in net income of
associated companies
38,033
35,430
92,856
(13,142)
Taxes on income before equity in net income of associated
companies
11,830
9,266
30,147
22,280
Income (loss) before equity in net income of associated
companies
26,203
26,164
62,709
(35,422)
Equity in net income of associated companies
3,767
4,322
13,816
12,262
Net income (loss)
29,970
30,486
76,525
(23,160)
Less: Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interest
(7)
17
44
29
Net income (loss) attributable to Quaker Chemical Corporation
$ 29,977
$ 30,469
$ 76,481
$ (23,189)
Per share data:
Net income (loss) attributable to Quaker Chemical Corporation
common shareholders – basic
$ 1.74
$ 1.75
$ 4.43
$ (1.32)
Net income (loss) attributable to Quaker Chemical Corporation
common shareholders – diluted
$ 1.73
$ 1.75
$ 4.40
$ (1.32)
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
17,196,928
17,363,947
17,273,816
17,524,377
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
17,345,329
17,421,090
17,363,516
17,545,666
Quaker Chemical Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited; Dollars in thousands, except par value)
September 30,
2026
December 31,
2025
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 167,006
$ 179,829
Accounts receivable, net
487,955
417,157
Inventories
319,612
265,776
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
74,468
58,428
Total current assets
1,049,041
921,190
Property, plant and equipment, net
319,049
313,423
Right-of-use lease assets
51,256
38,737
Goodwill
506,772
501,720
Other intangible assets, net
813,174
873,540
Investments in associated companies
117,998
106,915
Deferred tax assets
11,258
12,128
Other non-current assets
46,784
30,283
Total assets
$ 2,915,332
$ 2,797,936
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt
$ 20,532
$ 35,657
Accounts payable
233,814
198,929
Dividends payable
9,111
8,804
Accrued compensation
51,799
41,192
Accrued restructuring
9,149
8,351
Accrued pension and postretirement benefits
2,115
2,126
Other accrued liabilities
98,993
85,097
Total current liabilities
425,513
380,156
Long-term debt
871,462
834,901
Long-term lease liabilities
35,494
22,759
Deferred tax liabilities
128,162
140,814
Non-current accrued pension and postretirement benefits
18,641
20,615
Other non-current liabilities
18,978
22,192
Total liabilities
1,498,250
1,421,437
Equity
Common stock $1 par value; authorized 30,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding
September 30, 2026 – 17,191,225 shares; December 31, 2025 – 17,331,779 shares
17,191
17,332
Capital in excess of par value
856,031
874,826
Retained earnings
646,422
596,616
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(105,978)
(115,661)
Total Quaker shareholders' equity
1,413,666
1,373,113
Noncontrolling interest
3,416
3,386
Total equity
1,417,082
1,376,499
Total liabilities and equity
$ 2,915,332
$ 2,797,936
Quaker Chemical Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited; Dollars in thousands)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2026
2025
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)
$ 76,525
$ (23,160)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization
76,393
68,471
Equity in undistributed earnings of associated companies, net of dividends
(7,358)
(4,366)
Deferred income taxes
(15,997)
(16,503)
Share-based compensation
10,570
10,419
Impairment charges
—
88,840
Restructuring and related charges, net
23,760
31,128
Inventory step-up amortization
—
6,022
Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment and other assets
422
(2,051)
Other adjustments
(6,133)
(5,082)
Increase (decrease) in cash from changes in current assets and current liabilities, net of
acquisitions:
Accounts receivable
(72,918)
4,585
Inventories
(57,185)
(16,473)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(14,741)
(4,258)
Accrued restructuring
(17,964)
(21,671)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
52,208
(25,992)
Net cash provided by operating activities
47,582
89,909
Cash flows from investing activities
Investments in property, plant and equipment
(32,466)
(33,630)
Payments related to acquisitions, net of cash acquired
—
(164,209)
Proceeds from disposition of assets
370
2,992
Other investing activities
3,380
1,828
Net cash used in investing activities
(28,716)
(193,019)
Cash flows from financing activities
Payments of long-term debt
(629,685)
(25,967)
Proceeds from long-term debt
800,000
—
Borrowings on revolving credit facilities
324,252
328,201
Payments on revolving credit facilities
(463,222)
(159,263)
Payments on other debt
—
(525)
Financing-related debt issuance costs
(6,232)
—
Dividends paid
(26,368)
(25,583)
Shares purchased under share repurchase programs
(27,480)
(36,496)
Other stock related activity
(2,024)
(1,099)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(30,759)
79,268
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
(930)
7,000
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(12,823)
(16,842)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
179,829
188,880
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
LOUISVILLE, Ky.--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Humana Inc. (NYSE: HUM) announced today that its Board of Directors has declared a cash dividend to stockholders of $0.885 per share payable on January 29, 2027 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on December 24, 2026.
About Humana
Humana (NYSE: HUM) is a leading U.S. healthcare company. Through our Humana insurance services and our CenterWell healthcare services, we make it easier for the millions of people we serve to achieve their best health – delivering the care and service they need, when they need it. These efforts are leading to a better quality of life for people with Medicare and Medicaid, families, individuals, military service personnel, and communities at large. Learn more about what we offer at Humana.com and at CenterWell.com.
BRENTWOOD, Tenn.--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Delek US Holdings, Inc. (NYSE:DK) (“Delek”) today announced that its Board of Directors has approved a quarterly dividend of $0.30 per share, an increase of ~18% over the previous dividend of $0.255 per share. The dividend is payable on November 18, 2026, to shareholders of record on November 10, 2026.About Delek US Holdings, Inc.Delek US Holdings, Inc. is a diversified downstream energy company with assets in petroleum refining, logistics, and pipelines. The r.
Glaukos (GKOS +33.65%) raised its 2026 sales forecast to $775 million to $785 million and set a preliminary 2027 target of $1 billion. Shares rose about 31% in midday trading. Third-quarter sales jumped 58% to about $211 million. The company's two newer launches now bring in enough to cover its heavy spending, and the 2027 target looks cautious, not stretched.
Key NumbersNet sales: $211.0 million, up 58% year over yearU.S. Glaucoma sales: $118.6 million, up 47%Corneal Health sales: $59.0 million, up 154%GAAP gross margin: about 85%, up from about 78%What It MeansThe growth is concentrated where it matters. U.S. Glaucoma includes the iDose TR drug implant, and Corneal Health includes the newer Epioxa treatment. Those two segments supplied all of the gain over the second quarter, while international glaucoma sales fell about 9%. Cost of sales barely rose as revenue surged, so the drug-based mix flows straight into gross margin.
GKOS Glaukos$242.48+$61.05 (+33.65%)
NYSE · As of 4:00 PM ET 10/29/26
Profit is thinner than the adjusted figures suggest. GAAP operating income was barely positive. The adjusted version excludes about $20 million of legal costs, including a resolution agreement with the University of California's regents that the release doesn't explain. Litigation costs were also excluded earlier in the year, so treating them as one-time is generous.
Guidance is the bigger story. The new 2026 range implies fourth-quarter sales of roughly $228 million to $238 million. At that pace, $1 billion in 2027 needs only modest growth from the year-end run rate, a low bar for a business growing this fast.
What to Watch NextTrack whether U.S. Glaucoma and Corneal Health keep growing from quarter to quarter, since they carry the guidance. Also watch whether legal charges keep showing up in the adjustments.
David Kretzmann has no position in any of the stocks mentioned. The Motley Fool has no position in any of the stocks mentioned. The Motley Fool has a disclosure policy.
DoorDash, Inc. (DASH) Q3 2026 Earnings Call October 29, 2026 8:30 AM EDT
Company Participants
Weston Twigg - Vice President of Finance & Investor Relations
Tony Xu - Co-Founder, CEO & Chair
Ravi Inukonda - Chief Financial Officer
Conference Call Participants
Andrew Boone - Citizens JMP Securities, LLC, Research Division
Shweta Khajuria - Wolfe Research, LLC
Deepak Mathivanan - Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., Research Division
Nikhil Devnani - Bernstein Institutional Services LLC, Research Division
Michael Morton - MoffettNathanson LLC
Josh Beck - Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Research Division
Bernard McTernan - Needham & Company, LLC, Research Division
Youssef Squali - Truist Securities, Inc., Research Division
Dominic Ball - Rothschild & Co Redburn, Research Division
Justin Post - BofA Securities, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Hello, everyone, and thank you for joining us, and welcome to the DoorDash Third Quarter 2026 Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions]
I will now hand the call over to Weston Twigg. Please go ahead.
Weston Twigg
Vice President of Finance & Investor Relations
All right. Thank you, Dustin. Good afternoon, everyone, and thanks for joining us for our Q3 2026 earnings call. I'm pleased to be joined today by Co-Founder, Chair and CEO, Tony Xu; and CFO, Ravi Inukonda.
We'll be making forward-looking statements during today's call, including, without limitation, our expectations for our business, financial position, operating performance, profitability, our guidance, strategies, capital allocation approach and the broader economic environment. When we -- we will also be making forward-looking statements about our pending acquisition of Instacart, including, without limitation, the expected timing and likelihood of completion of the acquisition and our plans, objectives, intentions and expectations with respect to the acquisition and the combined company.
Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described. Many of these uncertainties are described in our SEC filings, including our most
MILWAUKEE--(BUSINESS WIRE)--The Board of Directors of Sensient Technologies Corporation (NYSE: SXT) has declared a regular quarterly cash dividend on its common stock of $0.41 per share. The cash dividend will be paid on December 1, 2026, to shareholders of record on November 9, 2026. About Sensient Technologies Sensient Technologies Corporation is a leading global manufacturer and marketer of colors, flavors, and other specialty ingredients. Sensient uses advanced technologies and robust globa.
Gold reverses sharply as sellers defend resistance, putting key support levels at risk while monthly moving-average weakness raises the possibility of a deeper correction.
Newmark Group, Inc. ( NMRK ) Q3 2026 Earnings Call October 29, 2026 10:00 AM EDT Company Participants Jason McGruder - Head of Investor Relations Barry Gosin - Chief Executive Officer Michael Rispoli - Chief Financial Officer Lou Alvarado - Chief Operating Officer Conference Call Participants Alexander Goldfarb - Piper Sandler & Co., Research Division Jade Rahmani - Keefe, Bruyette, & Woods, Inc., Research Division Julien Blouin - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division Annabelle Ayer - Barclays Bank PLC, Research Division Patrick O'Shaughnessy - Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Research Division Mitch Germain - Citizens JMP Securities, LLC, Research Division Presentation Operator Good day, and welcome to the Newmark 3Q 2026 Public Financial Results Call. Today's conference is being recorded.
Newmark Group NASDAQ: NMRK reported record third-quarter revenue and higher adjusted earnings, driven by growth in its management and servicing businesses and leasing operations, while executives lowered their 2026 outlook to reflect macroeconomic volatility and uncertainty around transaction closings.
Total revenue rose 12.7% year over year to $973.2 million, which Chief Financial Officer Mike Rispoli described as an all-time third-quarter high. Adjusted EBITDA increased 14.6% to $166.4 million, while adjusted earnings per share rose 14.3% to $0.48.
Get Newmark Group alerts:
Chief Executive Officer Barry Gosin said the company continued to see “strong top and bottom-line improvement,” with management and servicing revenue increasing 18% and producing Newmark’s fifth consecutive record quarter in those businesses. Leasing revenue rose 26%, marking its strongest third quarter, according to Gosin.
Management, Leasing Lead Growth Rispoli said Management Services, Servicing Fees and Other revenue increased 18.3%, supported by organic growth in outsourcing businesses, same-store gains in Valuation & Advisory, and six acquisitions completed since the third quarter of 2025.
Leasing revenue increased 26.5%, reflecting higher industrial and office fees in several West Coast markets and Texas. Gosin said leasing demand was supported by artificial intelligence, data centers and other technology sectors, as well as manufacturing, legal services, aerospace, defense and healthcare.
Capital Markets revenue declined 4.4%. Newmark’s investment-sales volumes rose 33.4%, led by senior housing, affordable housing, industrial and retail activity, but that increase was offset by lower loan-origination activity. Rispoli said the origination business faced a difficult comparison with the prior-year quarter, when total debt volumes rose 129.1%.
Industry activity involving government-sponsored enterprises declined about 30% during the quarter, according to Rispoli. However, he said Newmark gained more than 70 basis points of combined Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac market share over the trailing 12 months.
Newmark said recurring businesses represented about 40% of year-to-date revenue, up from 24% in 2017. Gosin said the company expects management and servicing operations to generate more than $2 billion in annual revenue in 2029, implying double-digit growth.
Outlook Reduced Amid Capital Markets Uncertainty The company revised its full-year 2026 outlook, citing the anticipated effect of macroeconomic conditions on transaction volumes. Newmark now expects:
Total revenue of $3.7 billion to $3.8 billion, representing growth of 12% to 15%. Adjusted EBITDA of $629 million to $667 million, up 12% to 19%. An adjusted earnings tax rate of 13% to 15%, compared with 11.4% a year earlier. Adjusted EPS of $1.80 to $1.90, an increase of 11% to 17%. Rispoli said the projected results would still represent Newmark’s best annual performance for revenue, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EPS.
For 2027, management did not provide formal guidance but said it currently expects earnings, excluding acquisitions, could range from down 10% to up 10% compared with projected record 2026 results. Rispoli said recurring businesses are expected to maintain double-digit growth and leasing is expected to grow at a single-digit pace, but Capital Markets volume could remain under pressure through at least the first half of 2027.
He said a downside case would involve sustained interest-rate volatility and continued increases in the 10-year Treasury yield, which could cause Capital Markets revenue to decline by 20% to 30%. The company’s base case is for conditions to improve and for Newmark to have “a pretty good year” in 2027, he said.
Chief Operating Officer Lou Alvarado said deals have been taking longer to close following a 50-basis-point move higher in rates and an increase in the 10-year Treasury yield. Higher rates have also pressured capitalization rates and asset values, he said.
“Nobody’s walked from the table. They’ve just moved the table,” Gosin said of the company’s deal pipeline.
Cash Flow, Buybacks and Investment Priorities Total expenses rose 13.5%, or 10.8% excluding pass-through items, with most of the increase tied to commission-based revenue growth and global expansion initiatives, Rispoli said.
Newmark ended the quarter with $240 million in cash and cash equivalents, $877.5 million in total corporate debt and net leverage of 1x. Trailing 12-month adjusted free cash flow increased 16% to $336.8 million.
The company repurchased 3.9 million shares for $59.4 million near the end of the quarter. On Oct. 28, the board reauthorized a $400 million share-repurchase program, and Rispoli said management anticipates additional repurchases given the company’s financial position and recent share price.
Newmark has shifted more of its capital allocation toward acquisitions in recurring-revenue businesses after building out its U.S. platform and filling gaps in major Capital Markets asset classes, Rispoli said. The company has completed six acquisitions during the past year, all in Management Services, Servicing Fees and Other, according to management.
Leadership Transition and International Expansion Gosin reiterated that he will step down as CEO at the end of 2026 after 47 years with the company. He said Newmark is evaluating both internal and external candidates and expects to identify a successor by year-end. Gosin said he will remain involved to assist with the transition.
The company also plans to expand internationally over the next 18 to 24 months across nearly all service lines. About 13% of Newmark’s revenue currently comes from outside the United States, Gosin said, compared with more than double or triple that share for large full-service peers.
Management said international growth is intended to strengthen Newmark’s ability to compete for outsourcing assignments from global occupiers and broaden collaboration across its service lines.
About Newmark Group (NASDAQ:NMRK)Newmark Group, Inc is a global commercial real estate services company that provides advisory, transaction, and management services to occupiers, owners, investors, and developers. Its services cover office, industrial, retail, multifamily, hospitality, and other commercial property sectors.
The company assists clients with leasing, investment sales, acquisition and disposition advisory, debt and structured finance, valuation, consulting, and property and facilities management. Newmark also provides corporate real estate services, workplace strategy, capital markets advice, and technology-enabled data and research solutions.
Newmark serves clients through operations in major real estate markets across North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, and other international regions.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Should You Invest $1,000 in Newmark Group Right Now?Before you consider Newmark Group, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and Newmark Group wasn't on the list.
While Newmark Group currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
The space race is growing fast, and you don’t have to have gotten in early on SpaceX to profit. This report shows seven space stocks you can buy today that may grow as rockets, satellites, defense, space internet, and new space technology become more important.
Get This Free Report
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
Plexus Is Booming—But Can the Growth Story Last?Plexus NASDAQ: PLXS reported record fourth-quarter revenue and raised its fiscal 2027 growth outlook, citing stronger end-market demand, program ramps and continued market-share gains across its aerospace and defense, healthcare and industrial businesses.
For the fiscal fourth quarter, revenue reached a record $1.43 billion, up 9% sequentially and 35% year over year. Fiscal 2026 revenue rose 23% to approximately $5 billion. President and CEO Todd Kelsey said the company now expects fiscal 2027 revenue growth in the mid- to upper-teens range.
Get Plexus alerts:
This mid-cap tech stock just jumped 30%...and is still cheapNon-GAAP operating margin was 6.7% in the fourth quarter, improving 40 basis points sequentially and nearly 100 basis points from a year earlier. Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share totaled $2.84, exceeding the company’s guidance range. For the full fiscal year, non-GAAP operating margin increased 30 basis points to 6.2%.
New Margin Goal and Fiscal 2027 Outlook Plexus introduced a new long-term non-GAAP operating-margin target of 6.5% to 7%, replacing its prior 6% goal after consistently exceeding that threshold. CFO David Abuhl said the new target reflects expected benefits from revenue leverage, operational efficiencies, automation initiatives and continuous-improvement efforts, balanced against ongoing investments in people, technology, capacity and capabilities.
For the fiscal first quarter, Plexus guided for revenue of $1.41 billion to $1.46 billion, representing 34% year-over-year growth at the midpoint. The company expects non-GAAP operating margin of 6% to 6.4% and non-GAAP EPS of $2.46 to $2.62.
Abuhl said first-quarter margin is expected to decline sequentially as Plexus increases investments to support its improved revenue outlook. Still, the company expects operating-margin expansion for fiscal 2027, with operating flow-through at the low end of its 8% to 12% target range.
The company forecast fiscal 2027 free cash flow of more than $100 million. Plexus ended fiscal 2026 with a 62-day cash cycle, its best performance on record and one day better than the prior year. Fourth-quarter return on invested capital was 15.8%, the company’s highest result in nearly a decade and above its 15% enduring goal.
Manufacturing Wins and Pipeline Reach Records Plexus secured 36 new manufacturing wins in the fourth quarter, representing $290 million in annualized revenue once fully ramped. Fiscal 2026 wins totaled nearly $1.2 billion in annualized revenue.
Its funnel of qualified manufacturing opportunities grew by $1.2 billion, or 33% year over year, to a record $4.9 billion. Executive Vice President and COO Oliver Mihm said the increase was driven by record contributions from aerospace and defense and industrial opportunities.
Aerospace and defense: Fourth-quarter wins totaled $90 million, bringing fiscal-year wins to $490 million. Revenue in the sector rose 23% for fiscal 2026, and Plexus expects more than 20% growth in fiscal 2027. Healthcare/Life Sciences: Revenue increased 19% during fiscal 2026, driven by therapeutics and imaging. Fourth-quarter wins were $74 million, including three new customers. The company now expects high-single-digit fiscal 2027 growth. Industrial: Revenue rose 27% for fiscal 2026, including a 50% increase in semiconductor-capital-equipment revenue. Fourth-quarter wins totaled $126 million, and Plexus expects fiscal 2027 sector growth to exceed 20%. Within aerospace and defense, Mihm said growth was supported by defense, unmanned systems, commercial aerospace, security and space programs. He said the company sees a mix of increased defense spending and technology-driven opportunities, including engagement with “neo-primes.” Management also said potential demand benefits from Europe remain in the early stages.
In healthcare, Plexus cited growth in therapeutics and monitoring, along with opportunities in robotic surgery and pulsed-field ablation. Mihm added that engineering development activity in the Healthcare/Life Sciences business rose notably during the fourth quarter, which management views as a positive indicator for future demand.
Semi-Cap Strength and Efficiency Initiatives The industrial sector’s fourth-quarter revenue rose 17% sequentially, exceeding the company’s expectations. Plexus attributed the upside to its ability to respond to stronger demand and market-share opportunities among semiconductor-capital-equipment, industrial equipment and communications customers.
Management said semi-cap growth reflects a combination of rising end-market demand, existing share gains from the prior downturn, additional share gains during the current upcycle and program activity. Kelsey said Plexus has reasonable visibility into customer pipelines for roughly the next year, while emphasizing that the market remains cyclical and that the company is taking a conservative approach to longer-term forecasting.
Plexus also highlighted operational efficiency initiatives. Mihm said equipment efficiency has improved by more than 10% over the past two years, while revenue per team member increased about 20% over the same period. In a later response, he said revenue per employee was up 25% comparing the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 with the fourth quarter of fiscal 2026.
The company has also deployed an internal tool called Excellence Guide to help improve operator efficiency, agility and quality, with deployment increasing 110% year over year. Mihm said Plexus is using artificial intelligence to automate procurement of low-dollar purchase orders, with about 80% of relevant receipts now handled through the AI agent.
Plexus repurchased approximately $21 million of stock during the fourth quarter, completing its expanded fiscal 2026 repurchase program. Its board approved a new $100 million repurchase authorization in August for fiscal 2027, and repurchases have begun, Abuhl said.
About Plexus (NASDAQ:PLXS)Plexus Corp. is an electronics manufacturing services company that helps customers design, develop, manufacture and service complex electronic products. The company provides an integrated product-realization process spanning engineering and design, supply-chain management, manufacturing, testing, logistics and aftermarket services.
Plexus supports original equipment manufacturers in industries including healthcare and life sciences, industrial and commercial, aerospace and defense, and communications.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Should You Invest $1,000 in Plexus Right Now?Before you consider Plexus, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and Plexus wasn't on the list.
While Plexus currently has a Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
The space race is growing fast, and you don’t have to have gotten in early on SpaceX to profit. This report shows seven space stocks you can buy today that may grow as rockets, satellites, defense, space internet, and new space technology become more important.
Get This Free Report
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
SCHAFFHAUSEN, Switzerland, Oct. 29, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Monolithic Power Systems, Inc. (“MPS”) reported its results after market close on October 29, 2026 and will host a question-and-answer webinar at 2:00 p.m. PT / 5:00 p.m. ET. The webinar can be accessed from the Investor Relations section of the MPS website at www.monolithicpower.com.
In Q3, MPS achieved another significant milestone exceeding $1 billion in quarterly revenue for the first time. Q3 revenue of $1.2 billion was 22.6% higher than the second quarter of 2026 and 63.1% higher than the third quarter of 2025.
During the quarter:
Our capacity surpassed $6 billion dollars in annual revenue support. We expect to have $8 billion of capacity in place by the second half of 2027 on our way to $10 billion in support of our rapidly expanding business. In our enterprise data end market:
We saw strong demand across our existing customers which we expect to continue into 2027. In addition, using our in-house developed AI design tools we significantly expanded our customer base in traditional areas, as well as in new applications such as desktop AI designs. In addition to our rapid Enterprise Data growth:
In Automotive, we received first orders for our 48V power solutions and expect design wins for 48V and Zonal architectures to be a driver of growth in 2027.We started ramping robotics solutions with sensor and motor control products across multiple geographies.We landed our first large data converter design win which we expect to ramp 2027.We continued to increase our SAM with the ramp of our high speed memory products.We continued to build out our high voltage portfolio and began sampling GAN based solutions for use in 800V data center architectures complementing our existing SiC based designs. Our diversified market strategy remains unchanged:
MPS focuses on innovation and solving our customers’ most challenging problems.We consistently invest in new technologies that open new end markets and applications.We continue to transform from a chip-only semiconductor supplier to a full service solution provider.We continuously expand and diversify our global supply chain allowing us to capture future growth opportunities, maintain supply stability, and rapidly adapt to market changes as they occur. “Overall, we see accelerated growth. Our diversified growth strategy is paying off,” said Michael Hsing, CEO and founder of MPS.
Q3 2026 Revenue Results
We had record revenue of $1,202 million in the third quarter, 22.6% higher than the second quarter of 2026 and 63.1% higher than revenue in the third quarter of 2025. Compared with the second quarter of 2026, sales improved sequentially across Communications, Enterprise Data, Industrial, Automotive and Consumer end markets.
In our Communications end market, third quarter revenue of $187.4 million was up 42.5% from the second quarter primarily as a result of higher sales of power solutions for optical modules and switches. Third quarter Communications revenue was up 134.7% year over year. Communications sales represented 15.6% of our total third quarter revenue compared with 13.4% in the second quarter of 2026.
Third quarter Enterprise Data revenue of $506.7 million increased 33.2% from the second quarter. The sequential increase was driven by higher sales of our power management solutions for AI and server applications. Third quarter Enterprise Data revenue was up 164.6% year over year. Enterprise Data revenue represented 42.1% of our total third quarter revenue compared with 38.8% in the second quarter of 2026.
Third quarter Industrial revenue of $71.4 million increased 30.2% from the second quarter primarily as a result of higher sales for power sources. Third quarter Industrial revenue was up 29.0% year over year. Industrial revenue represented 6.0% of our total third quarter revenue compared with 5.6% in the second quarter of 2026.
Third quarter Automotive revenue of $180.7 million increased 15.0% from the second quarter primarily from higher sales of ADAS power solutions. Third quarter Automotive revenue was up 19.2% year over year. Automotive revenue represented 15.0% of our third quarter revenue compared with 16.0% in the second quarter of 2026.
Third quarter Consumer revenue of $64.0 million increased 12.6% from the second quarter. Third quarter Consumer revenue was down 11.6% year over year. Consumer revenue represented 5.3% of our total third quarter revenue compared with 5.8% in the second quarter of 2026.
Third quarter Storage and Computing revenue of $192.2 million decreased 3.8% from the second quarter. Third quarter Storage and Computing revenue was up 3.0% year over year. Storage and Computing revenue represented 16.0% of MPS’s third quarter revenue compared with 20.4% in the second quarter of 2026.
Q3 2026 Gross Margin & Operating Income
GAAP gross margin was 55.4%, 0.2 percentage points higher than the second quarter of 2026. Our GAAP operating income was $357.7 million compared to $303.9 million reported in the second quarter of 2026.
Non-GAAP gross margin for the third quarter of 2026 was 55.7%, 0.1 percentage points higher than the second quarter of 2026. Our non-GAAP operating income was $464.5 million compared to $367.7 million reported in the second quarter of 2026.
Q3 2026 Operating Expenses
GAAP operating expenses were $307.9 million in the third quarter of 2026 compared with $237.2 million in the second quarter of 2026. Non-GAAP operating expenses were $205.3 million, up from $177.6 million in the second quarter of 2026.
The differences between non-GAAP operating expenses and GAAP operating expenses for the quarters discussed here are primarily stock-based compensation and related expenses and deferred compensation plan income (expense).
Total stock-based compensation and related expenses, including approximately $3.7 million charged to cost of goods sold, was $106.3 million in the third quarter of 2026 compared with $53.5 million in the second quarter of 2026.
The Bottom Line
Third quarter 2026 GAAP net income was $271.1 million or $5.51 per fully diluted share, compared with $257.3 million or $5.22 per fully diluted share in the second quarter of 2026.
Third quarter 2026 non-GAAP net income was $402.7 million or $8.19 per fully diluted share, compared with $320.1 million or $6.50 per fully diluted share in the second quarter of 2026.
Third quarter 2026 non-GAAP tax rate of 15% was flat to the second quarter of 2026.
There were 49.2 million fully diluted shares outstanding at the end of the third quarter of 2026.
We repurchased $453.4 million of our stock in the third quarter, compared to $4.0 million in the second quarter of 2026.
Balance Sheet and Cash Flow
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments were $1,091 million at the end of the third quarter of 2026 compared to $1,414 million at the end of the second quarter of 2026. For the third quarter of 2026, MPS generated operating cash flow of $289.9 million compared with second quarter of 2026 operating cash flow of $227.9 million.
Accounts receivable at the end of the third quarter of 2026 were $461.6 million, representing 35 days of sales outstanding, which was 3 days higher than the 32 days reported at the end of the second quarter of 2026.
Our internal inventories at the end of the third quarter of 2026 were $764.9 million, up from $675.8 million at the end of the second quarter of 2026. Days of inventory of 130 days at the end of the third quarter of 2026 was 10 days lower than at the end of the second quarter of 2026.
Comparing current inventory levels using next quarter’s projected revenue, days of inventory at the end of the third quarter of 117 days was 2 days higher than at the end of the second quarter of 2026.
Selected Balance Sheet and Inventory Data(Unaudited) Q3'26 Q2'26 Q3'25 Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Short-Term Investments$ 1,091.2 M $ 1,413.8 M $ 1,269.5 M Operating Cash Flow$ 289.9 M $ 227.9 M $ 239.3 M Accounts Receivable$ 461.6 M $ 343.6 M $ 241.6 M Days of Sales Outstanding35 Days 32 Days 30 Days Internal Inventories$ 764.9 M $ 675.8 M $ 505.7 M Days of Inventory (current quarter revenue)130 Days 140 Days 139 Days Days of Inventory (next quarter revenue)117 Days 115 Days 137 Days
Q4 2026 Business Outlook
For the fourth quarter of 2026 ending December 31, we are forecasting:
Revenue in the range of $1,315 million to $1,385 million.GAAP gross margin in the range of 55.2% to 55.8%.Non-GAAP gross margin in the range of 55.5% to 56.1%, which excludes the impact from stock-based compensation and related expenses as well as the impact from amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets.Total stock-based compensation and related expenses in the range of $121.0 million to $125.0 million including approximately $3.8 million that would be charged to cost of goods sold.GAAP operating expenses between $334.0 million and $342.0 million.Non-GAAP operating expenses in the range of $216.8 million to $220.8 million. This estimate excludes stock-based compensation and related expenses in the range of $117.2 million to $121.2 million.Interest and other income in the range from $7.8 million to $8.2 million before foreign exchange gains or losses.Non-GAAP tax rate of 15% for 2026.Fully diluted shares outstanding in the range of 48.9 to 49.3 million shares. Furthermore, in October 2026, our Board of Directors authorized an additional $500 million for stock repurchases, bringing our total current authorization to $1 billion after repurchases made during the third quarter of 2026.
For further information, contact:
Tony Balow
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Monolithic Power Systems, Inc.
[email protected]
Safe Harbor Statement
This earnings commentary contains, and statements that will be made during the accompanying webinar will contain, forward-looking statements, as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that should not be unduly relied upon, including under the “Q4 2026 Business Outlook” section herein, the quote from our Chief Executive Officer regarding our growth and success of our business strategy, our statements regarding our business focus, expected capacity growth and the timing thereof, expected strong demand across our existing customers into 2027, expected design wins as a driver of growth for our Automotive end market in 2027, increasing sales of robotic solutions across multiple geographies, increasing sales of large data converters in 2027, the continued increase in our SAM through increasing sales of our high speed memory products, the build out of our high voltage portfolio and GAN based solutions, investments in new technologies that open new end markets and applications, and the expansion and diversification of our supply chain to allow us to capture future growth opportunities, maintain supply stability and swiftly adapt to market changes as they occur, including, among other things, (i) projected revenue, GAAP and non-GAAP gross margin, GAAP and non-GAAP operating expenses, stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, other income before foreign exchange gains or losses, and fully diluted shares outstanding, (ii) our outlook for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2026 and the near-term, medium-term and long-term prospects of MPS, including our ability to adapt to changing market conditions, performance against our business plan, our ability to grow despite the various challenges facing our business, our industry and the global economic environment, potential new business segments, our continued investment in research and development (“R&D”), expected revenue growth, customers’ acceptance of our new product offerings, the prospects of our new product development, our expectations regarding market and industry trends and prospects, and our goal to expand our capacity and the impact it may have on our business, (iii) our ability to penetrate new markets and expand our market share, (iv) our ability to reduce our expenses, and (vi) statements regarding the assumptions underlying or relating to any statement described above. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts or guarantees of future performance or events, are based on current expectations, estimates, beliefs, assumptions, goals, and objectives, and involve significant known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to be materially different from the results expressed by these statements. Readers of this earnings commentary and listeners to the accompanying conference call are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. Factors that could cause actual results to differ include, but are not limited to, continued uncertainties in the global economy, including due to current and potential global conflicts, global tariffs, export controls and retaliatory measures and announcements regarding same, inflation, consumer sentiment and other factors; adverse events arising from orders or regulations of governmental entities, including such orders or regulations that impact our customers or suppliers, and adoption of new or amended accounting standards; adverse changes in laws and government regulations such as tariffs on imports of foreign goods, export regulations and export classifications, and tax laws or the interpretation of same, including in foreign countries where MPS has offices or operations; the effect of export controls, trade and economic sanctions regulations and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our products in certain foreign markets, particularly in China; our ability to obtain governmental licenses and approvals for international trading activities or technology transfers, including export licenses; acceptance of, or demand for, our products, in particular the new products launched recently, being different than expected; our ability to increase market share in our targeted markets; difficulty in predicting or budgeting for future customer demand and channel inventories, expenses and financial contingencies (including as a result of any impact from current and potential global conflicts); our ability to efficiently and effectively develop new products and receive a return on our R&D expense investment; our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers; our ability to meet customer demand for our products due to constraints on our third-party suppliers’ ability to manufacture sufficient quantities of our products or otherwise; our ability to expand manufacturing capacity to support future growth; adverse changes in production and testing efficiency of our products; any political, cultural, military, regulatory, economic, foreign exchange and operational changes in China, where a significant portion of our manufacturing capacity comes from; any market disruptions or interruptions in our schedule of new product development releases; our ability to manage our inventory levels; adequate supply of our products from our third-party manufacturing partners; adverse changes or developments in the semiconductor industry generally, which is cyclical in nature, and our ability to adjust our operations to address such changes or developments; the ongoing consolidation of companies in the semiconductor industry; competition generally and the increasingly competitive nature of our industry; our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of companies and products that MPS acquires, and our ability to effectively and efficiently integrate these acquired companies and products into our operations; the risks, uncertainties and costs of litigation in which MPS is involved; the outcome of any upcoming trials, hearings, motions and appeals; the adverse impact on our financial performance if its tax and litigation provisions are inadequate; our ability to effectively manage our growth and attract and retain qualified personnel; the effect of epidemics and pandemics on the global economy and on our business; the risks associated with the financial market, economy, global tariffs, export controls and retaliatory measures and announcements regarding same, and geopolitical uncertainties, including current and potential global conflicts; the Company’s ability to timely and adequately remediate its material weakness; and other important risk factors identified under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings, including, but not limited to, our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 27, 2026. MPS assumes no obligation to update the information in this earnings commentary or in the accompanying webinar.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This earnings commentary contains references to certain non-GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP net income per share, non-GAAP gross margin, non-GAAP operating expenses, non-GAAP operating income, non-GAAP other income, net, and non-GAAP income before income taxes differ from net income, net income per share, gross margin, operating expenses, operating income, other income, net, and income before income taxes determined in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). Non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP net income per share exclude the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, which include stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes in relation to the stock-based compensation, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, net deferred compensation plan expense, and related tax effects. Non-GAAP gross margin excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and deferred compensation plan expense. Non-GAAP operating expenses exclude the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and deferred compensation plan income (expense). Non-GAAP operating income excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and deferred compensation plan expense. Non-GAAP other income, net excludes the effect of deferred compensation plan expense (income). Non-GAAP income before income taxes excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets and net deferred compensation plan expense. Projected non-GAAP gross margin excludes the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses, and amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets. Projected non-GAAP operating expenses exclude the effect of stock-based compensation and related expenses. These non-GAAP financial measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for, or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. MPS utilizes both GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures to assess what it believes to be its core operating performance and to evaluate and manage its internal business and assist in making financial operating decisions. MPS believes that the inclusion of non-GAAP financial measures, together with GAAP measures, provides investors with an alternative presentation useful to investors’ understanding of MPS’s core operating results and trends. Additionally, MPS believes that the inclusion of non-GAAP measures, together with GAAP measures, provides investors with an additional dimension of comparability to similar companies. However, investors should be aware that non-GAAP financial measures utilized by other companies are not likely to be comparable in most cases to the non-GAAP financial measures used by MPS. See the GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations in the tables set forth below.
About Monolithic Power Systems
MPS is a fabless global company that provides high-performance, semiconductor-based power electronics solutions. MPS’s mission is to reduce energy and material consumption to improve all aspects of quality of life and create a sustainable future. Founded in 1997 by our CEO Michael Hsing, MPS has three core strengths: deep system-level knowledge, strong semiconductor design expertise, and innovative proprietary technologies in the areas of semiconductor processes, system integration, and packaging. These combined advantages enable MPS to deliver reliable, compact, and monolithic solutions that are highly energy-efficient, cost-effective, and environmentally responsible, while providing a consistent return on investment to our stockholders. MPS can be contacted through its website at www.monolithicpower.com or its support offices around the world.
Monolithic Power Systems, MPS, and the MPS logo are registered trademarks of Monolithic Power Systems, Inc. in the U.S. and trademarked in certain other countries.
Monolithic Power Systems, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited, in thousands, except par value) September 30, December 31, 2026
2025
ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents$560,544 $1,099,302 Short-term investments 530,690 157,243 Accounts receivable, net 461,633 255,626 Inventories 764,879 564,649 Other current assets 54,024 106,982 Total current assets 2,371,770 2,183,802 Property and equipment, net 821,573 627,689 Acquisition-related intangible assets, net 7,929 8,790 Goodwill 25,944 25,944 Deferred tax assets, net 1,183,003 1,182,883 Other long-term assets 262,362 165,091 Total assets$4,672,581 $4,194,199 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Current liabilities: Accounts payable$236,469 $138,272 Accrued compensation and related benefits 136,528 85,963 Other accrued liabilities 267,657 145,130 Total current liabilities 640,654 369,365 Income tax liabilities 75,022 75,022 Deferred tax liabilities 90,316 90,480 Other long-term liabilities 132,849 127,835 Total liabilities 938,841 662,702 Commitments and contingencies Stockholders’ equity: Common stock and additional paid-in capital: $0.001 par value; shares authorized: 150,000; shares issued and outstanding: 48,792 and 48,709, respectively 690,429 936,998 Retained earnings 3,034,058 2,609,651 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 9,253 (15,152) Total stockholders’ equity 3,733,740 3,531,497 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$4,672,581 $4,194,199 Monolithic Power Systems, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Unaudited, in thousands, except per share amounts)
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025Revenue$1,202,409 $737,176 $2,987,236 $2,039,304 Cost of revenue 536,870 330,948 1,335,562 913,830 Gross profit 665,539 406,228 1,651,674 1,125,474 Operating expenses: Research and development 140,581 98,173 359,765 286,666 Selling, general and administrative 167,271 112,872 389,176 310,108 Total operating expenses 307,852 211,045 748,941 596,774 Operating income 357,687 195,183 902,733 528,700 Other income, net 8,936 10,392 32,801 27,743 Income before income taxes 366,623 205,575 935,534 556,443 Income tax expense 95,556 25,809 213,943 106,616 Net income$271,067 $179,766 $721,591 $449,827 Net income per share: Basic$5.53 $3.75 $14.70 $9.40 Diluted$5.51 $3.74 $14.66 $9.37 Weighted-average shares outstanding: Basic 49,052 47,898 49,097 47,879 Diluted 49,184 48,042 49,230 48,022 RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO NON-GAAP NET INCOME
(Unaudited, in thousands, except per share amounts) Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025Net income$271,067 $179,766 $721,591 $449,827 Adjustments to reconcile net income to non-GAAP net income: Stock-based compensation and related expenses 106,288 60,875 208,375 174,966 Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets 320 320 960 960 Deferred compensation plan expense, net 544 423 1,129 698 Tax effect 24,489 (14,270) 42,043 (3,344) Non-GAAP net income$402,708 $227,114 $974,098 $623,107 Non-GAAP net income per share: Basic$8.21 $4.74 $19.84 $13.01 Diluted$8.19 $4.73 $19.79 $12.98 Shares used in the calculation of non-GAAP net income per share: Basic 49,052 47,898 49,097 47,879 Diluted 49,184 48,042 49,230 48,022 RECONCILIATION OF GROSS MARGIN TO NON-GAAP GROSS MARGIN
(Unaudited, in thousands) Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025Gross profit$665,539 $406,228 $1,651,674 $1,125,474 Gross margin 55.4% 55.1% 55.3% 55.2% Adjustments to reconcile gross profit to non-GAAP gross profit: Stock-based compensation and related expenses 3,702 1,917 7,151 5,538 Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets 287 287 861 861 Deferred compensation plan expense 261 500 1,731 942 Non-GAAP gross profit$669,790 $408,932 $1,661,418 $1,132,815 Non-GAAP gross margin 55.7% 55.5% 55.6% 55.5% RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING EXPENSES TO NON-GAAP OPERATING EXPENSES
(Unaudited, in thousands) Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025Total operating expenses$307,852 $211,045 $748,941 $596,774 Adjustments to reconcile total operating expenses to non-GAAP total operating expenses: Stock-based compensation and related expenses (102,586) (58,958) (201,224) (169,428)Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (33) (33) (99) (99)Deferred compensation plan income (expense) 72 (3,715) (6,386) (7,778)Non-GAAP operating expenses$205,306 $148,339 $541,233 $419,469 RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING INCOME TO NON-GAAP OPERATING INCOME
(Unaudited, in thousands)
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025Total operating income$357,687 $195,183 $902,733 $528,700 Adjustments to reconcile total operating income to non-GAAP total operating income: Stock-based compensation and related expenses 106,288 60,875 208,375 174,966 Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets 320 320 960 960 Deferred compensation plan expense 189 4,215 8,117 8,720 Non-GAAP operating income$464,484 $260,593 $1,120,185 $713,346 RECONCILIATION OF OTHER INCOME, NET, TO NON-GAAP OTHER INCOME, NET
(Unaudited, in thousands) Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025Total other income, net$8,936 $10,392 $32,801 $27,743 Adjustments to reconcile other income, net to non-GAAP other income, net: Deferred compensation plan expense (income) 355 (3,792) (6,988) (8,022) Non-GAAP other income, net$9,291 $6,600 $25,813 $19,721 RECONCILIATION OF INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES TO NON-GAAP INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
(Unaudited, in thousands) Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025Total income before income taxes$366,623 $205,575 $935,534 $556,443 Adjustments to reconcile income before income taxes to non-GAAP income before income taxes: Stock-based compensation and related expenses 106,288 60,875 208,375 174,966 Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets 320 320 960 960 Deferred compensation plan expense, net 544 423 1,129 698 Non-GAAP income before income taxes$473,775 $267,193 $1,145,998 $733,067 2026 FOURTH QUARTER OUTLOOK
RECONCILIATION OF GROSS MARGIN TO NON-GAAP GROSS MARGIN
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ending December 31, 2026 Low HighGross margin55.2% 55.8% Adjustment to reconcile gross margin to non-GAAP gross margin: Stock-based compensation and other expenses0.3 0.3 Non-GAAP gross margin55.5% 56.1% RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING EXPENSES TO NON-GAAP OPERATING EXPENSES
(Unaudited, in thousands)
Three Months Ending December 31, 2026 Low HighOperating expenses$334,000 $342,000 Adjustments to reconcile operating expenses to non-GAAP operating expenses: Stock-based compensation and other expenses (117,200) (121,200)Non-GAAP operating expenses$216,800 $220,800
SCHAFFHAUSEN, Switzerland, Oct. 29, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Monolithic Power Systems, Inc. (“MPS” or the “Company”) (Nasdaq: MPWR), a fabless global company that provides high-performance, semiconductor-based power electronics solutions, today announced the appointments of Tony Balow as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) and Robert Dean as Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer (“CAO”), effective immediately.
“I am very pleased to appoint Tony as our new CFO and Rob as our new CAO,” said Michael Hsing, CEO and founder of MPS. “In the past few years, Tony and Rob have become an integral part of the management team. Their deep knowledge of MPS’s business operations and their financial acumen make them highly qualified to take on the CFO and CAO roles and lead our finance team.”
Mr. Balow served as the Company’s Vice President of Finance from September 2023 to October 2026. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Balow spent 23 years at Intel, a global semiconductor company, and held a number of senior positions. Mr. Balow holds a Bachelor of Science and a Master of Science in Aerospace, Aeronautical and Astronautical Engineering from the University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign, and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Arizona.
Mr. Dean served as the Company’s Interim Chief Financial Officer from February 2026 to October 2026, and Corporate Controller from June 2016 to February 2026. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Dean held various senior finance and accounting roles for other publicly traded companies, including Netflix, Varian and Applied Materials. Mr. Dean holds a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from San Jose State University and a Master of Business Administration from Santa Clara University.
About Monolithic Power Systems
Monolithic Power Systems, Inc. is a fabless global company that provides high-performance, semiconductor-based power electronics solutions. MPS’s mission is to reduce energy and material consumption to improve all aspects of quality of life and create a sustainable future. Founded in 1997 by our CEO Michael Hsing, MPS has three core strengths: deep system-level knowledge, strong semiconductor design expertise, and innovative proprietary technologies in the areas of semiconductor processes, system integration, and packaging. These combined advantages enable MPS to deliver reliable, compact, and monolithic solutions that are highly energy-efficient, cost-effective, and environmentally responsible, while providing a consistent return on investment to our stockholders. MPS can be contacted through its website at www.monolithicpower.com or its support offices around the world.
Monolithic Power Systems, MPS, and the MPS logo are registered trademarks of Monolithic Power Systems, Inc. in the U.S. and trademarked in certain other countries.
Contact:
Tony Balow
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Monolithic Power Systems, Inc. [email protected]
Company advances agentic strategy while driving margin expansion | Source: SPS Commerce, Inc.
MINNEAPOLIS, Oct. 29, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- SPS Commerce, Inc. (NASDAQ: SPSC), the leading intelligent supply chain network, today announced financial results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2026.
Financial Highlights
Third Quarter 2026 Financial Highlights
Revenue was $197.6 million in the third quarter of 2026, compared to $189.9 million in the third quarter of 2025, reflecting 4% growth, which was partially offset by the divestiture of the 3P Revenue Recovery business completed in the second quarter of 2026, and variability in the 1P Revenue Recovery take rate model.Recurring revenue grew 4% from the third quarter of 2025.Net income was $30.7 million or $0.85 per diluted share, compared to net income of $25.6 million or $0.67 per diluted share in the third quarter of 2025.Non-GAAP income was $50.2 million or $1.39 per diluted share, compared to non-GAAP income of $43.0 million or $1.13 per diluted share in the third quarter of 2025.Adjusted EBITDA for the third quarter of 2026 increased 17% to $70.9 million compared to the third quarter of 2025.Share repurchases in the third quarter of 2026 totaled $48.8 million. “The progress we have made to date with our agentic transformation initiatives – both across our product portfolio and internally – has exceeded my expectations. I want to recognize all of Team SPS for their agentic-first mindset and commitment to this transformation,” said Chad Collins, CEO of SPS Commerce. “With our agentic strategy advancing, we are uniquely positioned to deliver sustainable, profitable growth, backed by the combination of AI and SPS’ intelligent network – a powerful and durable competitive moat that no one else can match.”
“Our third quarter financial results clearly demonstrate the strong operating leverage embedded in our business model,” said Joe Del Preto, CFO of SPS Commerce. “Continued margin expansion underscores both our commitment to disciplined cost management and the tangible efficiency gains we're unlocking through agentic customer onboarding.”
Guidance
As a result of the divestiture of the 3P Revenue Recovery business on June 30, 2026, guidance factors in a reduction of approximately $10.5 million in revenue to the second half of 2026. The divestiture is expected to be neutral to Adjusted EBITDA in the second half of 2026.
Fourth Quarter 2026 Guidance
Revenue is expected to be in the range of $199.3 million to $201.3 million.Net income per diluted share is expected to be in the range of $0.74 to $0.79, with fully diluted weighted average shares outstanding of 36.0 million shares.Non-GAAP income per diluted share is expected to be in the range of $1.31 to $1.36.Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be in the range of $72.0 million to $74.0 million.Non-cash, share-based compensation expense is expected to be $17.0 million, depreciation expense is expected to be $6.1 million, and amortization expense is expected to be $12.3 million.
Fiscal Year 2026 Guidance
Revenue is expected to be in the range of $786.9 million to $788.9 million, representing approximately 5% growth over 2025.Net income per diluted share is expected to be in the range of $2.29 to $2.35, with fully diluted weighted average shares outstanding of 36.6 million shares.Non-GAAP income per diluted share is expected to be in the range of $5.05 to $5.11.Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be in the range of $267.4 million to $269.4 million, reflecting an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 34% at the midpoint, an increase of approximately 330 basis points compared to full year 2025.Non-cash, share-based compensation expense is expected to be $69.5 million, depreciation expense is expected to be $24.1 million, and amortization expense is expected to be $40.8 million.
The forward-looking measures and the underlying assumptions involve significant known and unknown risks and uncertainties, and actual results may vary materially. The Company does not present a reconciliation of the forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, and non-GAAP income per share, to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures because it is impractical to forecast certain items without unreasonable efforts due to the uncertainty and inherent difficulty of predicting, within a reasonable range, the occurrence and financial impact of and the periods in which such items may be recognized.
Quarterly Conference Call
To access the call, please dial 1-833-816-1382, or outside the U.S. 1-412-317-0475 at least 15 minutes prior to the 3:30 p.m. CT start time. Please ask to join the SPS Commerce Q3 2026 conference call. A live webcast of the call will also be available at http://investors.spscommerce.com under the Events and Presentations menu. The replay will also be available on our website at http://investors.spscommerce.com.
About SPS Commerce
SPS Commerce (NASDAQ: SPSC) is the leading intelligent supply chain network, connecting trading partners around the globe to optimize supply chain operations with all retail partners. Our AI-powered network connects 300,000+ trading relationships worldwide and moves more than 750M transactions and over $650B in gross merchandise value each year. From retailers and brands to manufacturers, distributors, and logistics providers, SPS is trusted by seven of the top ten largest retailers, and over two-thirds of today’s fastest growing brands. Our multi-solution portfolio orchestrates the data, decisions, and relationships that keep the world's supply chains moving forward. With nearly 3,000 employees and offices worldwide, SPS Commerce is headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. For more information, visit www.spscommerce.com.
SPS-F
Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
To supplement our condensed consolidated financial statements, we provide investors with Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, and non-GAAP income per share, all of which are non-GAAP financial measures. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to our management, Board of Directors, and investors regarding certain financial and business trends relating to our financial condition and results of operations.
Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to compare our performance to that of prior periods for trend analyses and planning purposes. Adjusted EBITDA is also used for purposes of determining executive and senior management incentive compensation. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to an investor as they are widely used in evaluating operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are used to measure operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, and to present a meaningful measure of corporate performance exclusive of capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired.
These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures exclude significant expenses and income that are required by GAAP to be recorded in our condensed consolidated financial statements and are subject to inherent limitations. Investors should review the reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP financial measures that are included in this press release.
Adjusted EBITDA Measures:
Adjusted EBITDA consists of net income adjusted for income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense, realized gain from investments and foreign currency transactions, investment income, loss on sale of business, and other adjustments as necessary for a fair presentation. Other adjustments for the three months ended September 30, 2026 included asset disposals and for the nine months ended September 30, 2026, included the remeasurement of an acquired earn-out liability, asset disposals, and the net impact of divestiture-related exit and disposal activity. Net income is the most directly comparable GAAP measure of financial performance.
Adjusted EBITDA Margin consists of Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. Margin, the comparable GAAP measure of financial performance, consists of net income divided by revenue.
Non-GAAP Income Per Share Measure:
Non-GAAP income per share consists of net income adjusted for stock-based compensation expense, amortization expense related to intangible assets, realized gain from investments and foreign currency transactions, loss on sale of business, and other adjustments as necessary for a fair presentation, including for the three months ended September 30, 2026 asset disposals and for the nine months ended September 30, 2026, the remeasurement of an acquired earn-out liability, asset disposals, net impact of divestiture-related exit and disposal activity, and the corresponding tax impacts of the adjustments to net income, divided by the weighted average number of shares of common and diluted stock outstanding during each period. Net income per share, the most directly comparable GAAP measure of financial performance, consists of net income divided by the weighted average number of shares of common and diluted stock outstanding during each period. To quantify the tax effects, we recalculated income tax expense excluding the direct book and tax effects of the specific items constituting the non-GAAP adjustments. The difference between this recalculated income tax expense and GAAP income tax expense is presented as the income tax effect of the non-GAAP adjustments.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release may contain forward-looking statements, including information about management's view of SPS Commerce's future expectations, plans and prospects, including our views regarding future execution within our business, the opportunity we see in the retail supply chain world and our performance for the fourth quarter and full year of 2026, within the safe harbor provisions under The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the results of SPS Commerce to be materially different than those expressed or implied in such statements. Certain of these risk factors and others are included in documents SPS Commerce files with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including but not limited to, SPS Commerce's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, as well as subsequent reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could have material adverse effects on SPS Commerce's future results. The forward-looking statements included in this press release are made only as of the date hereof. SPS Commerce cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Finally, SPS Commerce expressly disclaims any intent or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited; In thousands, except shares)
September 30,
2026 December 31,
2025ASSETS Current assets Cash and cash equivalents$153,818 $151,355 Short-term investments 29,683 — Accounts receivable 74,477 75,295 Allowance for credit losses (8,302) (7,129)Accounts receivable, net 66,175 68,166 Deferred costs 64,181 66,693 Other assets 33,164 49,090 Total current assets 347,021 335,304 Property and equipment, net 43,943 43,117 Operating lease right-of-use assets 5,656 5,025 Goodwill 539,089 541,719 Intangible assets, net 162,545 215,815 Other assets Deferred costs, non-current 19,996 20,719 Deferred income tax assets 492 493 Other assets, non-current 13,856 7,667 Total assets$1,132,598 $1,169,859 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Current liabilities Accounts payable$9,881 $13,757 Accrued compensation 47,459 47,577 Accrued expenses 16,059 13,074 Deferred revenue 79,342 75,590 Operating lease liabilities 1,232 4,353 Total current liabilities 153,973 154,351 Other liabilities Deferred revenue, non-current 3,910 5,288 Operating lease liabilities, non-current 5,392 2,839 Deferred income tax liabilities 36,166 33,201 Other liabilities, non-current 255 287 Total liabilities 199,696 195,966 Commitments and contingencies Stockholders' equity Common stock 40 40 Treasury stock (328,155) (177,949)Additional paid-in capital 778,767 722,737 Retained earnings 486,714 429,438 Accumulated other comprehensive loss (4,464) (373)Total stockholders’ equity 932,902 973,893 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$1,132,598 $1,169,859 SPS COMMERCE, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Unaudited; in thousands, except per share amounts)
Three Months Ended
September 30, Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025Revenues$197,647 $189,904 $587,583 $558,853Cost of revenues (1) 57,101 57,932 175,346 174,672Gross profit 140,546 131,972 412,237 384,181Operating expenses Sales and marketing (1) 43,474 42,322 132,144 127,390Research and development (1) 16,546 17,276 51,420 51,986General and administrative (1) 30,831 31,690 103,851 93,598Amortization of intangible assets 9,766 9,493 28,467 27,590Loss on sale of business — — 23,454 —Total operating expenses 100,617 100,781 339,336 300,564Income from operations 39,929 31,191 72,901 83,617Other income, net 1,372 1,260 4,774 4,240Income before income taxes 41,301 32,451 77,675 87,857Income tax expense 10,618 6,882 20,399 20,359Net income$30,683 $25,569 $57,276 $67,498 Net income per share Basic$0.85 $0.67 $1.56 $1.78Diluted$0.85 $0.67 $1.56 $1.77 Weighted average common shares used to compute net income per share Basic 35,900 37,895 36,599 37,939Diluted 36,209 37,993 36,740 38,070 (1) Amounts include stock-based compensation expense as follows: Three Months Ended
September 30, Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025Cost of revenues$3,383 $3,171 $9,787 $9,610Operating expenses Sales and marketing 4,086 3,486 12,345 9,270Research and development 2,415 2,354 7,086 6,506General and administrative 5,809 5,442 23,244 17,932Total stock-based compensation expense$15,693 $14,453 $52,462 $43,318 SPS COMMERCE, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited; in thousands)
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026 2025 Cash flows from operating activities Net income$57,276 $67,498 Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities Deferred income taxes 890 12,583 Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment 18,056 15,302 Amortization of intangible assets 28,467 27,590 Accretion of purchase discounts on investments (257) — Provision for credit losses 6,497 6,843 Stock-based compensation 52,462 43,318 Loss on sale of business 23,454 — Other, net (1,280) (343)Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions Accounts receivable (6,536) (16,301)Deferred costs 2,912 234 Other assets and liabilities 7,545 (25,233)Accounts payable (2,837) 2,925 Accrued compensation (2,808) 1,035 Accrued expenses 259 (2,226)Deferred revenue 2,772 1,051 Operating leases (1,208) (1,357)Net cash provided by operating activities 185,664 132,919 Cash flows from investing activities Purchases of property and equipment (21,246) (18,873)Purchases of investments (34,444) — Maturities of investments 5,000 — Proceeds from sale, net 8,768 — Acquisition of business, net — (142,628)Net cash used in investing activities (41,922) (161,501)Cash flows from financing activities Repurchases of common stock (147,205) (89,556)Net proceeds from exercise of options to purchase common stock 1,035 3,481 Net proceeds from employee stock purchase plan activity 4,718 5,924 Net cash used in financing activities (141,452) (80,151)Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes 173 1,441 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 2,463 (107,292)Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 151,355 241,017 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$153,818 $133,725 SPS COMMERCE, INC.
NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS
(Unaudited; in thousands, except Margin, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, and per share amounts)
Adjusted EBITDA Three Months Ended
September 30, Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 Net income$30,683 $25,569 $57,276 $67,498 Income tax expense 10,618 6,882 20,399 20,359 Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment 6,072 5,354 18,056 15,302 Amortization of intangible assets 9,766 9,493 28,467 27,590 Stock-based compensation expense 15,693 14,453 52,462 43,318 Realized loss (gain) from investments and foreign currency transactions 13 (205) (509) (678)Investment income (1,611) (1,076) (3,973) (3,613)Loss on sale of business — — 23,454 — Other (366) 10 (201) 1,129 Adjusted EBITDA$70,868 $60,480 $195,431 $170,905 Adjusted EBITDA Margin Three Months Ended
September 30, Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 Revenue$197,647 $189,904 $587,583 $558,853 Net income 30,683 25,569 57,276 67,498 Margin 16% 13% 10% 12% Adjusted EBITDA 70,868 60,480 195,431 170,905 Adjusted EBITDA Margin 36% 32% 33% 31% Non-GAAP Income per Share Three Months Ended
September 30, Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 Net income$30,683 $25,569 $57,276 $67,498 Stock-based compensation expense 15,693 14,453 52,462 43,318 Amortization of intangible assets 9,766 9,493 28,467 27,590 Realized loss (gain) from investments and foreign currency transactions 13 (205) (509) (678)Loss on sale of business — — 23,454 — Other (366) 10 (201) 1,129 Income tax effects of adjustments (5,628) (6,365) (23,277) (19,935)Non-GAAP income$50,161 $42,955 $137,672 $118,922 Shares used to compute net income and non-GAAP income per share Basic 35,900 37,895 36,599 37,939 Diluted 36,209 37,993 36,740 38,070 Net income per share, basic$0.85 $0.67 $1.56 $1.78 Non-GAAP adjustments to net income per share, basic 0.55 0.46 2.20 1.35 Non-GAAP income per share, basic$1.40 $1.13 $3.76 $3.13 Net income per share, diluted$0.85 $0.67 $1.56 $1.77 Non-GAAP adjustments to net income per share, diluted 0.54 0.46 2.19 1.35 Non-GAAP income per share, diluted$1.39 $1.13 $3.75 $3.12 The annual per share amounts may not cross-sum due to rounding.
Contact:
Investor Relations
The Blueshirt Group
Irmina Blaszczyk [email protected]
Belden Inc. (BDC) Q3 2026 Earnings Call October 29, 2026 8:30 AM EDT
Company Participants
Aaron Reddington - Vice President of Investor Relations
Ashish Chand - President, CEO & Director
Jeremy Parks - Executive VP & CFO
Conference Call Participants
Christopher Dankert - D.A. Davidson & Co., Research Division
Robert Jamieson - Needham & Company, LLC, Research Division
Piyush Avasthy - Citigroup Inc., Research Division
Mark Delaney - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division
Steven Fox - Fox Advisors LLC
William Stein - Truist Securities, Inc., Research Division
Presentation
Aaron Reddington
Vice President of Investor Relations
Good morning, and thank you for joining us for Belden's Third Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. With me today are Belden's President and CEO, Ashish Chand; and Executive Vice President and CFO, Jeremy Parks.
Ashish will provide a strategic overview of the quarter, and then Jeremy will cover our financial results and fourth quarter outlook, followed by Q&A. We issued our earnings release earlier this morning and have prepared a slide presentation that we will reference on this call. The press release, presentation and transcript of these prepared remarks are currently available online at investor.belden.com.
Turning to Slide 2. I'd like to remind everyone that today's call will include forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks and uncertainties as detailed in our press release and most recent Form 10-K. We will also reference certain non-GAAP financial measures. Reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measures can be found in the appendix to our presentation and on our website.
I will now turn the call over to our President and CEO, Ashish Chand.
Ashish Chand
President, CEO & Director
Thank you, Aaron, and good morning, everybody. We appreciate you joining us.
Please turn to Slide 4.
The third quarter was another record quarter for Belden, and we are well positioned for what's
ATLANTA--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Floor & Decor Holdings, Inc. (the "Company" or "Floor & Decor") (NYSE: FND), a leading specialty retailer of hard surface flooring, today announced a series of changes to its Board of Directors. Effective January 1, 2027, Thomas Taylor, currently Executive Chair of the Board, will transition to the role of Chair of the Board. As part of a coordinated Board succession and refreshment process, the Board has appointed Lauren Taylor Wolfe as a new independent direc.
Key Takeaways FORM's Q3 earnings surged 215.2% year over year, while revenues rose 38.4% to a record $280.5 million.FORM's Systems revenues jumped 63.8%, driven by strong demand for TRITON photonics in CPO.FORM projects Q4 revenues of $285 million, putting annual sales on track to exceed $1 billion. FormFactor (FORM - Free Report) delivered third-quarter 2026 non-GAAP earnings of $1.04 per share, up 215.2% year over year, and beat the Zacks Consensus Estimate by 20.93%.
Revenues increased 38.4% year over year to $280.5 million and surpassed the consensus mark of $271 million by 3.68%. Broad-based demand across foundry and logic, DRAM and co-packaged optics helped FORM post its fourth consecutive quarterly revenue record. Foundry and Logic revenues increased 44.2% year over year, while Systems revenues jumped 63.8%.
FORM’s Probe Card Revenues AdvanceProbe Card revenues reached $221.1 million, increasing 32.9% year over year. The segment benefited from growing demand for semiconductor testing across high-performance computing and advanced memory applications.
Foundry and Logic revenues rose 44.2% year over year to $134 million, representing 10% sequential growth. Strength across data-center CPUs, networking and emerging GPU applications supported performance. FORM highlighted growing demand for CPUs used in agentic AI applications, alongside opportunities in hyperscaler custom ASICs.
FORM shipped probe cards for a GPU design to a leading foundry in multimillion-dollar volumes during the quarter. The company expects to gain additional share in GPU and custom ASIC applications in 2027 as new manufacturing capacity becomes available.
FormFactor’s DRAM Business Maintains MomentumDRAM revenues increased 24.5% year over year to $84.9 million, remaining essentially unchanged from the second-quarter record of $85 million.
The revenue mix shifted toward DDR5 from high-bandwidth memory as customers adjusted wafer production to capitalize on higher DDR pricing. Despite the less favorable mix, manufacturing cost reductions and efficiency improvements supported stronger profitability.
Management expects continued demand for HBM, supported by ongoing development of HBM4E and HBM5 designs. FORM's SmartMatrix technology remains differentiated in high-speed testing of completed HBM stacks.
FORM’s Systems Segment Sets Revenue RecordSystems revenues surged 63.8% year over year to a record $59.5 million, increasing 22.6% sequentially. Growth was primarily driven by accelerating demand for TRITON photonics systems used in co-packaged optics applications.
FORM now expects TRITON revenues to exceed $30 million in 2026, compared with its initial projection of $10-$20 million. The company is also seeing adoption of its optical probing technologies in near-package optics and pluggable applications.
Management expects continued photonics growth in 2027 and does not anticipate manufacturing capacity becoming a constraint for the Systems business.
FormFactor’s Margins Reflect Operating LeverageNon-GAAP gross margin expanded to 56.5% from 41% in the year-ago quarter and 53.3% in the preceding quarter.
Approximately $10.5 million of the quarterly gross margin benefit came primarily from tariff refunds and favorable Quantum business subcomponent costs. Excluding these nonrecurring items, the underlying gross margin was between 52.5% and 53%.
Non-GAAP operating expenses increased 18% year over year to $64.4 million but declined from $65.7 million sequentially.
Non-GAAP operating income surged to $94.1 million from $28.6 million a year earlier, reflecting higher revenues, improved manufacturing efficiency and spending discipline.
FORM’s Cash Flow and Liquidity StrengthenAs of Sept. 26, 2026, cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities totaled $395.4 million compared with $345.6 million at the end of the preceding quarter.
Cash provided by operating activities increased to $104.3 million from $27 million in the year-ago quarter. Free cash flow reached $64.8 million compared with $19.7 million a year earlier.
FORM lowered its projected 2026 Farmers Branch cash capital expenditures to $100-$110 million from $140-$170 million, reflecting changes in payment timing rather than project scope.
The new manufacturing facility has begun production shipments. Management expects it to reach approximately $400 million in annual probe card production capability by the end of 2027.
FormFactor Offers Upbeat Q4 GuidanceFor the fourth quarter of 2026, FormFactor expects revenues of $285 million, plus or minus $10 million, reflecting continued broad-based demand.
Non-GAAP gross margin is projected at 54%, plus or minus 150 basis points. Non-GAAP earnings are expected to be 95 cents per share, plus or minus 9 cents.
Management anticipates approximately $69 million in non-GAAP operating expenses, including Farmers Branch ramp costs. The expected non-GAAP effective tax rate ranges from 15% to 19%.
At the midpoint of its fourth-quarter outlook, FORM expects 2026 revenues to exceed $1 billion for the first time. The company continues to target a longer-term operating model of $1.6 billion in revenues, 55% gross margin and $5 in non-GAAP earnings per share.
Zacks Rank & Stocks to ConsiderFormFactor currently carries a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold).
Shopify (SHOP - Free Report) , AMETEK (AME - Free Report) and Affirm (AFRM - Free Report) are some better-ranked stocks in the broader Zacks Computer and Technology sector. Each of the three stocks sports a Zacks Rank #1 (Strong Buy). You can see the complete list of today’s Zacks #1 Rank stocks here.
Both Shopify and AMETEK are expected to report their respective quarterly results on Nov. 3, while Affirm will report its on Nov. 5. Shares of Affirm have dropped 1.5%, while Shopify and AMETEK have returned 4.5% and 20.8%, year to date, respectively.
Life Time Group Holdings, Inc. (LTH) Q3 2026 Earnings Call October 29, 2026 10:00 AM EDT
Company Participants
Connor Wienberg - Senior Vice President of Treasury & Investor Relations
Erik Weaver - EVP & CFO
Bahram Akradi - Founder, Chairman & CEO
Conference Call Participants
Randal Konik - Jefferies LLC, Research Division
Jake Nebosch
Arpine Kocharyan - UBS Investment Bank, Research Division
Brian Nagel - Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Research Division
Eric Des Lauriers - Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC, Research Division
Jonathan Keypour - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division
Chris Woronka - Deutsche Bank AG, Research Division
Owen Rickert - Northland Capital Markets, Research Division
Anthony Bonadio - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division
Andrew Didora - BofA Securities, Research Division
Molly Baum - Morgan Stanley, Research Division
Logan Reich - RBC Capital Markets, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Greetings, and welcome to the Life Time Group Holdings Inc. Third Quarter 2026 Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. It is now my pleasure to introduce your host, Connor Wienberg, Senior Vice President of Treasury and Investor Relations. Thank you. You may begin.
Connor Wienberg
Senior Vice President of Treasury & Investor Relations
Good morning. Thank you for joining us for the Third Quarter 2026 Life Time Group Holdings Earnings Conference Call. With me today are Bahram Akradi, Founder, Chairman and CEO; and Erik Weaver, Executive Vice President and CFO.
During the call, we will make forward-looking statements, which involve a number of risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those forward-looking statements made today. There is a comprehensive discussion of risk factors in the company's SEC filings, which you are encouraged to review. The company will also discuss certain non-GAAP financial measures, including adjusted net income, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted diluted EPS, net debt to adjusted EBITDA or what we refer to as net debt leverage ratio and free cash
, /PRNewswire/ -- Arthur J. Gallagher & Co. (NYSE: AJG) today reported its financial results for the quarter ended September 30, 2026. Management will host a webcast conference call to discuss these results on Thursday, October 29, 2026 at 5:15 p.m. ET/4:15 p.m. CT. To listen to the call, and for printer-friendly formats of this release, the "CFO Commentary" and "Supplemental Quarterly Data," which may also be referenced during the call, please visit ajg.com/IR. These documents contain both GAAP and non-GAAP measures. Investors and other users of this information should read carefully the section entitled "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9.
Summary of Financial Results - Third Quarter
Revenues Before
Reimbursements
Net Earnings (Loss)
EBITDAC
Diluted Net Earnings
(Loss) Per Share
Segment
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
(in millions)
(in millions)
(in millions)
Brokerage, as reported
$ 3,473
$ 2,922
$ 515
$ 409
$ 1,036
$ 839
$ 1.97
$ 1.57
Net (gains) losses on divestitures
(13)
8
(10)
6
(13)
8
(0.04)
0.02
Acquisition integration
—
—
77
50
103
66
0.30
0.19
Workforce and lease termination
—
—
27
16
35
22
0.10
0.06
Acquisition-related adjustments
—
—
50
47
61
46
0.19
0.18
Amortization of intangible assets
—
—
212
163
—
—
0.82
0.63
Effective income tax rate impact
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
0.01
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
(2)
—
(5)
—
(6)
—
(0.02)
Brokerage, as adjusted
3,460
2,928
871
688
1,222
975
3.34
2.64
Risk Management, as reported
457
402
61
50
101
82
0.24
0.19
Acquisition integration
—
—
—
1
—
2
—
0.01
Workforce and lease termination
—
—
1
3
1
4
—
0.01
Acquisition-related adjustments
—
—
1
—
2
—
0.01
—
Amortization of intangible assets
—
—
5
3
—
—
0.02
0.01
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
5
—
1
—
1
—
—
Risk Management, as adjusted
457
407
68
58
104
89
0.27
0.22
Corporate, as reported
—
1
(170)
(186)
(89)
(109)
(0.66)
(0.72)
Transaction-related costs
—
—
14
36
17
34
0.05
0.14
Legal, tax and benefit plan-related
—
—
(1)
8
(1)
24
—
0.03
Corporate, as adjusted
—
1
(157)
(142)
(73)
(51)
(0.61)
(0.55)
Total Company, as reported
$ 3,930
$ 3,325
$ 406
$ 273
$ 1,048
$ 812
$ 1.55
$ 1.04
Total Company, as adjusted
$ 3,917
$ 3,336
$ 782
$ 604
$ 1,253
$ 1,013
$ 3.00
$ 2.31
Total Brokerage & Risk Management,
as reported
$ 3,930
$ 3,324
$ 576
$ 459
$ 1,137
$ 921
$ 2.21
$ 1.76
Total Brokerage & Risk Management,
as adjusted
$ 3,917
$ 3,335
$ 939
$ 746
$ 1,326
$ 1,064
$ 3.61
$ 2.86
For third quarter 2025, reported and adjusted amounts for the Brokerage Segment include approximately $76 million of incremental interest income, or approximately 22 cents after-tax, earned on the cash proceeds associated with the AssuredPartners Financing in December 2024.
For third quarter 2026, the pretax impact of adjustments for the Brokerage, Risk Management, and Corporate Segments totals $477 million, $10 million and $16 million, respectively, and corresponding adjustment to the provision (benefit) for income taxes was $121 million, $3 million and ($3) million, respectively, relating to these adjustments. A detailed reconciliation is shown on page 17.
1 of 20
"We delivered another excellent quarter!" said J. Patrick Gallagher, Jr., Chairman and CEO. "Our combined Brokerage and Risk Management segments delivered revenue growth of 18%, including organic growth of 5%. Net earnings grew 25%, and adjusted EBITDAC also grew 25%, marking our 26th consecutive quarter of double-digit adjusted EBITDAC growth, together with another quarter of margin expansion. Strong client retention, excellent new business and continued growth in our clients' businesses, together with our continued success growing through acquisitions, demonstrate the strength of our two-pronged growth strategy and the diversity of our business.
"These results demonstrate the strength and resilience of our diversified model as market conditions evolve. As risk becomes more complex, our clients continue to value our advice, advocacy, analytics and market access. We have a terrific team, a proven strategy and significant opportunities ahead of us, and we remain very confident in our ability to create long-term value for our clients, colleagues and shareholders."
Summary of Financial Results - Nine-Months ended September 30
Revenues Before
Reimbursements
Net Earnings (Loss)
EBITDAC
Diluted Net Earnings
(Loss) Per Share
Segment
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
(in millions)
(in millions)
(in millions)
Brokerage, as reported
$ 11,268
$ 9,023
$ 1,878
$ 1,735
$ 3,546
$ 3,082
$ 7.22
$ 6.65
Net (gains) on divestitures
(28)
(4)
(21)
(3)
(28)
(4)
(0.08)
(0.01)
Acquisition integration
—
—
226
113
303
151
0.87
0.43
Workforce and lease termination
—
—
77
58
102
77
0.30
0.22
Acquisition-related adjustments
—
—
138
97
181
126
0.53
0.37
Amortization of intangible assets
—
—
631
445
—
—
2.43
1.71
Effective income tax rate impact
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
0.01
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
56
—
1
—
4
—
0.01
Brokerage, as adjusted
11,240
9,075
2,929
2,449
4,104
3,436
11.27
9.39
Risk Management, as reported
1,338
1,168
168
134
283
229
0.65
0.51
Acquisition integration
—
—
2
3
2
6
0.01
0.02
Workforce and lease termination
—
—
3
9
4
11
0.01
0.03
Acquisition-related adjustments
—
—
7
1
10
1
0.03
0.01
Amortization of intangible assets
—
—
15
12
—
—
0.06
0.04
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
17
—
3
—
3
—
0.01
Risk Management, as adjusted
1,338
1,185
195
162
299
250
0.76
0.62
Corporate, as reported
(5)
1
(493)
(519)
(278)
(342)
(1.90)
(2.00)
Transaction-related costs
—
—
30
80
36
86
0.12
0.31
Legal, tax and benefit plan-related
—
—
16
8
38
24
0.06
0.03
Clean energy-related
5
—
3
—
5
—
0.01
—
Corporate, as adjusted
—
1
(444)
(431)
(199)
(232)
(1.71)
(1.66)
Total Company, as reported
$ 12,601
$ 10,192
$ 1,553
$ 1,350
$ 3,551
$ 2,969
$ 5.97
$ 5.16
Total Company, as adjusted
$ 12,578
$ 10,261
$ 2,680
$ 2,180
$ 4,204
$ 3,454
$ 10.32
$ 8.35
Total Brokerage & Risk Management,
as reported
$ 12,606
$ 10,191
$ 2,046
$ 1,869
$ 3,829
$ 3,311
$ 7.87
$ 7.16
Total Brokerage & Risk Management,
as adjusted
$ 12,578
$ 10,260
$ 3,124
$ 2,611
$ 4,403
$ 3,686
$ 12.03
$ 10.01
For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2025, reported and adjusted amounts for the Brokerage Segment include approximately $363 million of incremental interest income, or approximately $1.05 after-tax, earned on the cash proceeds associated with the AssuredPartners Financing in December 2024.
For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2026, the pretax impact of adjustments for the Brokerage, Risk Management, and Corporate Segments totals $1,413 million, $37 million and $79 million, respectively, and corresponding adjustment to the provision (benefit) for income taxes was $362 million, $10 million and ($30) million, respectively, relating to these adjustments. A detailed reconciliation is shown on page 19.
2 of 20
Brokerage Segment Reported GAAP to Adjusted Non-GAAP Reconciliations (dollars in millions):
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9 of 20.
Organic Revenues (Non-GAAP)
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
Base Commissions and Fees
Commissions and fees, as reported
$ 3,147
$ 2,573
$ 10,242
$ 7,829
Less commissions and fees from acquisitions, divested operations and other
(838)
(358)
(2,550)
(502)
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
(3)
—
48
Organic base commissions and fees
$ 2,309
$ 2,212
$ 7,692
$ 7,375
Organic change in base commissions and fees
4 %
4 %
Supplemental Revenues
Supplemental revenues, as reported
$ 148
$ 117
$ 469
$ 334
Less supplemental revenues from acquisitions, divested operations and other
(24)
$ (8)
(87)
(8)
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
—
—
2
Organic supplemental revenues
$ 124
$ 109
$ 382
$ 328
Organic change in supplemental revenues
14 %
16 %
Contingent Revenues
Contingent revenues, as reported
$ 74
$ 75
$ 280
$ 241
Less contingent revenues from acquisitions, divested operations and other
(14)
(15)
(57)
(15)
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
—
—
1
Organic contingent revenues
$ 60
$ 60
$ 223
$ 227
Organic change in contingent revenues
— %
(2 %)
Total reported commissions, fees, supplemental revenues and contingent
revenues
$ 3,369
$ 2,765
$ 10,991
$ 8,404
Less commissions, fees, supplemental revenues and contingent revenues from
acquisitions, divested operations and other
(876)
(381)
(2,694)
(525)
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
(3)
—
51
Total organic commissions, fees, supplemental revenues and contingent
revenues
$ 2,493
$ 2,381
$ 8,297
$ 7,930
Total organic change
5 %
5 %
Acquisition Activity
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
Number of acquisitions closed *
5
6
19
25
Estimated annualized revenues acquired (in millions)
$ 102
$ 3,036
$ 209
$ 3,390
*
In the third quarter of 2025, 9,000 shares of Gallagher common stock were issued directly to sellers in connection with tax-free exchange acquisitions. No shares were issued in connection with tax-free exchange acquisitions in the third quarter of 2026.
3 of 20
Brokerage Segment Reported GAAP to Adjusted Non-GAAP Reconciliations (continued) (dollars in millions):
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9 of 20.
Compensation Expense and Ratios
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
Compensation expense, as reported
$ 1,929
$ 1,649
$ 6,157
$ 4,792
Acquisition integration
(61)
(38)
(151)
(86)
Workforce and lease termination related charges
(31)
(16)
(84)
(68)
Acquisition-related adjustments
(61)
(46)
(181)
(126)
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
2
—
39
Compensation expense, as adjusted
$ 1,776
$ 1,551
$ 5,741
$ 4,551
Reported compensation expense ratios using reported revenues on pages 1 and 2
*
55.5 %
56.4 %
54.6 %
53.1 %
Adjusted compensation expense ratios using adjusted revenues on pages 1 and 2
**
51.3 %
53.0 %
51.1 %
50.2 %
*
Reported third quarter 2026 compensation expense ratio was 0.9 pts lower than third quarter 2025. This ratio was primarily impacted by higher integration and acquisition related costs, as well as lower interest income revenues in the quarter, as third quarter 2025 included interest income earned on cash proceeds associated with the AssuredPartners Financing in December 2024. These items were more than offset by lower employee benefits and the roll-in of AssuredPartners, including the impact of compensation savings related to synergies.
**
Adjusted third quarter 2026 compensation expense ratio was 1.7 pts lower than third quarter 2025. This ratio was primarily impacted by lower interest income revenues in the quarter, as third quarter 2025 included interest income earned on cash proceeds associated with the AssuredPartners Financing in December 2024. This was more than offset by the roll-in of AssuredPartners, including the impact of compensation savings related to synergies.
Operating Expense and Ratios
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
Operating expense, as reported
$ 508
$ 434
$ 1,565
$ 1,149
Acquisition integration
(42)
(28)
(152)
(65)
Workforce and lease termination related charges
(4)
(6)
(18)
(9)
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
2
—
13
Operating expense, as adjusted
$ 462
$ 402
$ 1,395
$ 1,088
Reported operating expense ratios using reported revenues on pages 1 and 2
*
14.6 %
14.8 %
13.9 %
12.7 %
Adjusted operating expense ratios using adjusted revenues on pages 1 and 2
*
13.4 %
13.7 %
12.4 %
12.0 %
*
Reported third quarter 2026 operating expense ratio was 0.2 pts lower than third quarter 2025. Adjusted third quarter 2026 operating expense ratio was 0.3 pts lower than third quarter 2025. Both ratios were impacted by lower interest income revenues in the quarter, as third quarter 2025 included interest income earned on cash proceeds associated with the AssuredPartners Financing in December 2024, which was more than offset by the roll-in of AssuredPartners, including the impact of operating expense savings related to synergies.
4 of 20
Brokerage Segment Reported GAAP to Adjusted Non-GAAP Reconciliations (continued) (dollars in millions):
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9 of 20.
Net Earnings to Adjusted EBITDAC (Non-GAAP)
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
Net earnings, as reported
$ 515
$ 409
$ 1,878
$ 1,735
Provision for income taxes
176
141
643
600
Depreciation
46
42
140
113
Amortization
284
218
849
596
Change in estimated acquisition earnout payables
15
29
36
38
EBITDAC
1,036
839
3,546
3,082
Net (gains) losses on divestitures
(13)
8
(28)
(4)
Acquisition integration
103
66
303
151
Workforce and lease termination related charges
35
22
102
77
Acquisition-related adjustments
61
46
181
126
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
(6)
—
4
EBITDAC, as adjusted
$ 1,222
$ 975
$ 4,104
$ 3,436
Net earnings margin, as reported using reported revenues on pages 1 and 2
14.8 %
14.0 %
16.7 %
19.2 %
EBITDAC margin, as adjusted using adjusted revenues on pages 1 and 2
*
35.3 %
33.3 %
**
36.5 %
37.9 %
*
Third quarter 2025 adjusted EBITDAC includes approximately $76 million of interest income revenues earned on the cash proceeds associated with the AssuredPartners Financing in December 2024. The interest income in the prior period, as well as the seasonality of AssuredPartners and the roll-in of tuck-in acquisitions, favorably impacted the year-over-year change in third quarter adjusted EBITDAC margin by approximately 0.4%.
**
Adjusted EBITDAC for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2025 includes approximately $363 million of interest income revenues earned on the cash proceeds associated with the AssuredPartners Financing in December 2024. The interest income in the prior year, as well as the seasonality of AssuredPartners and the roll-in of tuck-in acquisitions, unfavorably impacted the year-over-year change in adjusted EBITDAC margin for the nine-month period ended September 30, by approximately 2.2%.
Risk Management Segment Reported GAAP to Adjusted Non-GAAP Reconciliations (dollars in millions):
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9 of 20.
Organic Revenues (Non-GAAP)
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
Fees
$ 444
$ 390
$ 1,297
$ 1,135
International performance bonus fees
4
3
16
6
Fees as reported
448
393
1,313
1,141
Less fees from acquisitions, divestitures and other
(13)
—
(37)
(2)
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
4
—
16
Organic fees
$ 435
$ 397
$ 1,276
$ 1,155
Organic change in fees
10 %
10 %
Acquisition Activity
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
Number of acquisitions closed
—
—
2
1
Estimated annualized revenues acquired (in millions)
$ —
$ —
$ 15
$ 38
5 of 20
Risk Management Segment Reported GAAP to Adjusted Non-GAAP Reconciliations (continued) (dollars in millions):
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9 of 20.
Compensation Expense and Ratios
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
Compensation expense, as reported
$ 271
$ 244
$ 809
$ 719
Acquisition integration
—
(1)
—
(3)
Workforce and lease termination related charges
(1)
(3)
(4)
(9)
Acquisition-related adjustments
(2)
—
(10)
(1)
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
3
—
12
Compensation expense, as adjusted
$ 268
$ 243
$ 795
$ 718
Reported compensation expense ratios using reported
revenues (before reimbursements) on pages 1 and 2
*
59.3 %
60.6 %
60.5 %
61.6 %
Adjusted compensation expense ratios using adjusted
revenues (before reimbursements) on pages 1 and 2
**
58.6 %
59.7 %
59.4 %
60.6 %
*
Reported third quarter 2026 compensation expense ratio was 1.3 pts lower than third quarter 2025. This ratio was primarily impacted by savings related to headcount controls and employee benefits as well as lesser workforce related charges.
**
Adjusted third quarter 2026 compensation expense ratio was 1.1 pts lower than third quarter 2025. This ratio was primarily impacted by savings related to headcount controls and employee benefits.
Operating Expense and Ratios
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
Operating expense, as reported
$ 85
$ 76
$ 246
$ 220
Acquisition integration
—
(1)
(2)
(3)
Workforce and lease termination related charges
—
(1)
—
(2)
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
1
—
2
Operating expense, as adjusted
$ 85
$ 75
$ 244
$ 217
Reported operating expense ratios using reported
revenues (before reimbursements) on pages 1 and 2
*
18.6 %
19.0 %
18.4 %
18.9 %
Adjusted operating expense ratios using adjusted
revenues (before reimbursements) on pages 1 and 2
**
18.6 %
18.4 %
18.2 %
18.3 %
*
Reported third quarter 2026 operating expense ratio was 0.4 pts lower than third quarter 2025. This ratio was primarily impacted by lower integration and workforce related charges, partially offset by additional investments in technology.
**
Adjusted third quarter 2026 operating expense ratio was 0.2 pts higher than third quarter 2025. This ratio was primarily impacted by additional investments in technology.
Net Earnings to Adjusted EBITDAC (Non-GAAP)
3rd Q 26
3rd Q 25
9 Mths 26
9 Mths 25
Net earnings, as reported
$ 61
$ 50
$ 168
$ 134
Provision for income taxes
22
18
61
48
Depreciation
10
10
30
30
Amortization
7
4
21
16
Change in estimated acquisition earnout payables
1
—
3
1
EBITDAC
101
82
283
229
Acquisition integration
—
2
2
6
Workforce and lease termination related charges
1
4
4
11
Acquisition-related adjustments
2
—
10
1
Levelized foreign currency translation
—
1
—
3
EBITDAC, as adjusted
$ 104
$ 89
$ 299
$ 250
Net earnings margin, as reported using reported revenues
(before reimbursements) on pages 1 and 2
13.3 %
12.3 %
12.6 %
11.4 %
EBITDAC margin, as adjusted using adjusted revenues
(before reimbursements) on pages 1 and 2
22.8 %
21.9 %
22.4 %
21.1 %
6 of 20
Corporate Segment Reported GAAP to Adjusted Non-GAAP Reconciliation Information (dollars in millions):
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9 of 20.
3rd Quarter
2026
2025
Pretax
Loss
Income
Tax
Benefit
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Attributable to
Controlling
Interests
Pretax
Loss
Income
Tax
Benefit
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Attributable to
Controlling
Interests
Components of Corporate Segment, as reported
Interest and banking costs
$ (169)
$ 44
$ (125)
$ (162)
$ 42
$ (120)
Clean energy-related
(2)
1
(1)
(2)
1
(1)
Acquisition costs (1)
(22)
3
(19)
(38)
(1)
(39)
Corporate (2)
(66)
41
(25)
(70)
44
(26)
Reported 3rd quarter
(259)
89
(170)
(272)
86
(186)
Adjustments
Transaction-related costs (1)
17
(3)
14
34
2
36
Legal and tax-related (4)
(1)
—
(1)
24
(16)
8
Components of Corporate Segment, as adjusted
Interest and banking costs
(169)
44
(125)
(162)
42
(120)
Clean energy-related
(2)
1
(1)
(2)
1
(1)
Acquisition costs
(5)
—
(5)
(4)
1
(3)
Corporate (2)
(67)
41
(26)
(46)
28
(18)
Adjusted 3rd quarter
$ (243)
$ 86
$ (157)
$ (214)
$ 72
$ (142)
Nine Months
Components of Corporate Segment, as reported
Interest and banking costs
$ (496)
$ 129
$ (367)
$ (480)
$ 125
$ (355)
Clean energy-related
(11)
4
(7)
(6)
2
(4)
Acquisition costs (1)
(50)
8
(42)
(98)
8
(90)
Corporate (2)
(221)
144
(77)
(241)
171
(70)
Reported nine months
(778)
285
(493)
(825)
306
(519)
Adjustments
Clean energy-related (3)
5
(2)
3
—
—
—
Transaction-related costs (1)
36
(6)
30
86
(6)
80
Legal and tax-related (4)
30
(20)
10
24
(16)
8
Benefit plan-related (5)
8
(2)
6
—
—
—
Components of Corporate Segment, as adjusted
Interest and banking costs
(496)
129
(367)
(480)
125
(355)
Clean energy-related
(6)
2
(4)
(6)
2
(4)
Acquisition costs
(14)
2
(12)
(12)
2
(10)
Corporate (2)
(183)
122
(61)
(217)
155
(62)
Adjusted nine months
$ (699)
$ 255
$ (444)
$ (715)
$ 284
$ (431)
(1)
Gallagher incurred transaction-related costs, which include legal, consulting, employee compensation and other professional fees associated with completed, future and terminated acquisitions. Adjustments primarily relate to the acquisitions of AssuredPartners and Woodruff Sawyer, which closed in August 2025 and April 2025, respectively.
(2)
Corporate pretax loss includes a net unrealized foreign exchange remeasurement loss of $(9) million in third quarter 2026 and a net unrealized foreign exchange remeasurement gain of $5 million in third quarter 2025. Corporate pretax loss includes a net unrealized foreign exchange remeasurement loss of $(3) million in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2026 and a net unrealized foreign exchange remeasurement loss of $(43) million in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2025.
7 of 20
(3)
Adjustments in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2026 include the write-down of a clean energy-related investment.
(4)
Adjustments in third quarter 2026 and 2025 and the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2026 and 2025 include costs associated with legal and tax matters.
(5)
Adjustments in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2026 include costs associated with the termination of the Gallagher US defined pension plan and other benefit plan changes.
Interest, banking costs and debt - At September 30, 2026, Gallagher had $9,550 million of borrowings from public debt, $2,683 million of borrowings from private placements and $630 million of borrowings under its line of credit facility. In addition, Gallagher had $228 million outstanding under a revolving loan facility that provides funding for premium finance receivables, which are fully collateralized by the underlying premiums held by insurance carriers, and as such are excluded from its debt covenant computations, as applicable.
Clean energy-related - For 2026, this consists of operating results related to Gallagher's investments in new clean energy projects, primarily fusion and carbon sequestration projects.
Acquisition costs - Consists mostly of external professional fees and other due diligence costs related to acquisitions. On occasion, Gallagher enters into forward currency hedges for the purchase price of committed, but not yet funded, acquisitions with funding requirements in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The gains or losses, if any, associated with these hedge transactions are also included in acquisition costs.
Corporate - Consists of overhead allocations mostly related to corporate staff compensation, other corporate-level activities, and net unrealized foreign exchange remeasurement. In addition, it includes the tax expense related to the partial taxation of foreign earnings, nondeductible executive compensation and entertainment expenses, the tax benefit from the vesting of employee equity awards, as well as other permanent or discrete tax items not reflected in the provision for income taxes in the Brokerage and Risk Management segments.
Income taxes - Gallagher allocates the provision for income taxes to its Brokerage and Risk Management segments using the local country statutory rates. Gallagher's consolidated effective tax rates for the quarters ended September 30, 2026 and 2025 were 21.2% and 21.1%, respectively.
AssuredPartners - In fourth quarter 2024 and first quarter 2025, Gallagher raised a total of approximately $14 billion of cash via a follow-on common stock offering and senior notes issuance to fund the AssuredPartners acquisition (collectively, the AssuredPartners Financing), which was completed in third quarter 2025 for approximately $14 billion.
Share repurchases - In the third quarter of 2026, Gallagher repurchased approximately 0.4 million shares of its common stock for approximately $100 million. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2026, Gallagher repurchased approximately 2.7 million shares of its common stock for approximately $580 million.
Webcast Conference Call - Gallagher will host a webcast conference call on Thursday, October 29, 2026 at 5:15 p.m. ET/4:15 p.m. CT. To listen to this call, please go to Arthur J. Gallagher & Co. - Events & Presentations (ajg.com). The call will be available for replay at such website for at least 90 days.
About Arthur J. Gallagher & Co.
Arthur J. Gallagher & Co., a global insurance brokerage, risk management and consulting services firm, is headquartered in Rolling Meadows, Illinois. Gallagher provides these services in approximately 130 countries around the world through its owned operations and a network of correspondent brokers and consultants.
Information Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When used in this press release, the words "anticipates," "believes," "contemplates," "see," "should," "could," "will," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "plans" and variations thereof and similar expressions, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, anticipated future results or performance of any segment or Gallagher as a whole; acquisition rollover revenues; statements regarding changes in its expenses in the next several quarters; future capital structure changes, including debt levels from time to time; the impact of foreign currency on its results; integration costs; workforce and lease termination costs; amortization of intangibles; depreciation; change in estimated earnout payables; effective tax rate; earnings from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests; the premium rate environment and the state of insurance markets; and the economic environment.
8 of 20
Gallagher's actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Readers are therefore cautioned against relying on any of the forward-looking statements, which are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance.
Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include global economic and geopolitical events, including, among others, fluctuations in interest and inflation rates; protectionism such as tariffs and trade disruptions; a recession or economic downturn; a U.S. government shutdown; political instability, such as global armed conflicts; its actual acquisition opportunities, including closing risks related to pending acquisitions; risks with respect to larger acquisitions such as AssuredPartners, the largest acquisition in its history, including risks related to its ability to successfully integrate operations and the possibility that its assumptions may be inaccurate resulting in unforeseen obligations or liabilities and failure to realize expected benefits of such acquisitions; damage to its reputation due to its failure to uphold its culture or negative perceptions or publicity, including as a result of amplifying effects that the Internet and social media may have on such perceptions; reputational issues related to its sustainability-related activities, including potential backlash against such activities, and compliance with increasingly complex climate- and other sustainability-related regulations, such as risks related to "greenwashing" and "greenhushing"; cybersecurity-related risks; its ability to apply technology, data analytics and artificial intelligence effectively to its business and potential increased costs resulting from such activities; risks associated with the use of artificial intelligence in its business operations, including regulatory, data privacy, cybersecurity, errors and omissions, intellectual property and competition risks; risks related to "AI-washing"; heightened competition for talent and increased compensation costs; disasters or other business interruptions, including with respect to its operations in India; risks related to its international operations, such as those related to regulatory, tax, sustainability, sanctions and anti-corruption compliance and increased scrutiny of the use of off-shore centers of excellence such as those we operate in India and elsewhere; changes to data privacy and protection laws and regulations; foreign exchange rates; changes in accounting standards; changes in premium rates and in insurance markets generally, including the impact of large natural or man-made events; tax, environmental or other compliance risks related to its legacy clean energy investments; its inability to receive dividends or other distributions from subsidiaries; and changes in the insurance brokerage industry's competitive landscape.
Please refer to Gallagher's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Item 1A, "Risk Factors," of its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 and its subsequently filed Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for a more detailed discussion of these and other factors that could impact its forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement made by Gallagher in this press release speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Except as required by applicable law, Gallagher does not undertake to update the information included herein or the corresponding earnings release posted on Gallagher's website.
Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures
In addition to reporting financial results in accordance with GAAP, this press release provides information regarding EBITDAC, EBITDAC margin, adjusted EBITDAC, adjusted EBITDAC margin, diluted net earnings per share, as adjusted (adjusted EPS), adjusted revenue, adjusted compensation and operating expenses, adjusted compensation expense ratio, adjusted operating expense ratio and organic revenue. These measures are not in accordance with, or an alternative to, the GAAP information provided in this press release. Gallagher's management believes that these presentations provide useful information to management, analysts and investors regarding financial and business trends relating to Gallagher's results of operations and financial condition or because they provide investors with measures that its chief operating decision maker uses when reviewing Gallagher's performance. See further below for definitions and additional reasons each of these measures is useful to investors. Gallagher's industry peers may provide similar supplemental non-GAAP information with respect to one or more of these measures, although they may not use the same or comparable terminology and may not make identical adjustments. The non-GAAP information provided by Gallagher should be used in addition to, but not as a substitute for, the GAAP information provided. As disclosed in its most recent Proxy Statement, Gallagher makes determinations regarding certain elements of executive officer incentive compensation, performance share awards and annual cash incentive awards, partly on the basis of measures related to adjusted EBITDAC.
Adjusted Non-GAAP presentation - Gallagher believes that the adjusted non-GAAP presentations of the current and prior period information presented in this earnings release provide stockholders and other interested persons with useful information regarding certain financial metrics of Gallagher that may assist such persons in analyzing Gallagher's operating results as they develop a future earnings outlook for Gallagher. The after-tax amounts related to the adjustments were computed using the normalized effective tax rate for each respective period. See pages 17 to 20 for a reconciliation of the adjustments made to income taxes.
Adjusted measures - Revenues (for the Brokerage segment), revenues before reimbursements (for the Risk Management segment), net earnings, compensation expense and operating expense, respectively, are each adjusted to exclude the following, as applicable:
9 of 20
Net gains (losses) on divestitures, which are primarily net proceeds received related to sales of books of business and other divestiture transactions, such as the disposal of a business through sale or closure.Acquisition integration costs, which include costs related to certain large acquisitions (including the acquisitions of the Willis Towers Watson treaty reinsurance brokerage operations, Buck, Cadence Insurance, Eastern Insurance Group, My Plan Manager, Woodruff Sawyer and AssuredPartners), outside the scope of the usual tuck-in strategy, not expected to occur on an ongoing basis in the future once Gallagher fully assimilates the applicable acquisition. These costs are typically associated with redundant workforce, compensation expense related to amortization of certain retention bonus arrangements, extra lease space, duplicate services and external costs incurred to assimilate the acquisition into its IT-related systems.Transaction-related costs, which are associated with completed, future and terminated acquisitions. Costs primarily relate to the acquisitions of AssuredPartners and Woodruff Sawyer, which closed in August 2025 and April 2025, respectively. These include costs related to regulatory filings, legal and accounting services, insurance and incentive compensation.Workforce-related charges, which primarily include severance costs (either accrued or paid) related to employee terminations and other costs associated with redundant workforce.Lease termination-related charges, which primarily include costs related to terminations of real estate leases and abandonment of leased space.Acquisition-related adjustments principally relate to changes in estimated acquisition earnout payables adjustments and acquisition related compensation charges. In addition, these adjustments may from time to time include changes in balance sheet estimates arising from conforming accounting principles, purchase-related true-ups and other balance sheet adjustments made after the closing date.Amortization of intangible assets, which reflects the amortization of customer/expiration lists, non-compete agreements, trade names and other intangible assets acquired through Gallagher's merger and acquisition strategy, the impact to amortization expense of acquisition valuation adjustments to these assets as well as non-cash impairment charges.The impact of foreign currency translation, as applicable. The amounts excluded with respect to foreign currency translation are calculated by applying current year foreign exchange rates to the same period in the prior year.Effective income tax rate impact, which levelizes the prior year for the change in current year tax rates.Clean energy-related, which represents the impact of adjustments in first quarter 2026 related to the write-down of a clean energy-related investment.Legal and tax-related, which represents the impact of adjustments in second quarter 2026 and third quarter 2025 related to costs associated with legal and tax matters.Benefit plan-related, which represents the impact of adjustments in second quarter 2026 related to costs associated with the termination of the Gallagher US defined pension plan and other benefit plan changes.Adjusted ratios - Adjusted compensation expense and adjusted operating expense ratios are each expense divided by adjusted revenues.
Non-GAAP Earnings Measures
EBITDAC and EBITDAC margin - EBITDAC is net earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and the change in estimated acquisition earnout payables and EBITDAC margin is EBITDAC divided by total revenues (for the Brokerage segment) and revenues before reimbursements (for the Risk Management segment). These measures for the Brokerage and Risk Management segments provide a meaningful representation of Gallagher's operating performance for the overall business and provide a meaningful way to measure its financial performance on an ongoing basis.EBITDAC, as Adjusted and EBITDAC Margin, as Adjusted - Adjusted EBITDAC is EBITDAC adjusted to exclude net gains (losses) on divestitures, acquisition integration costs, workforce related charges, lease termination related charges, acquisition related adjustments, transaction related costs, and the period-over-period impact of foreign currency translation, as applicable, (and for the Corporate segment, the clean energy related adjustments described above) and Adjusted EBITDAC margin is Adjusted EBITDAC divided by total adjusted revenues (defined above). These measures for the Brokerage and Risk Management segments provide a meaningful representation of Gallagher's operating performance and are also presented to improve the comparability of its results between periods by eliminating the impact of the items that have a high degree of variability.EPS, as Adjusted and Net Earnings, as Adjusted - Adjusted net earnings have been adjusted to exclude the after-tax impact of net gains (losses) on divestitures, acquisition integration costs, the impact of foreign currency translation, workforce related charges, lease termination related charges, acquisition related adjustments, transaction related costs, amortization of intangible assets, and effective income tax rate impact, as applicable. Adjusted EPS is Adjusted Net Earnings divided by diluted weighted average shares outstanding. This measure provides a meaningful representation of Gallagher's operating performance (and as such should not be used as a measure of Gallagher's liquidity), and for the overall business is also presented to improve the comparability of its results between periods by eliminating the impact of the items that have a high degree of variability.10 of 20
Organic Revenues (a non-GAAP measure) - Organic revenue change measures the year-over-year percentage change in organic revenue. For the Brokerage segment, organic revenue consists of base commission and fee revenues, supplemental revenues and contingent revenues, excluding the first twelve months of such revenues generated from acquisitions and such revenues related to divested operations, which include disposals of a business through sale or closure, estimate changes, run-off of a business and the restructuring and/or repricing of programs and products, in each year presented. Because the AssuredPartners acquisition closed in the middle of third quarter 2025 (on August 18, 2025), organic revenue for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2026 excludes all AssuredPartners revenues, including revenues earned after the first anniversary of the acquisition, and the comparable 2025 periods likewise exclude AssuredPartners revenues. Such revenues are excluded from organic revenues in order to help interested persons analyze the revenue growth associated with the operations that were a part of Gallagher in both the current and prior period. In order to improve the comparability of Gallagher's results between periods, we further exclude the period-over-period impact of foreign currency translation; revenue from certain large life product sales within Gallagher's Executive Life and Benefits practice group (which are typically large singular transactions with a high degree of variability in amount and timing); and revenue attributable to changes in assumptions used to calculate estimated deferred revenues, which impact the quarterly timing of revenues during the annual contract period. For the Risk Management segment, organic revenue consists of fee revenues excluding the first twelve months of such revenues generated from acquisitions and such revenues related to divested operations in each period presented. In order to improve the comparability of Gallagher's results between periods, we further exclude the period-over-period impact of foreign currency translation.
These revenue items are excluded from organic revenues in order to determine a comparable, but non-GAAP, measurement of revenue growth that is associated with the revenue sources that are expected to continue in the current year and beyond, as well as eliminating the impact of the items that have a high degree of variability. Gallagher has historically viewed organic revenue growth as an important indicator when assessing and evaluating the performance of its Brokerage and Risk Management segments. Gallagher also believes that using this non-GAAP measure allows readers of its financial statements to measure, analyze and compare the growth from its Brokerage and Risk Management segments in a meaningful and consistent manner.
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Information Presented to GAAP Measures - This press release includes tabular reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP measures, as follows: for EBITDAC (on pages 5 and 6), for adjusted revenues, adjusted EBITDAC and adjusted diluted net earnings per share (on pages 1 and 2), for organic revenue measures (on pages 3 and 5, respectively, for the Brokerage and Risk Management segments), for adjusted compensation and operating expenses and adjusted EBITDAC margin (on pages 4, 5 and 6, respectively, for the Brokerage and Risk Management segments).
11 of 20
Arthur J. Gallagher & Co.
Reported Statement of Earnings and EBITDAC - 3rd Quarter September 30
(Unaudited - in millions)
Brokerage Segment
3rd Q Ended
Sept 30, 2026
3rd Q Ended
Sept 30, 2025
9 Mths Ended
Sept 30, 2026
9 Mths Ended
Sept 30, 2025
Commissions
$ 2,371
$ 1,908
$ 7,936
$ 5,965
Fees
776
665
2,306
1,864
Supplemental revenues
148
117
469
334
Contingent revenues
74
75
280
241
Interest income, premium finance revenues and other income
104
157
277
619
Total revenues
3,473
2,922
11,268
9,023
Compensation
1,929
1,649
6,157
4,792
Operating
508
434
1,565
1,149
Depreciation
46
42
140
113
Amortization
284
218
849
596
Change in estimated acquisition earnout payables
15
29
36
38
Expenses
2,782
2,372
8,747
6,688
Earnings before income taxes
691
550
2,521
2,335
Provision for income taxes
176
141
643
600
Net earnings
515
409
1,878
1,735
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
3
1
4
6
Net earnings attributable to controlling interests
$ 512
$ 408
$ 1,874
$ 1,729
EBITDAC
Net earnings
$ 515
$ 409
$ 1,878
$ 1,735
Provision for income taxes
176
141
643
600
Depreciation
46
42
140
113
Amortization
284
218
849
596
Change in estimated acquisition earnout payables
15
29
36
38
EBITDAC
$ 1,036
$ 839
$ 3,546
$ 3,082
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9 of 20.
12 of 20
Arthur J. Gallagher & Co.
Reported Statement of Earnings and EBITDAC - 3rd Quarter September 30
(Unaudited - in millions)
Risk Management Segment
3rd Q Ended
Sept 30, 2026
3rd Q Ended
Sept 30, 2025
9 Mths Ended
Sept 30, 2026
9 Mths Ended
Sept 30, 2025
Fees
$ 448
$ 393
$ 1,313
$ 1,141
Interest income and other income
9
9
25
27
Revenues before reimbursements
457
402
1,338
1,168
Reimbursements
46
40
136
122
Total revenues
503
442
1,474
1,290
Compensation
271
244
809
719
Operating
85
76
246
220
Reimbursements
46
40
136
122
Depreciation
10
10
30
30
Amortization
7
4
21
16
Change in estimated acquisition earnout payables
1
—
3
1
Expenses
420
374
1,245
1,108
Earnings before income taxes
83
68
229
182
Provision for income taxes
22
18
61
48
Net earnings
61
50
168
134
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
—
—
—
—
Net earnings attributable to controlling interests
$ 61
$ 50
$ 168
$ 134
EBITDAC
Net earnings
$ 61
$ 50
$ 168
$ 134
Provision for income taxes
22
18
61
48
Depreciation
10
10
30
30
Amortization
7
4
21
16
Change in estimated acquisition earnout payables
1
—
3
1
EBITDAC
$ 101
$ 82
$ 283
$ 229
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9 of 20.
13 of 20
Arthur J. Gallagher & Co.
Reported Statement of Earnings and EBITDAC - 3rd Quarter September 30
(Unaudited - in millions)
Corporate Segment
3rd Q Ended
Sept 30, 2026
3rd Q Ended
Sept 30, 2025
9 Mths Ended
Sept 30, 2026
9 Mths Ended
Sept 30, 2025
Other gain (loss)
$ —
$ 1
$ (5)
$ 1
Total revenues
—
1
(5)
1
Compensation
37
39
117
122
Operating
52
71
156
221
Interest
168
161
494
477
Depreciation
2
2
6
6
Expenses
259
273
773
826
Loss before income taxes
(259)
(272)
(778)
(825)
Benefit for income taxes
(89)
(86)
(285)
(306)
Net loss
(170)
(186)
(493)
(519)
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
—
—
—
—
Net loss attributable to controlling interests
$ (170)
$ (186)
$ (493)
$ (519)
EBITDAC
Net loss
$ (170)
$ (186)
$ (493)
$ (519)
Benefit for income taxes
(89)
(86)
(285)
(306)
Interest
168
161
494
477
Depreciation
2
2
6
6
EBITDAC
$ (89)
$ (109)
$ (278)
$ (342)
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9 of 20.
14 of 20
Arthur J. Gallagher & Co.
Reported Statement of Earnings and EBITDAC - 3rd Quarter September 30
(Unaudited - in millions except per share data)
Total Company
3rd Q Ended
Sept 30, 2026
3rd Q Ended
Sept 30, 2025
9 Mths Ended
Sept 30, 2026
9 Mths Ended
Sept 30, 2025
Commissions
$ 2,371
$ 1,908
$ 7,936
$ 5,965
Fees
1,224
1,058
3,619
3,005
Supplemental revenues
148
117
469
334
Contingent revenues
74
75
280
241
Interest income, premium finance revenues and other income
113
167
297
647
Revenues before reimbursements
3,930
3,325
12,601
10,192
Reimbursements
46
40
136
122
Total revenues
3,976
3,365
12,737
10,314
Compensation
2,237
1,932
7,083
5,633
Operating
645
581
1,967
1,590
Reimbursements
46
40
136
122
Interest
168
161
494
477
Depreciation
58
54
176
149
Amortization
291
222
870
612
Change in estimated acquisition earnout payables
16
29
39
39
Expenses
3,461
3,019
10,765
8,622
Earnings before income taxes
515
346
1,972
1,692
Provision for income taxes
109
73
419
342
Net earnings
406
273
1,553
1,350
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
3
1
4
6
Net earnings attributable to controlling interests
$ 403
$ 272
$ 1,549
$ 1,344
Diluted net earnings per share
$ 1.55
$ 1.04
$ 5.97
$ 5.16
Dividends declared per share
$ 0.70
$ 0.65
$ 2.10
$ 1.95
EBITDAC
Net earnings
$ 406
$ 273
$ 1,553
$ 1,350
Provision for income taxes
109
73
419
342
Interest
168
161
494
477
Depreciation
58
54
176
149
Amortization
291
222
870
612
Change in estimated acquisition earnout payables
16
29
39
39
EBITDAC
$ 1,048
$ 812
$ 3,551
$ 2,969
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9 of 20.
15 of 20
Arthur J. Gallagher & Co.
Consolidated Balance Sheet
(Unaudited - in millions)
Sept 30, 2026
Dec 31, 2025
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 1,213
$ 1,396
Fiduciary assets (includes fiduciary cash of $7,596 in 2026 and $7,142 in 2025)
34,345
26,899
Accounts receivable, net
5,977
5,175
Other current assets
786
886
Total current assets
42,321
34,356
Fixed assets - net
757
789
Deferred income taxes
45
43
Other noncurrent assets
1,744
1,602
Right-of-use assets
610
598
Goodwill
23,385
22,593
Amortizable intangible assets - net
10,202
10,684
Total assets
$ 79,064
$ 70,665
Fiduciary liabilities
$ 34,345
$ 26,899
Accrued compensation and other current liabilities
3,776
4,017
Deferred revenue - current
839
737
Premium financing debt
228
226
Corporate related borrowings - current
1,008
640
Total current liabilities
40,196
32,519
Corporate related borrowings - noncurrent
11,735
12,104
Deferred revenue - noncurrent
189
155
Lease liabilities - noncurrent
518
515
Other noncurrent liabilities (includes tax credit carryforwards of $615 in 2026 and $713 in 2025)
2,355
2,025
Total liabilities
54,993
47,318
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock - issued and outstanding
256
257
Capital in excess of par value
17,584
17,783
Retained earnings
6,809
5,806
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(611)
(525)
Total controlling interests stockholders' equity
24,038
23,321
Noncontrolling interests
33
26
Total stockholders' equity
24,071
23,347
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$ 79,064
$ 70,665
16 of 20
Arthur J. Gallagher & Co.
Other Information
(Unaudited - data is rounded where indicated)
OTHER INFORMATION
3rd Q Ended
Sept 30, 2026
3rd Q Ended
Sept 30, 2025
9 Mths Ended
Sept 30, 2026
9 Mths Ended
Sept 30, 2025
Basic weighted average shares outstanding (000s)
256,677
256,618
256,815
255,899
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (000s)
259,369
260,408
259,325
260,090
Number of common shares outstanding at end of period (000s)
256,415
256,805
Workforce at end of period (includes acquisitions):
Brokerage
57,587
55,722
Risk Management
11,454
10,669
Total Company
74,614
71,059
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures - Pre-tax Earnings and Diluted Net Earnings per Share (Unaudited)
(Unaudited - in millions except per share data)
Earnings
(Loss)
Before
Income
Taxes
Provision
(Benefit)
for
Income
Taxes
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Attributable to
Noncontrolling
Interests
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Attributable to
Controlling
Interests
Diluted Net
Earnings
(Loss)
per Share
3rd Q Ended September 30, 2026
Brokerage, as reported
$ 691
$ 176
$ 515
$ 3
$ 512
$ 1.97
Net (gains) on divestitures
(13)
(3)
(10)
—
(10)
(0.04)
Acquisition integration
103
26
77
—
77
0.30
Workforce and lease termination
35
8
27
—
27
0.10
Acquisition-related adjustments
68
18
50
—
50
0.19
Amortization of intangible assets
284
72
212
—
212
0.82
Brokerage, as adjusted
$ 1,168
$ 297
$ 871
$ 3
$ 868
$ 3.34
Risk Management, as reported
$ 83
$ 22
$ 61
$ —
$ 61
$ 0.24
Workforce and lease termination
1
—
1
—
1
—
Acquisition-related adjustments
2
1
1
—
1
0.01
Amortization of intangible assets
7
2
5
—
5
0.02
Risk Management, as adjusted
$ 93
$ 25
$ 68
$ —
$ 68
$ 0.27
Corporate, as reported
$ (259)
$ (89)
$ (170)
$ —
$ (170)
$ (0.66)
Transaction-related costs
17
3
14
—
14
0.05
Legal and tax-related
(1)
—
(1)
—
(1)
—
Corporate, as adjusted
$ (243)
$ (86)
$ (157)
$ —
$ (157)
$ (0.61)
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9 of 20.
17 of 20
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures - Pre-tax Earnings and Diluted Net Earnings per Share (Unaudited) - Continued
(Unaudited - in millions except per share data)
Earnings
(Loss)
Before
Income
Taxes
Provision
(Benefit)
for
Income
Taxes
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Attributable to
Noncontrolling
Interests
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Attributable to
Controlling
Interests
Diluted Net
Earnings
(Loss)
per Share
3rd Q Ended September 30, 2025
Brokerage, as reported
$ 550
$ 141
$ 409
$ 1
$ 408
$ 1.57
Net losses on divestitures
8
2
6
—
6
0.02
Acquisition integration
66
16
50
—
50
0.19
Workforce and lease termination
22
6
16
—
16
0.06
Acquisition-related adjustments
63
16
47
—
47
0.18
Amortization of intangible assets
218
55
163
—
163
0.63
Effective income tax impact
—
(2)
2
—
2
0.01
Levelized foreign currency translation
(6)
(1)
(5)
—
(5)
(0.02)
Brokerage, as adjusted
$ 921
$ 233
$ 688
$ 1
$ 687
$ 2.64
Risk Management, as reported
$ 68
$ 18
$ 50
$ —
$ 50
$ 0.19
Acquisition integration
2
1
1
—
1
0.01
Workforce and lease termination
4
1
3
—
3
0.01
Amortization of intangible assets
4
1
3
—
3
0.01
Levelized foreign currency translation
1
—
1
—
1
—
Risk Management, as adjusted
$ 79
$ 21
$ 58
$ —
$ 58
$ 0.22
Corporate, as reported
$ (272)
$ (86)
$ (186)
$ —
$ (186)
$ (0.72)
Transaction-related costs
34
(2)
36
—
36
0.14
Legal and tax-related
24
16
8
—
8
0.03
Corporate, as adjusted
$ (214)
$ (72)
$ (142)
$ —
$ (142)
$ (0.55)
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9 of 20.
18 of 20
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures - Pre-tax Earnings and Diluted Net Earnings per Share (Unaudited) - Continued
(Unaudited - in millions except per share data)
Earnings
(Loss)
Before
Income
Taxes
Provision
(Benefit)
for
Income
Taxes
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Attributable to
Noncontrolling
Interests
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Attributable to
Controlling
Interests
Diluted Net
Earnings
(Loss)
per Share
9 Mths Ended September 30, 2026
Brokerage, as reported
$ 2,521
$ 643
$ 1,878
$ 4
$ 1,874
$ 7.22
Net (gains) on divestitures
(28)
(7)
(21)
—
(21)
(0.08)
Acquisition integration
303
77
226
—
226
0.87
Workforce and lease termination
102
25
77
—
77
0.30
Acquisition-related adjustments
187
49
138
—
138
0.53
Amortization of intangible assets
849
218
631
—
631
2.43
Brokerage, as adjusted
$ 3,934
$ 1,005
$ 2,929
$ 4
$ 2,925
$ 11.27
Risk Management, as reported
$ 229
$ 61
$ 168
$ —
$ 168
$ 0.65
Acquisition integration
2
—
2
—
2
0.01
Workforce and lease termination
4
1
3
—
3
0.01
Acquisition-related adjustments
10
3
7
—
7
0.03
Amortization of intangible assets
21
6
15
—
15
0.06
Risk Management, as adjusted
$ 266
$ 71
$ 195
$ —
$ 195
$ 0.76
Corporate, as reported
$ (778)
$ (285)
$ (493)
$ —
$ (493)
$ (1.90)
Transaction-related costs
36
6
30
—
30
0.12
Legal, tax and benefit plan-related
38
22
16
—
16
0.06
Clean energy-related
5
2
3
—
3
0.01
Corporate, as adjusted
$ (699)
$ (255)
$ (444)
$ —
$ (444)
$ (1.71)
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" beginning on page 9 of 20.
19 of 20
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures - Pre-tax Earnings and Diluted Net Earnings per Share (Unaudited) - Continued
(Unaudited - in millions except per share data)
Earnings
(Loss)
Before
Income
Taxes
Provision
(Benefit)
for
Income
Taxes
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Attributable to
Noncontrolling
Interests
Net Earnings
(Loss)
Attributable to
Controlling
Interests
Diluted Net
Earnings
(Loss)
per Share
9 Mths Ended September 30, 2025
Brokerage, as reported
$ 2,335
$ 600
$ 1,735
$ 6
$ 1,729
$ 6.65
Net (gains) on divestitures
(4)
(1)
(3)
—
(3)
(0.01)
Acquisition integration
151
38
113
—
113
0.43
Workforce and lease termination
77
19
58
—
58
0.22
Acquisition-related adjustments
129
32
97
—
97
0.37
Amortization of intangible assets
596
151
445
—
445
1.71
Effective income tax impact
—
(3)
3
—
3
0.01
Levelized foreign currency translation
1
—
1
—
1
0.01
Brokerage, as adjusted
$ 3,285
$ 836
$ 2,449
$ 6
$ 2,443
$ 9.39
Risk Management, as reported
$ 182
$ 48
$ 134
$ —
$ 134
$ 0.51
Acquisition integration
6
3
3
—
3
0.02
Workforce and lease termination
11
2
9
—
9
0.03
Acquisition-related adjustments
1
—
1
—
1
0.01
Amortization of intangible assets
16
4
12
—
12
0.04
Levelized foreign currency translation
3
—
3
—
3
0.01
Risk Management, as adjusted
$ 219
$ 57
$ 162
$ —
$ 162
$ 0.62
Corporate, as reported
$ (825)
$ (306)
$ (519)
$ —
$ (519)
$ (2.00)
Transaction-related costs
86
6
80
—
80
0.31
Legal and tax-related
24
16
8
—
8
0.03
Corporate, as adjusted
$ (715)
$ (284)
$ (431)
$ —
$ (431)
$ (1.66)
See "Information Regarding Non-GAAP Measures" on page 9 of 20.
Contact:
Sara Walsh
630-285-3593 or [email protected]